Hoover ATD HY10A2TKEX-S User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for ATD HY10A2TKEX-S by Hoover which is a product in the Tumble Dryers category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
FRDEIT
NLPT
ES EN
2
Index
Please read and follow these instructions
carefully and operate the machine
accordingly. This booklet provides important
guidelines for safe use, installation,
maintenance and some useful advice for best
.
Please check that the following items are
delivered with the appliance:
results when using your machine.
Keep all documentation in a safe place for
future reference or for any future owners
● m
●
● Energy label
Instruction anual
Guarantee card
By placing the mark on this product,
we are confirming compliance to all relevant
European safety, health and environmental
requirements which are applicable in
legislation for this product.
Check that no damage has occurred to
the machine during transit. If it as, call for
service by GIAS. Failure to comply with the
above can compromise the safety of the
appliance. You may be charged for a service
call if a problem with your machine is caused
by misuse.
h
1. SAFETY REMINDERS
2.
3. PREPARING THE LOAD
4. CLEANING AND ROUTINE
MAINTENANCE
5. WATER CONTAINER
6. DOOR AND FILTER AND CONDENSER
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
8. SELECTING THE PROGRAMME AND
SET THE FUNCTION
9. TROUBLESHOOTING CUSTOMER
SERVICE
DRAIN HOSE KIT: FITTING
INSTRUCTIONS
1.
SAFETY REMINDERS
This appliance can be used by
children aged from 8 years and
above and persons with
reduced physical,sensory or
mental capabilities or lack of
experience and knowledge if they
have been given supervision or
instruction concerning use of the
appliance in a safe way and
understand the hazards
involved.Children shall not play
with the appliance. Cleaning and
user maintenance should not be
made by children without
supervision.Children of less than
3 years should be kept away
unless continuously supervised.
WARNING Misuse of a tumble
dryermaycreateafirehazard
This appliances is intended to be
used in household and similar
applications such as:
.
- Staff kitchen areas in shops ,
offices and other working
environments;
- Farm houses
- By clients in hotels, motels and
o t h e r r e s i d e n t i a l t y p e
environments;
- Bed and breakfast type
environments" A different use of
this appliance from house hold
environment or from typical
housekeeping functions,as
commercial use by expert or
trained users, is excluded even in
the above applications.
If the appliance is used in a
manner inconsistent with this it
may reduce the life of the
appliance and may void the
manufacturer’s warranty.
manual.
Ensure that the instructions
for installation and use are
fully understood before
operating the appliance.
Any damage to the appliance
or other damage or loss
arising through use that is not
consistent with domestic or
household use ( even if
located in a domestic or
household environment)
shall not be accepted by the
manufacturer to the fullest
extent permitted by law.
Do not touch the appliance
when hands or feet are damp
or wet
Do not lean on the door when
loading the machine or use
the door to lift or
Do not allow children to play
with the machine or its
controls
This machine should only be
used for its intended purpose
as described in this
.
move the
machine.
.
3
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
EN
WARNING Do not use the
product if the fluff filter is not in
position or is
WARNING Where the hot
surface symbol is located
the temperature rise
.
cleaning
the appliance.
.
the
machine.
see energy label.
damaged; fluff
could be ignited.
The tumble dryer is not to be
used if industrial chemicals have
been used for cleaning.
WARNING: Never stop a tumble
dryer before the end of the
drying cycle unless all items are
quickly removed and spread out
so that the heat is dissipated.
during
operation of the tumble dryer
may be in excess of 60 degrees
C.
Remove the plug from the
electricity supply Always
remove the plug before
Do not continue to use this
machine if it appears to be
faulty
Lint and fluff must not be
allowed to collect on the floor
around the outside of
The final part of a tumble dryer
cycle occurs without heat (cool
down cycle) to ensure that the
items are left at a temperature
that ensures that the items will
not be damaged.
Maximum load drying weight:
Installation
Do not use adapters, multiple
connectors and/or extensions.
Never install the dryer against
curtains and be sure to prevent
items from falling or collecting
behind the dryer.
The appliance must not be
installed behind a lockable door,
a sliding door or a door with a
hinge on the opposite side to
that of the tumble dryer.
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Important:
Caution:
During transport
ensure that the dryer is in an
upright position, if it's necessary
you can only flip in the side shown;
If the product is in
different side, wait at least 4 hours
before switching on so that the oil
c a n f l o w b a c k i n t o t h e
compressor. Failure to do this
could result in damage to the
compressor.
5
Do not dry unwashed items in
the tumble dryer
.
WARNING Foam rubber
materials can under certain
circumstances when heated
.
Clothes should be spin dried or
thoroughly wrung before they
are put into the
Lighters and matches must not
be left in pockets and NEVER
use flammable
Glass fibre curtains should
NEVER be put in this machine
Skin irritation may
Items that have been soiled
with substances such as
cookin il,acetone,alcohol,
.
tumble dryer.
Clothes that are dripping wet
should not be put into the dryer.
liquids near the
machine.
g o
p e t r o l , k e r o s e n e , s p o t
removers, turpentine, waxes
and wax removers should be
WARNING Do not tumble dry
fabrics treated with dry cleaning
fluids
,
,
b e c o m e i g n i t e d b y
spontaneous combustion.
Items such as foam rubber
(latex foam), shower caps,
waterproof textiles, rubber
backed articles and clothes or
pillows fitted with foam rubber
pads MUST NOT be dried in the
tumble dryer.
Always refer to the laundry care
labels for directions on
suitability for drying
.
occur if other
garments are contaminated
with the glass fibres.
The Laundry
washed in hot water with an
extra amount of detergent
before being dried in the
tumble dryer.
Fabric softeners or similar
products should be used as
specified by the fabric
,
,
softener instructions.
Ventilation
Adequate ventilation must be
provided in the room where
the tumble dryer is located to
p r e v e n t g a s e s f r o m
appliances burning other
fuels, including open fires,
being drawn into the room
during operation of the
tumble dryer.
Installing the rear of the
appliance close to a wall or
vertical surface.
There should be a gap of at
least 12 mm between the
m a c h i n e a n d a n y
obstrubtions.The inlet and
outlet should be kept clear of
obstruct i o n .To e n s ure
adequate ventilation the
space between the bottom of
the machine and the floor
must not be obstructed.
Check regularly that the air
flowing through the dryer is
not restricted.
Check frequently the fluff
filter after use, and clean, if
necessary.
Prevent items from falling or
collecting behind the dryer as
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
EN
Do not install the product in a
low temperature room or in a
room where there is a risk of frost
occurring. At temperature around
freezing point the product may
not be able to operate properly:
there is a risk of damage if the
water is allowed to freeze in the
hydraulic circuit (valves, hoses,
pumps). For a better product
performance the ambient room
temperature must be between
5-35°C. Please note that
operating in cold condition
(between +2 and +5°C) might
simply some water condensation
and water drops on floor.
6
these may obstruct the air inlet
and outlet
NEVER install the dryer up
against curtains.
In cases where the dryer is
installed on top of a washing
machine, a suitable stacking kit
must be used according to the
follow configuration.
- Stacking kit Mod 35100019:
for minimum washing machine
depth 49 cm
- Stacking kit Mod 35900120:
for minimum washing machine
depth 51 cm
The stacking kit shall be one of
that above, obtainable from our
spare service.
The instructions for installation
and any fixing attachments, are
provided with the stacking kit.
●
●
Air Outlets in the Base
PXVWQRWEHVXSSOLHGWKURXJK
VXFKDVDWLPHURUFRQQHFWHG
VZLWFKHGRQDQGRIIE\DXWLOLW\
:$51,1* 7KH DSSOLDQFH
DQ H[WHUQDO GHYLFH
VZLWFKLQJ
WR D FLUFXLW WKDW LVUHJXODUO\
Environmental Issues
All packaging materials used are
environmentally-friendly and recyclable.
Please help dispose of the packaging via
environmentally-friendly means. Your
local council will be able to give you details
of current means of disposal.
To ensure safety when disposing of an old
tumble dryer disconnect the mains plug
from the socket, cut the mains power cable
and destroy this together with the plug. To
prevent children shutting themselves in
the machine break the door hinges or the
door lock.
European irective 20 /ED 12/19 U
This appliance is marked according
Individuals can play an important role in
ensuring that WEEE does not become an
environmental issue it is essential to follow
some basic rules:
WEEE should not be treated as household
waste.
WEEE should be handed over to the relevant
collection points managed by the municipality or
by registered companies. In many countries, for
large WEEE, home collection could be present.
to the European directive 2012/19/EU
on Waste Electrical and Electronic
Equipment (WEEE).
WEEE contains both polluting substances
(which can cause negative consequences for
the environment) and basic components (which
can be re-used). It is important to have WEEE
subjected to specific treatments, in order to
remove and dispose properly all pollutants, and
recover and recycle all materials.
;
-
-
In many countries, when you buy a new
appliance, the old one may be returned to the
retailer who has to collect it free of charge on a
one-to-one basis, as long as the equipment is of
equivalent type and has the same functions as
the supplied equipment.
GIAS Service
To ensure the continued safe and efficient
operation of this appliance we recommend
that any servicing or repairs are only carried
out by an authorised GIAS service engineer.
7
●
●
●
EN
Electrical Requirements
Tumble dryers are supplied to operate at a
voltage of 220-240V, 50 Hz single phase.
Check that the supply circuit is rated to at least
10 A.
Electricity can be extremely dangerous.
This appliance must be earthed.
The socket outlet and the plug on the
appliance must be of the same type.
Do not use multiple adapters and/or
extension leads.
The plug should be accessible for
disconnection after the appliance has
been installed.
You may be charged for a service
call if a problem with your machine is
caused by incorrect installation.
is damaged, it must be replaced by a
special cord which is ONLY obtainable
from the spares service. It must be
installed by a competent person.
If the mains cord on this appliance
switch it on at the mains until the
installation is completed.For your safety,
this dryer must be correctly installed. If
there is any doubt about installation, call
GIAS Service for advice.
Do not plug the machine in and
Adjusting the Feet
Once the machine is
in place the feet
should be adjusted to
ensure t hat t h e
machine is level.
C o n t a i n s f l u o r i n a t e d
g r e e n h o u s e g a s e s .
Hermetically sealed.
GWP1430
8
1
2.
DRAIN HOSE : FITTING
INSTRUCTIONS
To avoid emptying the water container after
each drying cycle, the water can be discharged
directly to a waste water drain pipe (the same
drainage system as household sinks). Water
Bye-Laws prohibit connection to a surface
water drain. The waste water drain pipe should
be located adjacent to the tumble dryer.
The kit consists of:1 hose and 1 tap.
WARNING! Switch off and remove the
tumble dryer plug from the electricity supply
before carrying out any work.
Fit he s Follows:t Hose a
1. Flip the machine
slowly to the right
side.
2. The waste water
pipe is situated at the
right-hand side of the
machine (see the
picture). A grey hose
connects to the bridge
at the left hand side of
the machine. Using
pliers, remove the
pipe retaining clip
from the bridge.
3. Pull the hose off the
bridge connection.
4. Attach the black
hose from the kit,
(using the connector
a n d p i p e c l i p s
supplied), to the hose
removed from the
bridge connection.
5. Connect the new
drain hose to the waste
Water pipe.
6. Once the machine is
in place, check the
bottom to ensure that
the new hose does not
kink when pushing the
tumble dryer into
position.
Connect to the mains
electricity supply.
2
3
4
5
Caution:
wait at least 4 hours before switching on so
that the oil can flow back into the
compressor. Failure to do this could result
in damage to the compressor.
If the product is in different side,
6
3.
PREPARING THE LOAD
Before using the tumble dryer for the first time:
● .
● .
●Wipe the inside of the drum and door with a
damp cloth to remove any dust which may have
settled in transit.
Please read this instruction book thoroughly
Remove all items packed inside drum
Make sure that the laundry you are going to
dry is suitable for drying in a tumble dryer, as
shown by the care symbols on each item.
Check that all fastenings are closed and that
pockets are empty. Turn the articles inside out.
Place clothes loosely in the drum to make sure
that they don't get tangled.
Clothes Preparation
Do Not Tumble Dry:
S
.
ilk, nylon stockings, delicate embroidery,
fabrics with metallic decorations, garments
with PVC or leather trimmings
IMPORTANT:
Do not dry articles which
have been treated with a dry cleaning fluid or
rubber clothes (danger of fire or explosion).
During the last 15 minutes the load is always
tumbled in cool air.
Only put into the tumble dryer laundry which has
been thoroughly wrung or spin-dried. The drier
the laundry the shorter the drying time thus
saving electricity.
Check that the filter is clean before every
drying cycle.
Put dripping wet items into the tumble dryer,
this may damage the appliance.
ALWAYS
●
NEVER
●
Energy Saving
. .
.
●
By care symbols
These can be found on the collar or inside seam:
Tumble drying at high temperature.
Do not tumble dry.
Suitable for tumble drying.
Tumble drying at low temperature only.
Sort the Load as Follows
Do not overload the drum, large items
when wet exceed the maximum
admissible clothes load (for example:
sleeping bags, duvets).
If the item does not have a care label it must
be assumed that it is not suitable for tumble
drying.
●
●
By type of fabric
Cottons/linen:
Synthetics: Blouses, shirts, overalls, etc.
made of polyester or polyamid, as well as
for cotton/synthetic mixes.
By amount and thickness
Whenever the load is bigger than the dryer
capacity, separate clothes according to
thickness (e.g. towels from thin underwear).
Towels, cotton jersey, bed
and table linen.
4.
CLEANING AND ROUTINE
MAINTENANCE
WARNING! The Drum, door and load
may be very hot.
IMPORTANT Always switch off and
remove the plug from the electricity supply
before cleaning this appliance.
For electrical data refer to the rating
label on the front of the dryer cabinet (with
the door open).
Cleaning the Dryer
●Clean the filter and empty the water
● .
●After each period of use, wipe the inside
of
●Wipe the outside of the machine and the
DO NOT use abrasive pads or cleaning
agents.
To prevent the door sticking or the build
up
container after every drying cycle.
door with a soft cloth.
●
Regularly clean the condenser
the drum and leave the door open for a
while to allow circulation of air to dry it.
●
of fluff clean the inner door and gasket
with a damp cloth after every drying cycle.
9
EN
OPERATION
Do not open the door during the automatic
programs in order to obtain a proper drying.
5.
WATER CONTAINER
The water removed from the laundry during the
drying cycle is collected in a container inside
the door of the dryer. When the container is full
the indicator on the control panel will
light, and the container MUST be emptied.
However, we recommend that the container is
emptied after each drying cycle.
NOTE: Very little water will collect during the
first few cycles of a new machine as an internal
reservoir is filled first.
To Remove the Container
1. Gently pull out the
water container holding
the handle. (A)
When it is full the
water container will
weigh about 6 kg.
2. T i l t t h e w a t e r
container to empty the
water out through the
spout. (B)
When empty, replace
the water container
back as shown; (C) first
insert the base of the
container into position
as shown (1) then
gentle push the top into
position (2).
3. Press Button to
restart the cycle.
NOTE: If you have the
option of drainage near
to the dryer you can use
the discharge kit to
provide a permanent
drainage for the water
c o l l e c t e d i n t h e
container of the dryer.
This means that you
don't have to empty the
water container.
A
B
1C
1. Open the door and load the drum with
laundry. Ensure that garments do not
hinder closure of the door.
2. Gently close the door pushing it slowly
until you hear the door 'click' shut.
3. Turn the Programme Selector dial to
select the required drying programme (see
Programme Guide).
4. Press the button. The dryer will start
automatically and the indicator above the
button will be continuously lit.
5. If the door is opened during the
programme to check the laundry, it is
necessary to press to recommence
drying after the door has been closed.
6. When the cycle is nearing completion
the machine will enter the cool down
phase, the clothes will be tumbled in cool
air allowing the load to cool down.
7. Following the completion of the cycle the
drum will rotate intermittently to minimize
creasing. This will continue until the
machine is switched OFF or the door is
opened.
10
6.
DOOR AND FIL
Pull on handle to open the door.
To restart the dryer, close the door and press
Start / Pause button.
WARNING!
When the tumble dryer is in
use the drum and door may be VERY HOT.
Filter
IMPORTANT: To maintain the efficiency of
the dryer check that the fluff filter is clean
before each drying cycle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
P u l l t h e f i l t e r
upwards.
Open filter as shown.
Gently remove lint
using a soft brush or
your fingertips.
Snap the filt e r
together and push
back into place.
1
2
Filter Care Indicator
Lights when the filter needs cleaning.
If the laundry is not drying check that the filter
is not clogged.
IF YOU CLEAN FILTER UNDER
WATER, REMEMBER TO DRY IT.
t u
e
WARNING! If you open the door mid
cycle, before the cool-down cycle has
completed, he handle may be hot. Please se
xtreme caution when attempting to empty
the water reservoir during the cycle.
11
EN
To Clean the Condenser Filter
1.
kickplate.
2. Turn the two locking
levers anti-clockwise
and pull out the front
cover.
3. Gently remove the
filter frame and clean
any dust or fluff with a
cloth from the filter. Do
not use water to clean
the filter.
4. Remove the sponge
gently from its place
and then wash the
sponge by holding it
under a running tap
turning it so to remove
any dust or fluff.
5. Refit the front cover
ensuring it is in the
c o r r e c t w a y ( a s
indicated by the arrow)
and pushed firmly into
place. Lock the two
levers by turning them
clockwise
6. Refit the kickplate.
R e m o v e t h e
1
2
3
4
5
TER
Clean the filters before every cycle
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
closing the porthole, press START again
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BD
E
F
A
C
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
B
C
D
E
F
A
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - -
B
C
D
E
F
A
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
B
C
D
E
F
A
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
- -
B
C
D
E
F
A
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
B
C
D
E
F
A
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
B
C
D
E
F
A
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
B
C
D
E
F
A
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
the automatic drying functioning is necessary to
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1530.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
Clean the filters before every cycle
8.
SELECTING THE PROGRAMME AND SET THE FUNCTION
14
*The real duration of drying cycle depends by the starting humidity level of the laundry due to spin speed, type
and amount of load, cleanliness of filters and ambient temperature.
3
*
4 *
4
*
*
4 Max. 220’
1
70’
2,5 *
2,5
*
*
4 *
4 *
*
2,5
*
.
Αυτή επιτρέπει να αποθηκεύσετε
τις
ρυθµίσεις των 2 πιο επιθυµητών προγραµµάτων
(συµπεριλαµβανοµένων των
θερµοκρασίας ταχύτητας
επιπέδου πλύσης),
ανακαλείτε γρήγορα.
Αποθήκευση προγράµµ
πρώτη χρήση
1)
Επιλέξτε το πρόγρα
ρυθµίσεις που θέλετε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο
επιλέγοντας M1 ή M2 Επιλέξτε M1 αν
είναι το πρώτο
αποθηκεύετε.
3)
Κρατήστε πατηµένο
της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα για
το πρόγραµµα στην
Αλλαγή αποθηκευ
µ
ένων
1)
Ρυθµίστε
πρόγρα
επιλογές που επιθυµ
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο
περίπου
3 δευτερόλεπτα
αποθηκεύσετε
το
θέση
Μ1.Το
προυπάρχον πρόγρα α
θα µ
στη
θέση
Έναρξη ένου
Πιέστε
σύντοµα
το
πλήκτρο της
ΜΝΗΜΗΣ
για
για το
Μέπειτα
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ
Όταν ένα
πρόγρα
µµ πορείτε
τις ρυθ
µίσεις
πατώντας τα ανάλογα
πλήκτρα
.
την περίπτωση οι
επιπρόσθετες λειτουργίες
αποθηκευθούν
Με
αυτή
την επιλογή πορείτε να
µειώσετε τις στροφές του κύκλου
τις 400 σ.α.λ, να
ποσότητα του νερού στην
ξεβγάλµατος ώστε το
οµοιόµορφα στις ίνες.
Όταν η συσκευή πρόκειται να διοχετεύσει
δίκτυο αποχέτευσης ια
λυχνία θα αρχίσει να αναβοσβήνει σε
λειτουργία της συσκευής
προσωρινά.
την ιλογή
ολοκληρώσετε τον κύκλο
την φάση αυτή µπορείτε
να ακυρώσετε ήνα µειώσετε την διάρκεια
βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
άδειασµα του νερού.
βοήθεια του
ηλεκτρονικού
η αποχέτευση
του
µεσες φάσεις γίνεται
η επιλογή του
τρόπου λειτουργίας να
πλύσιµο την νύκτα
(ώρες κοινής ησυχίας).
τα πλήκτρα NIGHT &
DAY και ΜΕΤΑΘΕΣΗΣ ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα και η συσκευή θα
αυτόν τον
τρόπο
αποφεύγετε ανεπιθύµητες αλλαγές στον
περίπτωση που κάποιο
κατά λάθος.
ασφαλείας µπορεί
εύκολα
πιέζοντας ταυτόχρονα τα
δύο παραπάνω πλήκτρα ήγυρνώντας
θέση
Αν επιλέξετε
από
αποθηκευµένο πρόγραµµα,απλώς
γυρίστε τον επιλογέα
το πρόγραµµα που
ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
Total Care
Whites
Jeans
Trainers
Antiallergy
Wool
Anti Odours
Rapid 30-45-59
Hybrid speed
Cotton
Hybrid speed
Mixed
Synthetics
Cotton
Shirts
Full
Full
Full
*
Total Care is an exclusive cycle for drying a load of
laundry with different fabrics together. When the
lighter fabrics reach optimal drying and are ready to
be removed, the text "TC" flashes for 3 minutes and
an acoustic signal sounds. After removing the items
already dried the cycle will continue for the most
resistant items.
Darks &
Coloured
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
CAPACITY
(kg)
DRYING
TIME
(min)
PROGRAM
A delicate and specific cycle to dry dark or coloured
cotton or synthethics garments.
The right cycle to dry cottons, sponges and towels.
Dedicated to dry uniformly fabrics like jeans or denim.
It's recommended flip over the garments before
drying.
This kind of cycle, thanks a special Rack, allows to
dry 2 couples of canvas shoes. It's raccommended
take
out the laces from the shoes before drying them.
One specifics cycle that dry and in the same time
helps to reduce the main allergens as dust mites, pet
hair, pollens and residual of powder detergents.
Woolen clothes: the program can be used to dry up
to 1 kg of laundry (around 3 jumpers). It is
recommended to reverse all clothes before drying.
Timing can change due to dimensions and thickness
of load and to spinning chosen during washing. At the
end of the cycle, clothes are ready to be worn, but if
they are heavier, edges can be a bit wet: it is
suggested to dry them naturally. It is recommended
to unload clothes at the very end of the cycle.
Attention: felting process of wool is irreversible;
please dry exclusively clothes with symbol (symbol
"ok tumble"); this program is not indicated for acrylic
clothes.
Max. 120’
The perfect cycle to remove the smells from the
linens smoothing creases.
Quick Cycles allow you to have items ready in a short
time, you can choose to dry them in 30, 45, 59
minutes.
This special cycle allows you to greatly reduce the
drying time for cotton fabrics, with low energy
consumption. It is possible to dry at full load.
This special cycle allows you to greatly reduce the
drying time for mixed fabrics, with low energy
consumption.
To dry delicate and synthetic fabrics that need an
accurate and specific treatment.
The cotton program (hang dry) is the most efficient
program in energy consumption. Suitable for cottons
and linens.
This specifics cycle has been conceived to dry shirts
minimizing tangles and folds thanks specific
movements of the drum. It's recommended to take
out the linens immediately after drying cycle.
Position that you have to select when you want to enable remote control through
the App (via Wi-Fi). For more details, see paragraph One Fi Extra.
15
PROGRAMMES AND OPTIONS COMPATIBILITY
PROGRAMMES
SELECTABLE OPTIONS
Delay Start
Drying selection
Rapids cycle
Time selection
Anti Crease
Memory
Darks & Coloured
Whites
Jeans
Antiallergy
Wool
Anti Odours
Synthetics
Cotton
Shirts
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
- - -
- - -
- -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- -
- -
- -
- -
-
-
-
-
EN
Μ
Hybrid speed
Mixed
Μ
σύντοµα
Hybrid speed
Cotton
Rapid 30-45-59
Trainers
√
Total Care
The shoes accessory supplied with the dryer, allows to dry up to 4
sneakers. You must remove the door filter replacing it with the rack.
Before inserting the shoes, remove any soles and place them in the
dryer.
Central hooks are also suitable for men's shoes, while side hooks are
more suitable for children's or women's shoes (EU 39- UK 5.5). It is
advisable to turn the drum around to check for no interference.
Alternatively you can position the two side shoes with the sole up.
RACK FOR SHOES AND TRAINERS
16
ONE FI EXTRA
This appliance is equipped with
technology that allows you to control
it remotely via App, thanks to Wi-Fi function.
MACHINE ENROLLMENT (ON APP)
ONE Fi
EXTRA
●Hoover Wizard
device.
Download the App on your
Using an Android smartphone equipped
with NFC technology (Near Field
Communication), the enrollment
process is simplified (Easy Enrollment)
in this case, follow the instructions on
the phone display, PLACE AND KEEP IT
NEAR the ONE Fi EXTRA logo on the
machine dashboard, when requested to
do so by the App.
;
NOT :ES
If you do not know the position of
your NFC antenna, slightly move the
smartphone in a circular motion
over the ONE Fi EXTRA logo until the
App confirms the connection. In
order for the data transfer to be
successful, it is essential TO KEEP
THE SMARTPHONE ON THE
DASHBOARD DURING THESE
F E W S E C O N D S O F T H E
PROCEDURE a message on the
device will inform about the correct
outcome of the operation and advise
you when it is possible to move the
smartphone away.
;
Thick cases or metallic stickers on
your smartphone could affect or
prevent the transmission of data
between machine and telephone. If
necessary, remove them.
T h e r e p l a c e m e n t o f s o m e
components of the smartphone (e.g.
back cover, battery, etc...) with non-
original ones, could result in the NFC
antenna removal.
The App is available for
devices running both Android and iOS,
both for tablets and for smartphones.
Hoover Wizard
Get all the details of the ONE Fi EXTRA
functions by browsing the App in DEMO
mode.
●
enroll the appliance following the instructions
on the device display or the
attached on the machine.
Open the App, create the user profile and
"Quick Guide"
Place your smartphone so that the NFC
antenna on its back matches the
position of the ONE Fi EXTRA logo on
the appliance (as illustred below).
17
WIRELESS PARAMETERS
Wireless Standard
802.11 b/g/n
Frequency range
Max Trasmit Power
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parameter
Specifications
Minimum
Receiving
Sensitivity
802.11b (11Mbps) +18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
NOTE : In case of door opening with remote
controll on, to restore the connection with the
App, close the porthole and press start. The
cycle will resume from where it stopped.
ENABLE REMOTE CONTROL (VIA
APP) After the machine enrollment,
every time you want to manage it
remotely through the App, firstly you
have to load the laundry,
and select the ONE
on the machine.
through the App commands.
close the door
FI EXTRA position
From that moment on you can manage it
EN
18
9.
TROUBLESHOOTING
What Might be the Cause of...
Defects you can remedy yourself
Before calling service for technical advice please
run through the following checklist. A charge will
be made if the machine is found to be working or
has been installed incorrectly or used incorrectly.
If the problem persists after completing the
recommended checks, please call Service, they
may be able to assist you over the telephone.
Time display to end could change during
drying cycle. The time to end is continuously
checked during the drying cycle and the time
is adjusted to give the best estimation time.
The displayed time may increase or decrease
during the cycle and this is normal.
Drying time is too long/clothes are not dry
enough…
●Have you selected the correct drying
time/programme?
● Were the clothes too wet? Were the clothes
thoroughly wrung or spindried?
●Does the filter need cleaning?
● Is the dryer overloaded?
The dryer does not operate…
●Is there a working electricity supply to the
dryer? Check using another appliance such as a
table lamp.
● Is the plug properly connected to the mains
supply?
The dryer is noisy…
●Switch off the dryer and contact GIAS
Service for advice.
The Indicator is on…
●Does the filter need cleaning?
The Indicator is on…
●Does the water container need
emptying?
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Should there still be a problem with your
dr yer after complet ing all the
recommended checks, please call
service for advice.
They may be able to assist you over the
telephone or arrange for a suitable
appointment for an engineer to call under
the terms of your guarantee. However, a
charge may be made if any of the
following applies to your machine:
●Is found to be in working order.
● Has not been installed in accordance
with the installation instructions.
●Has been used incorrectly.
Spares
Service
Always use genuine spares, available
direct from service.
For service and repairs call your local
service engineer.
The manufacturer declines all
responsibility in the event of any
printing mistakes in this booklet. The
manufacturer also reserves the right
to make appropriate modifications to
its products without changing the
essential characteristics.
● Is there a power failure?
● Has the fuse blown?
● Is the door fully closed?
● Is the dryer switched on, both at the mains
supply and at the machine?
● Has the drying time or the programme
been selected?
●Has the machine been switched on again
after opening the door?
WIRELESS PARAMETERS
With this the Candy Hoover Group Srl,
declares that this appliance marked with
complies with the essential
requirements of the Directive 2014/53/EU.
To receive a copy of the declaration of
c o n f o r m i t y, p l e a s e c on ta c t t he
manufacturer at: www.candy-group.com
Wireless Standard
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A and NFC Forum Type 4
Frequency band
Magnetic field limit
13,553-13,567 MHz (centre frequency 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (at 10 meters)
Parameter
Specifications
19
Index
Veuillez lire et suivre ces instructions avec
soin et utiliser la machine en conséquence.
Ce livret contient des instructions importantes
sur la sécurité d'utilisation, l'installation et
l'entretien de la machine, ainsi que des
conseils utiles pour obtenir les meilleurs
résultats possibles lors de son utilisation.
Vérifiez que les articles suivants ont bien été
livrés avec l’appareil :
Manuel d'utilisation
Carte de garantie
Étiquette d'énergie
Conservez toute la documentation dans un
endroit sûr pour pouvoir vous y reporter à une
date ultérieure ou la transmettre aux
prochains propriétaires
●
●
●
En utilisant le sur ce produit,
no us déclar ons sur no tre prop re
responsabilité que ce produit est conforme à
toutes les normes relatives à la
sécurité, la santé et à l'environnement.
symbole
européennes
Vérifiez que la machine ne s'est pas
détériorée en transit. Si c'est le cas, contactez
GIAS pour une opération de dépannage. Le
non-respect de ces instructions peut
compromettre la sécurité de votre appareil. Un
appel de service peut vous être facturé si la
défaillance de votre appareil est causée par
une mauvaise utilisation.
1.
3.
4.
5.
6. ET
7. ET
8.
9. DÉPISTAGE DE PANNES & SERVICE
CLIENTÈLE
RAPPELS DE SÉCURITÉ
2. KIT TUYAU D'ÉVACUATION:
INSTRUCTIONS DE MONTAGE
PRÉPARATION DE LA CHARGE
NETTOYAGE ET ENTRETIEN DE
ROUTINE
RÉSERVOIR D’EAU
PORTE FILTRE
COMMANDES INDICATEURS
SÉLECTION DU PROGRAMME
FR
1.
RAPPELS DE SÉCURITÉ
Cet appareil peut être utilisé par
des enfants âgés de 8 ans et
plus, ou des personnes
présentant un handicap
physique, moteur ou mental, et
manquant de connaissance sur
l’utilisation de l’appareil, si elles
sont sous la surveillance d’une
personne, donnant d e s
instructions pour une utilisation
en toute sécurité de l’appareil.
Les enfants ne doivent pas
jouer avec l'appareil.
Le nettoyage et l’entretien de
l’appareil ne doit pas être fait
p a r d e s e n f a n t s s a n s
surveillance d’un adulte.
La mauvaise
utilisation d un sèche linge
risque de causer un incendie
Le produit est conçu pour être
u t i l i s é d a n s u n f o y e r
domestique, comme - Le coin
cuisine dans des magasins ou
des lieux de travail,
- Employés et clients dans un
hôtel, un motel ou résidence de
ce type,
- Dans des bed and breakfast,
- Service de stock ou similaire,
mais pas pour de la vente au
détail.
La durée de vie de l’appareil
peut être réduite ou la garantie
du fabricant annulée si
l’appareil n’est pas utilisé
correctement.
Tout dommage ou perte
résultant d'un usage qui n'est
pas conforme à un usage
ATTENTION
’ -
.
domestique (même s'ils sont
s i t u é s d a n s u n
environnement domestique
ou un ménage) ne sera pas
acceptée par le fabricant
dans toute la mesure
permise par la loi.
Cette machine est conçue
uniquement pour usage
domestique à savoir pour
sécher le linge
Cette machine ne doit être
utilisée que pour l emploi
auquel elle est destinée et
qui est
Assurez-vous d'avoir bien
compris les instructions
d'installation et d'utilisation
avant de faire fonctionner la
machine.
Ne touchez pas la machine
si vous avez les mains ou les
pieds mouillés ou humides
'
Ne laissez pas des enfants
jouer avec la machine ou
avec ses commandes
’
’
’
,
domestique
et les vêtements.
’
décrit dans ce
manuel.
.
Ne vous appuyez pas sur la
porte lorsque vous chargez
la machine et n utilisez pas la
porte pour soulever ou
déplacer la machine.
.
ATTENTION N utilisez pas
cette machine si le filtre à
peluches n est pas en place
ou s il est endommagé ; les
peluches risquent en effet de
s'enflammer.
20
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ATTENTION L’augmentation de
tem pératur e pendant le
fonctionnement du
machine.
son cycle de refroidissement
avant d’en sortir le linge.
du cycle
s'effectue à froid (cycle de
refroidissement)pour garantir la
préservation des textiles.
AVERTISSEMENT
retirés
sèche-linge
peut être supérieure à 60°C là
où se trouve le symbole de
surface chaude .
Débranchez le courant du
secteur. Retirez toujours la prise
avant de nettoyer la machine.
Cessez d’utiliser la machine si
elle semble défectueuse.
Veillez à ce que les peluches ne
puissent pas s’accumuler sur le
sol, à l’extérieur de la
Il se peut que l’intérieur du
tambour soit très chaud. Veillez
à ce que le sèche-linge termine
La dernière partie
: Le sèche-
linge ne doit pas être utilisé si le
lavage a été effectué avec des
produits chimiques.
AVERTISSEMENT: Ne jamais
arrêter le sèche-linge avant la fin
du cycle de séchage à condition
que les éléments sont
rapidement et répartis de telle
sorte que la chaleur puisse se
dissiper.
Installez l'arrière de l'appareil
près d'un mur ou d'une surface
verticale.
Charge maximum pour le
séchage:Se reporter à l'étiquette
énergétique.
Installation
N'utilisez pas d'adaptateurs, de
multi-prises et/ou de rallonges.
Veillez à ne pas installer le
sèche-linge contre des rideaux
et assurez-vous que rien ne
puisse tomber ou s’accumuler
derrière le sèche-linge.
Cet appareil ne doit pas être
installé derrière une porte
verro uillab le, une p orte
coulissante ou une porté munie
de gonds placée en face de la
porte du sèche-linge.
21
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Important :
transport, l’appareil doit être
stocké dans sa position normale
d’utilisation. Si nécessaire,
l’appareil peut être incliné
comme montré ci-dessous.
Attention :
transporté différemment,
attendez au moins 4 heures
avant d’allumer l’appareil, ceci
afin que le gaz liquide retourne
dans le compresseur. En cas de
non respect de cette procédure,
le compresseur pourrait être
endommagé
Pendant le
Si le produit est
FR
22
Ne séchez pas des vêtements non
lavés dans le sèche-linge.
ATTENTION NE séchez PAS les
tissus qui ont été traités avec des
liquides de nettoyage à sec.
,
brûler par combustion
Les articles en
(mousse de latex), les
bonnets de douche, le textile
imperméable, les articles
caoutchoutés et les vêtements ou
coussins rembourrés de
être séchés dans le sèche-linge.
Reportez-vous toujours aux
étiquettes d’entretien du linge pour
vérifier le mode
ê ê
é à
ê é sèche-
linge. Les vêtements qui
dégoulinent
être mis dans le sèche-linge.
Enlevez les briquets et les
allumettes des poches et veillez
ne JAMAIS utiliser des liquides
ê é
. contamination
d’autres vêtements par les fibres
de verre peut entraîner des
irritations de la peau.
é é é
, é , alcool, pétrole,
kérosène, produit anti-taches,
térébenthine, cire et décapant pour
ATTENTION Quand elles sont
c h a u f f é e s l e s m o u s s e s
alvéolaires peuvent dans certains
cas
spontanée mousse
caoutchouc
mousse
caoutchouc NE DOIVENT PAS
de séchage
recommandé.
Les v tements doivent tre
essor s en machine ou la main
avant d’ tre plac s dans le
NE DOIVENT PAS
à
inflammables à proximité de la
machine.
Les rideaux en fibres de verre ne
doivent JAMAIS tre plac s dans
cette machine La
Les articles qui ont t souill s par
des substances telles que huile de
cuisson ac tone
Le Linge
cire doivent être lavés à l'eau
chaude avec une quantité
supplémentaire de
avant d'être séchés dans le
sèche-linge.
Les agents adoucissants, et
autres produits similaires,
d o i v e n t t r e u t i l i s s
conform ment
détergent
ê é
é aux instructions
fournies par le fabricant du
produit.
Ventilation
La pièce où se trouve le sèche-
linge doit avoir une ventilation
adéquate de manière à ce que
les gaz des appareils qui
brûlent d autres combustibles,
y compris les cheminées, ne
soient pas attirés dans la pièce
pendant que le sèche-linge est
en marche
Installez l'arrière de l'appareil
près d'un mur ou d'une surface
verticale.
Il doit y avoir un espace
minimum de 12 mm entre la
machine et quelconque
obstacle. L'entrée et la sortie
d'air doivent être dégagées.
Pour assurer une ventilation
adéquate, l'espace entre le
bas de la machine et le sol ne
doit pas être obstrué.
é
ê é é un conduit
qui est également utilisé pour
é v a c u e r l e s f u m é e s
d’échappement d’appareils
qui brûlent du gaz ou d’autres
combustibles.
’
L’air d’chappement ne doit
pas tre vacu par
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Ne pas installer le produit
dans une pièce à la température
basse où le risque de formation
de glace est possible. A la
température de congélation de
l'eau, le produit risque de ne pas
fonctionner correctement. Si l'eau
du circuit hydraulique se glace,
les composants suivants risquent
d'être endommagés : soupape,
pompe, tubes. Afin de garantir les
meilleures du
produit, la température de la
pièce doit être comprise entre
+5°C et +35°C. Veuillez noter que
l'utilisation à des températures
basses (entre 2° et 5°C) peut
entraîner une condensation de
l'eau et des gouttes sur le sol.
performances
V rifiez r guli rement que l air
peut circuler
Contrôlez régulièrement le filtre à
peluches après usage et
nettoyez-le si nécessaire.
à
s’accumuler entre les
côtés et l’arrière du
afin de ne pas obstruer l'entrée et
la sortie d’air.
N installez JAMAIS le s che
linge contre des
Dans le cas ou le sèche-linge est
positionné en colonne au dessus
d'une machine à laver, un kit de
superposition approprié doit être
utilisé, selon la configuration
suivante.
Kit Mod 35100019: pour un lave
linge avec une profondeur min.
49 cm
Kit Mod 35900120: pour un lave
linge avec une profondeur min.
51 cm
Le kit de superposition est
disponible auprès du service
p i è c e s d é t a c h é e s . L e s
instructions pour l'installation de
l'appareil et de ses accessoires
sont fournis avec le kit.
é é è ’
librement autour du
sèche-linge.
Veillez ce que rien ne puisse
tomber ou
sèche-linge
’ è-
rideaux.
●
●
23
●
●
●
Air Outlets in the Base
ATTENTION: l'appareil ne doit
pas être alimenté par un
dispositif de commutation
externe, comme une minuterie,
ou connecté à un circuit qui est
allumé et éteint régulièrement.
FR
Protection de l'environnement
Tous les matériaux de conditionnement
utilisés sont écologiques et recyclables.
Veuillez les éliminer de manière écologique.
Votre municipalité pourra vous donner le
détail exact des méthodes d’élimination en
vigueur.
Pour assurer la sécurité lors de l’élimination
d’un vieux sèche-linge, veuillez débrancher la
empêcher que les enfants ne s’enfer ment
dans la machine, cassez les charnières de la
porte ou son dispositif de verrouillage.
fiche du courant de secteur, couper le câble
d’alimentation et le détruire avec la fiche. Pour
-
Directive européenne 2012/19/CE
Cet appareil est commercialisé en
accord avec la directive européenne
2012/19/CE sur les déchets des
équipements électriques et
électroniques (DEEE).
Les déchets des équipements
électriques et électroniques (DEEE)
contiennent des substances polluantes (ce
qui peut entraîner des conséquences
négatives pour l'environnement) et des
composants de base (qui peuvent être
réutilisés). Il est important de traiter ce type
de déchets de manière appropriée afin de
pouvoir éliminer correctement tous les
polluants et de recycler les
Les particuliers peuvent jouer un rôle
important en veillant à ce que les DEEE ne
d e v i e n n e n t p a s u n p r o b l è m e
environnemental. Il est essentiel de suivre
quelques règles simples :
Les DEEE ne doivent pas être traités comme
les déchets
-Les DEEE doivent être remis aux points de
collecte enregistrés. Dans de nombreux pays,
la collecte des produits gros électroménagers
peut être effectuée à domicile.
Dans de nombreux pays, lorsque vous
achetez un nouvel appareil, l'ancien peut être
retourné au détaillant qui doit collecter
gratuitement sur la base un contre un.
L'équipement repris doit être équivalent ou
bien avoir les mêmes fonctions que le produit
acquis.
matériaux.
-ménagers.
Besoins Électriques
Les sèche-linges sont pour une
tension monophasée de 220-240 V, 50 Hz.
Vérifiez que la tension nominale du circuit
d'alimentation est réglée sur 10 A minimum.
L’électricité peut être extrêmement
dangereuse.
et appareil doit être mis à la terre.
a prise de courant et la fiche de la
machine doivent être du même type.
'utilisez pas de multi-prises et/ou de
rallonges.
a fiche doit être accessible pour
débrancher l’appareil une fois qu’il a
été installé.
prévus
C
L
N
L
Vous pourrez être en cas
d'appel du service après vente si le
problème sur le sèche-linge est causé
par une
facturé
mauvaise installation.
Si le câble électrique de l'appareil
est endommagé, il doit être remplacé
par un câble spécifique, qui peut être
obtenu UNIQUEMENT via le service
des pièces détachées. Il doit être
installé par une personne compétente.
Ne branchez pas la machine et ne
l'allumez pas avant que l'installation soit
entièrement effectuée. Pour votre
sécurité, le sèche-linge doit être
correctement installé. Si vous avez un
doute quelconque sur l'installation,
appeler le service GIAS qui sera apte à
vous conseiller.
Service GIAS
Pour veiller au fonctionnement efficace et sans
ri sq ue de c et ap pa reil, no us vou s
recommandons de faire exclusivement appel à
un technicien GIAS agréé pour son entretien ou
sa réparation éventuelle.
Ajustement Des Pieds
Lorsque la machine
est en place, les
pieds doivent être
ajustés pour mettre la
machine de niveau.
24
●
●
●
GWP1430
2.
KIT TUYAU D'ÉVACUATION:
INSTRUCTIONS DE MONTAGE
Afin d éviter d avoir à vider le réservoir d eau
après chaque cycle de séchage, l eau qui est
normalement recueillie dans ce même réservoir
pendant le cycle le séchage peut être évacuée
directement par un tuyau d évacuation
(le même système de vidange que celui
des éviers domestiques).
évacuation d eau interdisent la connexion à
un égout d eau de surface. Le système de
vidange d eaux sales doit être placé à proximité
du sèche-linge.
Le Kit contient : 1 tuyau et 1 étrier de tuyau.
' ' '
'
' d'eaux
usées
Les arrêtés municipaux en matière
d' '
'
'
ATTENTION ! Avant d'entreprendre tout
travail, éteignez le sèche-linge et retirez la
prise de l'alimentation électrique secteur.
Installez le Kit Suivant les Instructions:
25
1
1.
2 .
3.
Inclinez lentement
l’appareil sur le côté
droit.
L e t u y a u
d’évacuation d'eau
sale se trouve du côté
droit de la machine
(voir ci contre). Un
tuyau gris est branché
sur le raccord sur le
côté gauche. A l'aide
d'une pince, retirez
l'étrier de fixation du
tuyau de raccord.
Retirez le tuyau du
raccord.
2
3
4. Attach the black
hose from the kit,
(using the connector
a n d p i p e c l i p s
supplied), to the hose
removed from the
bridge connection.
5. Une fois la machine
en place, ajustez les
6.Placez le robinet
fourni dans le kit pour
fermer le tuyau.
pieds de façon à ce
que le tuyau de se
coince pas sous la
machine.
Connectez le nouveau
tuyau d'évacuation au
tuyau d'eau sales.
4
5
Attention : Si le produit est transporté
différemment, attendez au moins 4 heures
avant d’allumer l’appareil, ceci afin que le
gaz liquide retourne dans le compresseur.
En cas de non respect de cette procédure,
le compresseur pourrait être endommagé.
6
FR
3.
PRÉPARATION DE LA CHARGE
Avant d’utiliser le sèche-linge pour la
première fois :
Veuillez lire ce manuel d’instruction en détail.
Retirez tous les articles qui se trouvent à
l’intérieur du tambour.
Essuyez l’intérieur du tambour et de la porte
avec un chiffon humide pour éliminer la
poussière éventuelle qui aurait pu s’y infiltrer
en transit.
Vérifiez sur les étiquettes comportant les symboles
d’entretien que le linge que vous souhaitez sécher
convient au séchage en machine.
Vérifiez que toutes les fermetures sont fermées et
que les poches sont vides. Mettez les articles à
l’envers Placez les vêtements en vrac dans le
tambour en veillant à ce qu’ils ne s’emmêlent pas
les uns avec les autres.
.
Préparation des vêtements
Ne séchez pas en machine :
Soie, nylon, broderies délicates, textiles avec
fibres métalliques, textiles avec PVC ou
bandes de cuir.
IMPORTANT: ne séchez pas de textiles
qui ont été traités avec un produit de
nettoyage à sec ou contenant du caoutchouc
(risque de départ de feu ou d'explosion)
Durant les 15 dernière minutes du cycle, l'air
injecté à l'intérieur du tambour est toujours frais.
Ne mettez que du linge essoré en machine ou
à la main dans le sèche-linge. Plus le linge est
sec, plus le temps de séchage sera court, ce
qui économisera de l’énergie.
TOUJOURS
Essayez de sécher le poids de linge
maximum pour économiser du temps et de
l’électricité.
Vérifiez que le filtre est propre avant chaque
cycle de séchage.
JAMAIS
Ne dépassez pas le poids maximum pour ne
pas gaspiller du temps ou de l’électricité.
Ne mettez pas d'articles dégoulinant d’eau
dans le sèche-linge pour ne pas
endommager l’appareil
.
Économie d'énergie
; ’
Ne surchargez pas le tambour lorsqu ils
sont mouillés, les grands articles peuvent
dépasser le poids maximal admissible (ex :
sacs de couchage, couettes).
Ne pas sécher
S
Lorsque la charge est plus importante
que la
des serviettes, des sous-vêtements
Coton/toile de lin :
Synthétiques :
Triez selon :
s Séchage
Déli cat
Convient pour séchage en machine.
Séchage à haute température.
Séchage à basse température
uniquement.
pas en machine.
i le vêtement ne comporte aucune
étiquette de conseils de lavage,
considérez qu'il ne convient pas pour le
séchage en machine.
Par quantité et épaisseur
capacité du sèche-linge, séparez
les vêtements selon leur épaisseur (ex :
fins).
Par type de tissu
Serviettes, jersey en
coton, linge de lit ou de table.
Chemisiers, chemises,
blouses etc.
en polyester ou polyamide, ainsi que
pour les mélanges de coton/synthétique.
Par degré de séchage
sec pour repassage, sec
pour rangement, etc. Pour les articles
délicats, appuyez ur le bouton
pour sélect ionne r u ne
température de séchage basse.
4.
NETTOYAGE ET ENTRETIEN
DE ROUTINE
Nettoyage du sèche-linge
Nettoyez le filtre et videz le r servoir
d eau apr s
à
é
Apr s chaque p riode d utilisation
essuyez
é
un chiffon doux.
nettoyage abrasifs.
é
’ è chaque cycle de séchage.
Nettoyez le condenseur intervalles
r guliers.
è é ’ ,
l’intérieur du tambour et laissez
la porte ouverte pendant un moment
pour qu’il puisse sécher grâce à la
circulation d’air.
Essuyez l’ext rieur de la machine et la
porte avec
N’UTILISEZ PAS de tampons ou
d’agents de
26
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
. .
● ’
V
Par symbole de soin d entretien
ous les trouverez sur le col ou la couture
intérieure :
Triez la charge comme suit :
.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
5.
RÉSERVOIR D’EAU
L'eau éliminée lors du cycle de séchage est
collectée dans un bac à condensation situé à
l'interieur de la porte du sèche-linge.
s'allume sur le bandeau de commandes. Il
signale alors qu'il faut vider le bac. Toutefois, il
est conseillé de vider le bac après chaque cycle
de séchage.
Lors des premiers cycles, lorsque le
séche-linge est neuf, il n'y a que très peu d'eau
qui est récupérée car le réservoir intérieur est
rempli en premier.
Lorsque le bac est plein , le voyant lumineux
NOTE :
Pour retirer le réservoir d'eau de la porte
2. Penchez le bac de
récupération d'eau pour
vider l'eau
Lorsque le bac est vide, le
replacer comme montré;
) commencez par
insérer la base du bac
dans la position montrée
p u i s p l a c e r
doucement le dessus du
bac en position
3. Appuyez sur le bouton
pour redémarrer le
cycle.
(C
( 1 )
(2)
Note:
p o r t e d u r a n t l e s
p r o g r a m m e s
a ut om a t i q u e s a f i n
d'obtenir un séchage
p e r f o r m a n t
Ne pas ouvrir la
A
B
1C
Pour empêcher que la porte n'adhère ou que
les peluches s'accumulent, nettoyez après
chaque fin de cycle la surface intérieure et le
joint de la porte avec un chiffon humide.
●
IMPORTANT: toujours éteindre et
débrancher la prise avant de nettoyer l'appareil
Pour les données électriques, veuillez
vous référer à l'étiquette de classification sur
le devant de l'appareil (avec la porte ouverte)
ATTENTION!
Il est possible que le
tambour, la porte et la charge soient très chauds.
27
1. Retirer doucement le
bac de récupération
d'eau en tenant la
poignée. (A) Lorsqu'il est
p l e i n , l e b a c d e
récupération d'eau pèse
environ 6 kg.
FONCTIONNEMENT
Ne pas ouvrir la porte durant les
programmes automatiques afin d'obtenir un
séchage performant
1.
Ferme doucement la porte en la
poussant jusqu'à ce que vous entendiez un
déclic.
Tournez le sélecteur de programme et
choisissez le programme de séchage
souhaité (consultez le guide de
programmation pour de plus amples
détails)
Appuyez sur le bouton Le sèche-
linge démarre automatiquement et le
voyant situé au dessus du bouton s'allume.
Si vous ouvrez la porte pendant le cycle
de séchage pour vérifier le linge, il est
nécessaire d'appuyer sur le bouton ,
pour recommencer le séchage une fois la
porte refermée.
Lorsque le cycle est presque terminé, la
phase de ventilation à froid commence. Les
vêtements sont séchés avec de l'air froid
afin de les refroidir.
Lorsque le programme est terminé, le
voyant END s'allume sur le bandeau de
commande.
A la fin du cycle, le tambour continuera à
tourner de manière intermittente afin de
minimiser les plis. Cette opération
continuera jusqu'à ce que l'appareil soit
éteint ou que la porte soit ouverte.
Ouvrez la porte et chargez le linge dans
le tambour.Vérifiez qu'aucun vêtement
n'entrave la fermeture de la porte.
2. z
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
FR
6.
PORTE FILTREet
Tirez sur la poignée pour ouvrir la porte.
et appuyez .
Pour remettre le sèche-linge en marche,
fermez la porte
Attention! Lorsque le sèche-linge est en
fonctionnement la porte peut être TRES
CHAUDE
Filtre
IMPORTANT:
vérifiez
Pour garder une efficacité
constante du sèche-linge, que le filtre
soit propre avant chaque cycle de séchage
Ne pas utiliser le sèche-linge sans le filtre.
Un filtre encrassé peut augmenter la durée
de séchage et causer des dégâts qui
peuvent entraîner des coûts de réparation
importants.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tirez le filtre vers le
haut.
Ouvrez le filtre,
comme illustré.
Retirez doucement
les peluches à l’aide
d’une brosse douce
ou du bout des doigts.
Réenclenchez le
filtre et remettez-le en
place.
1
2
Indicateur Entretien Filtre
et le filtre situé dans la
porte ainsi que le condenseur situé derrière
la plaque de protection, en bas du sèche-
linge.
Si le linge n’est pas sec, que le filtre
ne soit pas encrassé.
Vérifiez nettoyez
vérifiez
SI VOUS NETTOYEZ LE FILTRE SOUS
L'EAU, N'OUBLIEZ PAS DE LE SECHER
ATTENTION! Si vous ouvrez la porte en
cours de cycle, avant que le cycle de
refroidissement n'ai eu lieu, la poignée peut
être chaude. Veuillez faire attention en
manipulant la porte et en sortant le bac de
récupération d'eau pendant le cycle
28
Nettoyage du condenseur
1. Enlever la plaque de
protection
2.Tourner les deux
leviers de blocage
d a n s l e s e n s
c o n t r a i r e d e s
a i g u i l l e s d ’ u n e
montre et retirer la
porte.
3. Retirez doucement
la poussière ou les
peluches avec un
chi ffon . Ne pa s
utiliser d’eau pour
n e t t o y e r l e
condenseur.
4.Enlever délicatement
l’éponge de son
empl a c e me n t et
laver l’éponge en la
passant sous un filet
d’eau afin d’enlever
t o u t r e s t e d e
poussière ou de
peluches.
5.R e m e t t e z
co r re ct em en t le
condenseur en place
(en suivant la flèche)
e n l e p o us s an t
fermement. Bloquez
les deux leviers en
p o si t io n en le s
tournant dans le
sens des aiguilles
d’une montre.
6. Remettez la plaque
de protection en
place.
1
2
3
4
5
Nettoyez les filtres avant chaque cycle
FR
7. CONTROLES ET VOYANTS
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Sélecteur de programme - Vous pouvez faire
tourner la molette dans les deux sens pour sélec-
tionner le programme de séchage voulu. Pour
effacer les sélections ou éteindre le sèche-linge,
faites tourner la molette sur OFF.
B - Affichage numérique - L'afficheur montre le
temps de séchage restant, le temps différé si
vous avez sélectionné le démarrage différé et
d'autres informations sur le réglage.
C - Touches -
1. Touche de démarrage/pause
Pour démarrer le programme sélectionné et/ou
l'interrompre.
2. Touche de départ différé
Elle permet de différer le démarrage du program-
me de 1 à 24 heures par intervalles d'1 heure.
L'afficheur montre le retard sélectionné.
Après avoir appuyé sur la touche START, le
temps affiché diminue d'heure en heure.
SI vous ouvrez le hublot alors que le redémarrage
différé est configuré, lorsque vous refermez le
hublot, appuyez à nouveau pour reprendre le
décompte.
3. Touche de sélection du séchage
Elle permet de configurer l'option de changement
du niveau de séchage voulu jusqu'à 5 minutes
après le démarrage du cycle.
Prêt au repassage: Laisse les vêtements
légèrement humides pour faciliter le
repassage.
Séchage cintre: Le vêtement est prêt à être
suspendu
Séchage armoire: Pour le linge qui peut être
rangé directement.
Séchage extra: Pour avoir des vêtements
parfaitement secs, idéal pour la pleine charge.
Cet appareil est équipé d'une fonction de gestion
du séchage. Pendant les cycles automatiques,
chaque niveau de séchage intermédiaire, avant
d'atteindre le niveau sélectionné, est indiqué par
le clignotement du voyant lumineux correspon-
dant au degré de séchage atteint. En cas
d'incompatibilité, tous les voyants LED clignotent
3 fois rapidement.
4. Sélection cycle durée/touche rapide
Elle permet de passer d'un programme automati-
que au programme RAPIDE, jusqu'à 3 minutes
après le démarrage du cycle. La pression pro-
gressive augmente la durée (30-45.59 minutes).
Après cette sélection pour rétablir le fonctionne-
ment du séchage automatique vous devez éteindre
le sèche-linge. En cas d'incompatibilité, tous les
voyants LED clignotent 3 fois rapidement.
Vous pouvez transformer un cycle d'automatique
à programmé, jusqu'à 3 minutes après le démar-
rage du cycle.
La pression progressive augmente la durée par
intervalles de 10 minutes. Après cette sélection
pour rétablir le fonctionnement du séchage
automatique vous devez éteindre le sèche-linge.
En cas d'incompatibilité, tous les voyants LED
clignotent 3 fois rapidement.
5. Anti-froissage
L'option permet d'activer le mouvement anti-
froissage du pré-cycle du tambour lorsque le
retard est activé et à la fin du cycle de séchage.
Elle est activée toutes les 10 minutes, jusqu'à
6 heures après la fin du cycle de séchage. Pour
arrêter les mouvements placez la molette sur
OFF. Utile lorsqu'il est impossible de retirer
immédiatement le linge.
6. Mémoire
L'option permet de mémoriser les options confi-
gurées dans un cycle.
MEMOIRE: lorsque le cycle est en marche
appuyez sur la touche mémoire pendant trois
secondes.. Le voyant lumineux mémoire clignote
trois fois et mémorise les options configurées
liées au cycle sélectionné dans la plage.
RAPPEL: après avoir sélectionné le cycle
appuyez sur la touche mémoire pour rappeler les
options mémorisées (par le cycle).
7. Verrou
Cette fonction permet de verrouiller les change-
ments indésirables des options configurées en
façade, pendant la phase de séchage.
Activation/Désactivation : appuyez en même
-
des. L'afficheur montre le signe LOC Déver-
rouillage de l'option, l'afficheur montre le signe
Unl, une seule fois.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: p 3 and
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: p 3 and 4
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push and 4
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: p and 4
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored opti
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra
-
dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push and 4
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
centrifugado máximo previsto por el
programa.
Para reactivar el ciclo de centrifugado,
pulsa la tecla hasta alcanzar la velocidad
de centrifugado deseada.
Es posible modificar la velocidad de
centrifugado sin detener la lavadora.
Esta opción le permite cambiar la
temperatura de los ciclos de lavado.
lavado en frío.
No es posible elevar la temperatura por
encima del máximo permitido para cada
programa, con el fin de proteger los
tejidos.
Esta opción le permite pre-programar el
ciclo de lavado para iniciarlo con una
posterioridad de hasta 24 horas.
Para diferir el inicio del ciclo:
- Introduzca el programa deseado.
- Pulse el botón una vez para activarlo
(h00 aparece en la pantalla) y luego
pulse de nuevo para fijar un intervalo de
1 hora (h01 aparece en la pantalla). El
retardo preestablecido aumenta en 1
hora cada vez que se pulsa el botón,
hasta que aparezca h24 en la pantalla,
y en ese momento, al pulsar el botón de
nuevo, se restablecerá el inicio diferido
a cero
-
Confirme pulsando la tecla INICIO/PAUSA
(
la luz en la pantalla comienza a
parpadear). La cuenta atrás comienza y
cuando termina el programa se iniciará
automáticamente.
Es posible cancelar el inicio diferido
girando el selector de programas a la
Si hay alguna interrupción en el
lavadora está en funcionamiento, una
seleccionado y, cuando se restablezca la
energía, continúa donde lo dejó.
Las opciones y funciones se debe
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
Para evitar dañar los tejidos, no es
posible aumentar la velocidad por
encima del máximo permitido para
cada programa.
Una cantidad excesiva de detergente
puede provocar un exceso de
espuma. Si el electrodoméstico
detecta la presencia de una cantidad
excesiva de espuma, puede descartar
la fase de centrifugado, o extender la
duración del programa y aumentar el
consumo de agua.
La lavadora está equipada con un
ciclo de centrifugado si la carga está
desequilibrada. Esto reduce el ruido y
la vibración en la lavadora, y prolonga
la vida de la lavadora.
Tecla SELECCIÓN TEMPERATURA
Tecla INICIO DIFERIDO
29
FR
secontemps sur les touches 3 et 4 pendant 2
2
Si vous ouvrez le hublot avec le verrouillage
activé, le cycle s'arrête mais le verrou est
maintenu : pour redémarrer le cycle vous devez
éliminer le verrou et rétablir le démarrage.
Lorsque le sèche-linge est éteint, l'option est
automatiquement désactivée.
Le verrou peut être modifié à tout moment du
cycle
D- voyant Led
Réservoir d'eau - s'éclaire lorsque vous de-
vez vider la cuvette des condensats.
Nettoyage filtre - S'éclaire lorsque vous devez
nettoyer les filtres (la porte et le filtre inférieur).
E- Wi-Fi (uniquement sur certains modèles)
Sur les modèles avec l'option Wi-Fi, l'icône
indique que le système Wi-Fi est en marche.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA zone - Il y a un endroit spécial
de la façade sur lequel poser le smartphone
pendant l'enregistrement de la machine sur
l'APP. Suivez les indications sur l'écran du
smartphone (uniquement sur les smartphones
Android équipés de technologie NFC)
Poids maximum à sécher
Coton Capacité maximum
déclarée
Synthétiques et
délicats 4 kg maxi
Le cycle normal SECHAGE COTON ( ) est le
plus écoénergétique et le mieux adapté au
séchage du linge en coton normal humide
Le tableau de la dernière page montre la durée et
la consommation d'énergie approximatives des
principaux programmes de séchage.
Consommation de courant en
mode éteint 0,40 W
Consommation de courant en
mode allumé 0,75 W
Capacité du tambour 125
Charge maximum Voir étiquette énergie
Hauteur 85 cm
Largeur 60 cm
Profondeur 60 cm
Classe d'énergie Voir étiquette énergie
EN 61121 Programme à utiliser
- SECHAGE COTON NORMAL
-BLANCS
- TEXTILES FACILES
D'ENTRETIEN
SYNTHETIQUES
Le cycle de séchage de la laine de cette
machine a été approuvé par la société
Woolmark pour le séchage des articles
lavables en machine à condition qu'ils soient
lavés et séchés conformément aux
instructions de l'étiquette du vêtement et à
celles du fabricant de cette machine .
Au Royaume-Uni, en Irlande, à Hong Kong et
en Inde la marque déposée Woolmark est
une marque de certification.
Guide de séchage
Caractéristiques techniques
Informations pour le laboratoire d'essai
La durée réelle du cycle de séchage
dépend du niveau d'humidité initiale du
linge due à la vitesse de rotation, du type et
de la quantité du chargement, de la
propreté des filtres et de la température
ambiante.
UNIQUEMENT POUR SECHE-LINGE DE
10 KG DE CAPACITE RACCORDEZ LE
TUYAU FLEXIBLE DE VIDANGE POUR
RECUPERER L'EAU DU CONDENSATEUR
CONFORMEMENT AUX INSTRUCTIONS DU
CHAPITRE 2
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
for the drying of machine w
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
-
- IRON DRY COTTON
WHITES
-
EASY
-
CARE TEXTILE
S
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
3
Merci d’avoir choisi une machine à laver
Candy. Nous sommes certains qu’elle vous
donnera entière satisfaction et prendra soin
de votre linge, même délicat, jour après
jour.
Vous pouvez enregistrer votre produit sur
www.registercandy.com pour accéder
plus rapidement à des services
supplémentaires réservés à nos clients les
plus fidèles.
Lisez attentivement ce manuel pour une
utilisation de votre produit en toute sécurité
et bénéficier de conseils pratiques pour
l’entretenir efficacement.
Nous vous recommandons de
toujours garder ce manuel à portée de main
et dans de bonnes conditions afin qu’il
puisse également servir aux éventuels
futurs propriétaires.
Cette machine est livrée avec un certificat
de garantie qui permet de contacter
gratuitement l’assistance technique.
Veuillez garder votre ticket d’achat et le
mettre dans un endroit sûr en cas de
besoin.
Chaque produit est identifié par un code à
16 caractères unique également appelé
« numéro de série
apposée sur l’appareil ou dans l’enveloppe
du document se trouvant à l’intérieur du
produit.
Ce code est nécessaire pour inscrire le
produit ou bien pour prendre contact avec
notre service clientèle Candy.
Cet appareil est commercialisé
en accord avec la directive
européenne 2012/19/EU sur
les déchets des équipements
électriques et électroniques (DEEE).
Les déchets des équipements électriques et
électroniques (DEEE) contiennent des
substances polluantes (ce qui peut
entraîner des conséquences négatives pour
l’environnement) et des composants de
base (qui peuvent être réutilisés). Il est
important de traiter ce type de déchets de
manière appropriée afin de pouvoir éliminer
correctement tous les polluants et de
recycler les matériaux. Les particuliers
peuvent jouer un rôle important en veillant à
ce que les DEEE ne deviennent pas un
problème environnemental. Il est essentiel
de suivre quelques règles simples:
Les DEEE ne doivent pas être traités
comme les déchets ménagers;
Les DEEE doivent être remis aux points
de collecte enregistrés. Dans de
nombreux pays, la collecte des produits
gros électroménagers peut être effectuée
à domicile.
L’équipement repris doit être équivalent
ou bien avoir les mêmes fonctions que le
produit acquis.
1.
RÈGLES GÉNÉRALES DE SÉCURITÉ
2. INSTALLATION
3. CONSEILS PRATIQUES
4. ENTRETIEN ET NETTOYAGE
5. GUIDE D'UTILISATION RAPIDE
7.
8.
SECHAGE
9.
Règles environnementales
Index
13
Esta tecla permite escoger entre dos
opciones diferentes, dependiendo del
programa seleccionado.
- RÁPIDOS
Esta tecla se activa cuando seleccionas el
programa RÁPIDOS (14/30/44 Min.) en el
mando y te permite seleccionar uno de los
tres ciclos indicados.
- NIVEL DE SUCIEDAD
Una vez se ha seleccionado el programa,
el tiempo de lavado establecido para ese
programa se mostrará automáticamente.
Esta opción te permite escoger entre 3
niveles de intensidad de lavado,
modificando la duración del programa, y
dependiendo de la suciedad de las
prendas (solo pueden usarse en algunos
programas tal y como se muestra en la
Esta opción le permite realizar un
prelavado y es particularmente útil para
cargas muy sucias (se puede utilizar sólo
en algunos programas, como se muestra
en la tabla de programas).
de las cantidades recomendadas en el
envase del detergente.
Con esta opción es posible higienizar la
ropa, el programa de lavado alcanza una
temperatura de 60°C.
Esta opción permite agregar los aclarados
al final del ciclo de lavado. El número
máximo de aclarados adicionales está
relacionado con el programa seleccionado.
Esta función se ha estudiado para las
personas con piel delicada y sensible, para los
que incluso un residuo mínimo de detergente
puede causar irritaciones o alergias.
Se aconseja también utilizar esta función
para las prendas de los niños y en caso
de lavado de prendas muy sucias, en las
que se ha usado una gran cantidad de
detergente, o en el lavado de artículos de
rizo cuyas fibras en su mayoría tienen la
tendencia a retener la detergente.
Este botón permite un tratamiento
específico para ciertos ciclos de lavado
(consulte la tabla de programas). La función
de vapor actúa disminuyendo las arrugas
en la ropa mojada y, como resultado, ayuda
a reducir el tiempo necesario para planchar
estas prendas. Las fibras se regeneran y
refrescan mediante la eliminación de malos
Esta función le permite guardar las
configuraciones de los dos programas
personalizados preferidos, incluida la
temperatura, la velocidad de giro y el nivel
de suciedad de forma que podrá
recuperarlos con rapidez.
Cómo memorizar un programa por
primera vez:
1)
Seleccione el programa y las
opciones que quiere.
3)
elegida.
Tecla RÁPIDOS / NIVEL DE
SUCIEDAD
Tecla HIGIENIZANTE PLUS
Tecla SUPER ACLARADO
Tecla FUNCIÓN VAPOR
Tecla MEMORIA
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
-
S
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
STANDARD
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE
S
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
30
M1530
Nettoyez les filtres avant chaque cycle
SECHAGE COTON
REPASSAGE
FR
3
8. SELECTION DU PROGRAMME ET CONFIGURATION DE LA
FONCTION
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION DU PROGRAMME
CAPACITE
(kg)
SECHAGE
DUREE
(min)
TOTAL CARE
Total Care est un cycle exclusif permettant de sécher
en même temps du linge en différents types de tissus
Lorsque les tissus les plus légers sont parfaitement
secs et prêts à être retirés, le mot TC clignote
pendant 3 minutes et un signal acoustique retentit.
Une fois les éléments déjà secs retirés, le cycle
continue pour les éléments restants
.
3
*
Noirs et
Couleurs
Un cycle délicat spécifique pour sécher le coton noir
et de couleur ou les tissus synthétiques. 4 *
Blancs Le cycle correct pour sécher le coton, les éponges et
les serviettes Plein *
Jeans
Pour sécher de façon uniforme les tissus tels que le
denim ou les jeans Nous recommandons de mettre
les vêtements à l'envers avant le séchage.
4
*
Baskets
Ce type de cycle, grâce à une grille spéciale permet
de sécher 2 paires de chaussures en tissus. Nous
recommandons d'enlever les lacets avant de sécher
les chaussures.
* 120’
Maxi
Anti-allergie
Une cycle spécifique qui sèche tout en favorisant
la réduction des principaux allergènes tels que les
acariens, les poils de chien ou de chat, les pollens et
les résidus de détersifs en poudre.
4 220’
Maxi
Laine
Vêtements en laine : le programme peut être utilisé
pour sécher jusqu'à 1 kg de linge (environ 3 pulls).
Nous recommandons de mettre les vêtements à
l'envers avant le séchage. La durée nécessaire
dépend des dimensions et de l'épaisseur et de
l'essorage choisi pendant le lavage. A la fin du cycle,
les vêtements sont prêts à être portés, mais s'ils sont
plus lourds, les bords peuvent être un peu humides :
nous conseillons de les laisser sécher naturellement.
Nous recommandons de ne sortir les vêtements qu'à
la fin du cycle. Attention : le feutrage de la laine est
un processus irréversible ; ne séchez que des
vêtements portant le symbole (sèche-linge ok) ; ce
programme n'est pas indiqué pour les vêtements en
fibres acryliques.
1
70’
Anti-odeurs Le cycle parfait pour éliminer les odeurs du linge de
maison tout en le défroissant 2,5 *
Rapide 30-45-59
Les cycles rapides vous permettent d'avoir votre linge
prêt en très peu de temps, vous pouvez choisir de les
sécher en 30, 45 ou 59 minutes.
2,5
*
Coton vitesse
hybride
Ce cycle spécial vous permet de réduire
sensiblement la durée du séchage des tissus en
coton, avec une faible consommation d'énergie. Vous
pouvez sécher à pleine charge.
Plein *
Mixte Vitesse
hybride
Ce cycle spécial vous permet de réduire
sensiblement la durée du séchage des tissus mixtes
avec une faible consommation d'énergie
. 4 *
Synthétiques Pour sécher les tissus délicats et synthétiques, qui
doivent subir un traitement soigné et spécifique. 4 *
Coton
Le programme coton (séchage cintre) est le plus ren-
table au niveau de la consommation d'énergie.
Adapté aux cotons et au linge de maison. Plein *
Chemises
Ce cycle particulier a été conçu pour sécher les che-
mises, en réduisant au maximum froissement et plis
grâce à des mouvements spéciaux du tambour. Nous
recommandons de sortir le linge de maison
immédiate
ment après le cycle de séchage.
2,5
*
Position que vous devez sélectionner lorsque vous voulez activer la
télécommande à travers l'App (via Wi-Fi). Pour en savoir davantage, consultez le
paragraphe One Fi Extra.
La durée réelle du cycle de séchage dépend du niveau d'humidité initiale du linge due à la vitesse de rotation,
du type et de la quantité du chargement, de la propreté des filtres et de la température ambiante.
31
Αυτή η λειτουργία επιτρέπει να αποθηκεύσετε τις
ρυθµίσεις των 2 πιο επιθυµητών προγραµµάτων
(συµπεριλαµβανοµένων των ρυθµίσεων της
θερµοκρασίας,της ταχύτητας στυψίµατος & του
επιπέδου έντασης πλύσης), ούτως ώστε να τα
ανακαλείτε γρήγορα.
Αποθήκευση προγράµµατος κατά την
πρώτη χρήση:
1)
Επιλέξτε το πρόγραµµα µε τις
ρυθµίσεις που θέλετε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ,
επιλέγοντας M1 ή M2. Επιλέξτε M1 αν
είναι το πρώτο πρόγραµµα που
αποθηκεύετε.
3)
Κρατήστε πατηµένο το πλήκτρο
της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα για να αποθηκεύσετε
το πρόγραµµα στην επιλεγµένη θέση.
Αλλαγή αποθηκευµένων προγραµµάτων:
1)
Ρυθµίστε το πρόγραµµα και τις
επιλογές που επιθυµείτε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για
περίπου 3 δευτερόλεπτα για να
αποθηκεύσετε πρόγραµµα στη
θέση Μπρουπάρχον πρόγραµµα
θα µεταφερθεί στη θέση Μ2.
Έναρξη αποθηκευµένου Προγράµµατος
Πιέστε σύντοµα το πλήκτρο της
ΜΝΗΜΗΣ (1 φορά για το Μ1,δύο φορές
για το Μ2) κι έπειτα πιέστε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Όταν ανακαλέσετε ένα αποθηκευµένο
πρόγραµµα, µπορείτε ακόµα να αλλάξετε
τις ρυθµίσεις του,πατώντας τα ανάλογα
πλήκτρα. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση οι
επιπρόσθετες λειτουργίες δεν θα
αποθηκευθούν.
Με αυτή την επιλογή µπορείτε να
µειώσετε τις στροφές του κύκλου
στυψίµατος έως τις 400 σ.α.λ, να
αυξήσετε την ποσότητα του νερού στην
τελευταία φάση ξεβγάλµατος ώστε το
νερό να διεισδύσει οµοιόµορφα στις ίνες.
Όταν η συσκευή πρόκειται να διοχετεύσει
το νερό στο δίκτυο αποχέτευσης µια
λυχνία θα αρχίσει να αναβοσβήνει σε
ένδειξη ότι η λειτουργία της συσκευής
διακόπτεται προσωρινά.
Απενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή
προκειµένου να ολοκληρώσετε τον κύκλο
µε ένα στύψιµο (την φάση αυτή µπορείτε
να ακυρώσετε ή να µειώσετε την διάρκεια
της µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου ) και άδειασµα του νερού.
Με την βοήθεια του ηλεκτρονικού
προγραµµατισµού, η αποχέτευση του
νερού στις ενδιάµεσες φάσεις γίνεται
αθόρυβα,ώστε η επιλογή του
συγκεκριµµένου τρόπου λειτουργίας να
είναι χρήσιµη για πλύσιµο την νύκτα
(ώρες κοινής ησυχίας).
Πιέστε ταυτόχρονα τα πλήκτρα NIGHT &
DAY και ΜΕΤΑΘΕΣΗΣ ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα και η συσκευή θα
κλειδώσει. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο
αποφεύγετε ανεπιθύµητες αλλαγές στον
κύκλο πλύσης σε περίπτωση που κάποιο
πλήκτρο πατηθεί κατά λάθος.
Το κλείδωµα ασφαλείας µπορεί εύκολα
να ακυρωθεί πιέζοντας ταυτόχρονα τα
δύο παραπάνω πλήκτρα ή γυρνώντας
τον επιλογέα προγραµµάτων στη θέση
OFF.
Πλήκτρο ΜΝΗΜΗΣ
Αν επιλέξετε από λάθος ένα
αποθηκευµένο πρόγραµµα,απλώς
γυρίστε τον επιλογέα για να επιλέξετε
το πρόγραµµα που επιθυµείτε.
Πλήκτρο NIGHT & DAY
ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
FR
*
1
COMPATIBILITE DES PROGRAMMES ET OPTIONS
PROGRAMMES
OPTIONS SELECTIONNABLES
Démarrage différé
Sélection séchage
Cycles rapide
Sélection durée
Anti-froissage
Mémoire (Mémo)
TOTAL CARE
Noirs et Couleurs
Blancs
Jeans
Baskets
Anti-allergie
Laine
Anti-odeurs
Rapide 30-45-59
Coton vitesse hybride
Mixte Vitesse hybride
Synthétiques
Coton
Chemises
3
Merci d’avoir choisi une machine à laver
Candy. Nous sommes certains qu’elle vous
donnera entière satisfaction et prendra soin
de votre linge, même délicat, jour après
jour.
Vous pouvez enregistrer votre produit sur
www.registercandy.com pour accéder
plus rapidement à des services
supplémentaires réservés à nos clients les
plus fidèles.
Lisez attentivement ce manuel pour une
utilisation de votre produit en toute sécurité
et bénéficier de conseils pratiques pour
l’entretenir efficacement.
Nous vous recommandons de
toujours garder ce manuel à portée de main
et dans de bonnes conditions afin qu’il
puisse également servir aux éventuels
futurs propriétaires.
Cette machine est livrée avec un certificat
de garantie qui permet de contacter
gratuitement l’assistance technique.
Veuillez garder votre ticket d’achat et le
mettre dans un endroit sûr en cas de
besoin.
Chaque produit est identifié par un code à
16 caractères unique égal
« numéro de série », imprimé sur l’étiquette
apposée sur l’appareil ou dans l’enveloppe
du document se trouvant à l’intérieur du
produit.
Ce code est nécessaire pour inscrire le
produit ou bien pour prendre contact avec
notre service clientèle Candy.
Cet appareil est commercialisé
en accord avec la directive
européenne 2012/19/EU sur
les déchets des équipements
électriques et électroniques (DEEE).
Les déchets des équipements électriques et
électroniques (DEEE) contiennent des
substances polluantes (ce qui peut
entraîner des conséquences négatives pour
l’environnement) et des composants de
base (qui peuvent être réutilisés). Il est
important de traiter ce type de déchets de
manière appropriée afin de pouvoir éliminer
correctement tous les polluants et de
recycler les matériaux. Les particuliers
peuvent jouer un rôle important en veillant à
ce que les DEEE ne deviennent pas un
problème environnemental. Il est essentiel
de suivre quelques règles simples:
Les DEEE ne doivent pas être traités
comme les déchets ménagers;
Les DEEE doivent être remis aux points
de collecte enregistrés. Dans de
nombreux pays, la collecte des produits
gros électroménagers peut être effectuée
à domicile.
Dans de nombreux pays, lorsque vous
être retourné au détaillant qui doit collecter
produit acquis.
1. RÈGLES GÉNÉRALES DE SÉCURITÉ
2.
3.
4. ENTRETIEN ET NETTOYAGE
5.
6.
7. CYCLE DE SECHAGE
8. CYCLE AUTOMATIQUE LAVAGE +
SECHAGE
9. DÉPANNAGE ET GARANTIES
Règles environnementales
Index
32
Μέσω της ψηφιακής οθόνης είστε αδιάκοπα
ενήµερος για την κατάσταση στην οποία
βρίσκεται η συσκευή.
2
13 14
1 615 10 12 5
7 7 7 7 7
8 9 411
3
1) ΛΥΧΝΙΑ ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΟΡΤΑΣ
Η ενδεικτική λυχνία ανάβει όταν η πόρτα
κλείσει καλά.
Όταν πιέσετε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ εάν η πόρτα
κλειστή η ενδεικτική λυχνία θα αρχίσει να
αναβοσβήνει και µετά θα παραµ
αναµµένη.
Περιµένετε η λυχνία ΑΣΦΑΛΙΣΗΣ
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ να σβήσει προτού ανοίξετε τη
πόρτα.
2) ΤΑΧΥΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΥΨΙΜΑΤΟΣ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την ταχύτητα
στυψίµατος στο πρόγραµµα που επιλέξατε
η οποία µπορεί να τροποποιηθεί ή να
ακυρωθεί µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου ρύθµισης στροφών στυψίµατος.
ακύρωση στυψίµατος.
3) ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την
θερµοκρασία του νερού στο πρόγραµµα
που επιλέξατε η οποία µπορεί να
τροποποιηθεί (‘οπου προβλέπεται
κάνοντας χρήση του αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου.
κρύα πλύση.
4) ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Όταν επιλέγετε πρόγραµµα στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται αυτόµατα η διάρκεια του
προγράµµατος, οποία µπορεί να διαφέρει
ανάλογα µε τις επιλογές που έχετε κάνει.
Καθόλη την διάρκεια του κύκλου στην
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµένει για
την ολοκλήρωση του προγράµµατος.
Ο υπολογισµός της διάρκειας γίνεται µε
αναφορά ένα φορτίο, την
του κύκλου η µόζει
τον χρόνο ανάλογα µε το µέγεθος και τη
του φορτίου που πλένεται.
5) ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµα η
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον εργοστασιακό
προγραµµατισµό βαθµού βρωµιάς που
αντιστοιχεί στο µ µµα,
θα ανάψει αυτόµατα.
Εάν έναν βαθµό
βρωµιάς ένδειξη θα ανάψει
αυτόµατα.
6) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΞΕΒΓΑΛΜΑΤΑ
Η καταγράφει τις
πρόσθετες φάσεις ξεβγάλµατος που µπορεί
ε βοήθεια του
αντίστοιχου
7) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
Οι ενδεικτικές λυχνίες εµφανίζουν τις
λειτουργίες που µπορείτε να επιλέξετε από
τα αντίστοιχα πλήκτρα.
Ψηφιακή Οθόνη
Κλείστε την πόρτα ΠΡΙΝ πιέσετε το
πλήκτρο ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Εάν η πόρτα δεν έχει κλείσει καλά ή
λυχνία θα αναβοσβήνει για 7
δευτερόλεπτα και µετά θα ακυρωθεί
η έναρξη λειτουργίας. Σε αυτή
περίπτωση κλείστε καλά την
και πιέστε εκ νέου το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √
- -
√
√
√
√
√
√
√ √ √
- - -
√
√
√
- - -
√ √ √
- - √
√ √
- - - -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √ √
- - -
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
- - - -
√ √ √ √
- -
Ce panier à chaussures fourni avec le sèche-linge permet de sécher
jusqu'à 2 paires de chaussures. Retirez le filtre de la porte et fixez le
panier à l'endroit du filtre. Avant d'insérer les chaussures, retirez toute
semelle et placez les dans le sèche-linge. Vous devez impérativement
retirer le filtre afin de pouvoir fixer le panier à chaussures.
Les crochets centraux sont particulièrement adaptés aux chaussures
d'hommes tandis que les crochets latéraux conviennent parfaitement
aux chaussures d'enfants et de femmes. Il est conseillé de tourner le
tambour avant de démarrer le programme afin de vous assurer que les
chaussures ne bloquent pas. Vous pouvez également positionner les
chaussures latérales sur l'envers (semelle vers le haut)
PANIER À CHAUSSURES
33
FR
34
Cet appareil est équipé de la technologie
qui permet d’utiliser votre
appareil à travers l’appplication
e n u t i l i s a n t l e W i - F i .
SYNCHRONISAITON DE L’APPAREIL
(DEPUIS L’APPLICATION)
ONE Fi EXTRA
●
sur votre Smartphone/Tablette
Hoover
W i z a r d
Télécharger l’application Hoover Wizard
En utilisant un Smartphone Android
équipé de la technologie NFC, la
synchronisation est simplifiée. PLACEZ
ET MAINTENEZ VOTRE TELEPHONE
PRES du ONE Fi EXTRA situé sur
le tableau de bord lorsque l application
vous l indiquera.
LOGO
’
’
NOTE:
Si vous ne savez pas où se situe
l’antenne NFC sur votre Smartphone,
faites de lents mouvements circulaires
autour du logo jusqu’à
ce que l’application
confirme la connexion. Afin de garantir
une connexion stable, il est important
de GARDER LE SMARTPHONE SUR
LOGO SMART Fi+ PENDANT LA
PROCÉDURE D’APPAIRAGE ET
P E N D A N T L E S P H A S E S D E
SYNCHRONISATION. L’application
Hoover Wizard
ONE Fi EXTRA
Hoover Wizard
vous avertira lorsque
vous pourrez retirer votre Smartphone
du logo ONE Fi EXTRA.
Des housses de protection épaisse ou
des autocollants métalliques peuvent
altérer la transmission de données entre
le lave-linge et votre Smartphone. Si
cela est nécessaire, retirez-les..
Le remplacement de certains composent
des Smartphones (coque, batterie etc.)
avec des composants d une autre marque
que l originale peut retirer la technologie
NFC du Smartphone.
’
’
U T I L I S E Z L E C O N T R Ô L E À
DISTANCE(VIA L'APPLICATION)
Après l’enregistrement de l’appareil, à
chaque fois que vous souhaitez l’utiliser
les technologies ,
chargez votre tambour, la lessive,
l’adoucissant, fermez la porte et
positionnez le sélectionneur sur la
position A partir de ce
moment vous pouvez contrôler votre
appareil grâce à l’application
ONE Fi EXTRA
ONE Fi EXTRA.
Hoover
Wizard.
L’application est
compatible avec les appareils utilisant
A nd r o i d e t i O S ( t a bl e t t e s e t
Smartphones)
Hoover Wizard
Découvrez toutes les fonctions ONE Fi
EXTRA en utilisant l’application en mode
"DEMO".
●
utilisateur et synchronisez l’application avec
l’appareil en suivant les instructions de
l’application ou référez-vous au "Guide
Rapide" fourni dans l’appareil.
Ouvrez l’application, céer un profil
Placer votre Smartphone de telle manière
à ce que l’antenne, située à l’arrière du
telephone soit proche du logo ONE Fi
EXTRA ( (cf image ci-dessous).
PARAM TRES SANS FILÈ
802.11 b/g/n
Puissance maximum
d'émission
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Paramètres
Spécifications
Puissance minimale
d'émission
802.11b (11 Mbps) +18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm 802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Wi-Fi Standard
Bande de fréquence
ONE FI EXTRA
Note : En cas d’ouverture du hublot avec le
contrôle à distance, pour restaurer la
connexion avec l’application, fermer le hublot
et appuyez sur démarrer. The cycle reprendra
là où il s’est arrêté.
35
Qu'est-ce qui peut être à l'origine de...
Défauts que vous pouvez rectifier vous-même
Avant d’appeler le service GIAS pour obtenir des
conseils, veuillez suivre la liste des vérifications ci-
dessous. L’intervention sera facturée si la machine
fonctionne correctement ou si elle a été installée ou
utilisée de manière incorrecte. Si le problème persiste
alors que vous avez terminé les vérifications
recommandées, veuillez appeler le service GIAS qui
pourra peut-être vous aider par téléphone.
Le temps restant affiché peut pendant le cycle
de séchage. Le temps est constamment ajusté au
cours du cycle afin de donner la meilleure estimation
possible. Le fait que le temps restant augmente ou
diminue pendant le cycle est normal.
La période de séchage est trop longue/les
vêtements ne sont pas suffisamment secs…
Avez-vous sélectionné le temps de séchage/le
programme qui convient ?
Les vêtements étaient-ils trop mouillés ? Les
vêtements avaient-ils été adéquatement essorés en
machine ou à la main ?
Le filtre doit-il être nettoyé
Faut-il nettoyer le condenseur ?
Le sèche-linge est-il surchargé
Les entrées, sorties et la base du sèche-linge sont-
elles libres d'obstructions ?
Avez-vous sélectionné le bouton
au cours d un cycle précédent ?
Le sèche-linge ne fonctionne pas…
Le sèche-linge est-il branché sur une alimentation
électrique adéquate ? Vérifiez à l aide dun autre
appareil, par exemple une lampe de chevet.
La fiche est-elle bien branchée sur lalimentation de
secteur ?
Y a-t-il une panne de courant ?
Le fusible a-t-il sauté
varier
●
●
● ?
●
● ?
●
● Séchage Délicat
’
●
’ ’
●’
●
● ?
Le sèche-linge est bruyant…
Arrêtez le sèche-linge et contactez le
service GIAS pour obtenir des conseils.
L'indicateur est allumé…
Le filtre doit-il être nettoyé ?
Faut-il nettoyer le condenseur ?
L'indicateur est allumé…
Le réservoir d’eau doit-il être vidé ?
●
●
●
●
SERVICE CLIENTÈLE
En cas de problème persistant même après
avoir effectué toutes les inspections
recommandées, veuillez contacter le
Service. Il pourra vous aider par téléphone
ou organiser la visite d'un technicien, en
vertu des conditions de votre garantie.
Cependant, vous serez facturé dans l un
des cas suivants :
Si la machine est en bon état de marche.
Si la machine n a pas été installée
c o n f o r m é m e n t a u x i n s t r u c t i o n s
d installation.
Si l a ma c h i n e a ét é utilisée
incorrectement.
’
●
●’
’
●
Pièces De Rechange
Service GIAS
Utilisez toujours des pièces de rechange
du fabricant, disponibles auprès du
service GIAS.
Pour les entretiens et les réparations,
contactez votre technicien local du
service GIAS.
Le constructeur décline toute
responsabilité en cas d’erreurs
d’impression dans le présent
document. Le constructeur se réserve
le droit d’apporter les modifications
nécessaires à ses produits sans en
changer
les caractéristiques de base.
9.
DÉPISTAGE DE PANNES
FR
●
● Le sèche-linge est-il en position de marche, au
niveau du courant de secteur et de la machine ?
● La période de séchage ou le programme a-t-il été
sélectionné ?
● La machine a-t-elle été remise en marche après
l’ouverture de la porte ?
● Le sèche-linge s’est-il arrêté parce que le
réservoir d’eau est plein et qu’il faut le vider ?
La porte est-elle bien fermée ?
PARAM TRES SANS FILÈ
Le groupe Candy Hoover Srl déclare que
cet appareil répond aux exigences de la
Directive 2014/53/EU. Pour recevoir
une copie de la déclaration de conformité,
veuillez contacter le fabricant : www.candy-
group.com
Sans fil standard
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A et NFC Forum Type 4
Bande de fréquence
Limites du champs magnétique
13,553-13,567 MHz (fréquence centrale 13,560 MHz)
< 42dB (à 10 mètres)μA/m
Paramètres
Spécifications
Index
Bitte lesen Sie diese Anleitung sorgfältig durch
und richten Sie sich bei der Bedienung der
Wäschetrockner an die Anleitung. Dieses
Handbuch enthält wichtige Hinweise für die
sichere Installation, Anwendung und Wartung
sowie einige nützliche Hinweise für optimale
Ergebnisse beim Gebrauch Ihrer Maschine.
Zum Lieferumfang Ihrer Waschmaschine
geh
Bedienungsanleitung
Garantieschein
Energieeffizienzklasse
Heben Sie diese Dokumentation an einem
sicheren Ort auf, um jederzeit wieder darauf
zurückgreifen zu können bzw. um sie an
zukünftige Besitzer weitergeben zu können
ören folgende Dokumentation und
Zusatzteile:
●
●
●
Mit der Anbringung des -Zeichens am
Gerät zeigen wir an, dass wir sämtliche für
dieses Produkt geltenden und notwendigen
europäischen Sicherheits-, Gesundheits-
und Umweltstandards einhalten und hierfür
haftbar sind.
1. SICHERHEITSHINWEISE
2. ABLAUFSET – MONTAGEANLEITUNG
3. VORBEREITUNG DER FÜLLUNG
REINIGUNG UND ROUTINEWARTUNGEN
5. WASSERTANK
TÜR SIEB
SCHALTERBLENDE UND ANZEIGEN
AUSWÄHLEN DES PROGRAMMS
9.
4.
6. UND
7.
8.
36
Kontrollieren Sie,ob die Maschine durch
den Transport beschädigt wurde.Falls dies
der Fall ist, wenden Sie sich an den
GIASService.
Die Sicherheit des Geräts kann
beeinträchtigt werden, wenn Sie sich nicht an
diese Sicherheitshinweis e halten. Falls ein
P r o b l em m i t I h r er M a s c hi n e d u r ch
Zweckentfremdung verursacht wird, müssen Sie
Reparaturarbeiten möglicherweise selbst
bezahlen.
FEHLERSUCHE KUNDENDIENST
1.
SICHERHEITSHINWEISE
d e r o b e n e r w ä h n t e n
E i n r i c h t u n g e n
ausgeschlossen.
Sollte das Gerät entgegen
d i e s e n V o r s c h r i f t e n
betrieben werden, kann dies
die Lebensdauer des
Gerätes beeinträchtigen und
den Garantieanspruch
gegenüber dem Hersteller
verwirken.
Eventuelle Schäden am
Gerät oder andere Schäden
oder Verluste, die durch eine
n i c h t h a u s h a l t s n a h e
Nutzung hervorgerufen
werden sollten (selbst wenn
sie in einem Haushalt
erfolgen), werden, so weit
vom Gesetz ermöglicht, vom
Hersteller nicht anerkannt.
WARNUNG
Zweckentfremdung des
T r o c k n e r s k a n n z u
Brandgefahr führen
Diese Maschine dient als
H a u s h a l t s g e r ä t
a u s s c h l i e ß l i c h z u m
T r o c k n e n v o n
Haushaltstextilien
ß
. Sie die
G e b r a u c h s a n l e i t u n g
sorgfältig durch, bevor Sie
das Gerät in Betrieb
nehmen.
Berühren Sie das Gerät nicht
mit feuchten oder nassen
Händen oder Füßen.
.
und
Kleidungsstücken.
Verwenden Sie dieses Gerät
nur für die vorgesehenen
Z w e c k e g e m ä d e r
Anleitung Lesen
Kinder unter 8 Jahren sowie
Personen, die aufgrund ihrer
physischen, sensorischen oder
geistigen Fähigkeiten oder ihrer
Unerfahrenheit oder Unkenntnis
nicht in der Lage sind, die
Wäschetrockner sicher zu
b e d i e n e n , d ü r f e n d i e
Wäschetrockner nicht ohne
Aufsicht oder Anweisung durch
eine verantwortliche Person
benutzen, sich in der Nähe
aufhalten oder das Gerät
saubermachen.
Kinder sollten nicht mit dem
Gerät spielen. Reinigung und
Benutzerwartung sollten nicht
von Kindern ohne Einführung,
ausgeführt werden.
Dieses Gerät ist ausschließlich
für den Haushaltsgebrauch
konz ipiert b zw. für den
haushaltsnahen Gebrauch, wie
z.B:
-Teeküchen für das Personal
von Büros, Geschäften oder
ähnlichen Arbeitsbereichen;
- Ferienhäuser;
- Gäste von Hotels, Motels und
anderen Wohneinrichtungen;
- G ä s t e v o n
Apartments/Ferienwohnungen,
B e d a n d B r e a k f a s t
Einrichtungen
Eine andere Nutzung als die
normale Haushaltsnutzung, wie
z . B . g e w e r b l i c h e o d e r
professionelle Nutzung durch
Fachpersonal, ist auch im Falle
●
●●
●
●
●
37
DE
Installation
Verwenden Sie keine Adapter,
Mehrfachsteck dosen und/oder
Verlängerungskabel.
Stellen Sie den Trockner nie in
der Nähe von Vorhängen auf.
Achten Sie darauf, dass keine
Gegenstände hinter den
Trockner fallen oder sich dort
ansammeln können.
Das Gerät darf nicht hinter einer
verschließ baren Tür, einer
Schiebetür oder einer Tür mit
Scharnier an der dem Trockner
entgegen gesetzten Seite
installiert werden.
38
●
●
●
Lehnen Sie sich nicht gegen die
Tür, wenn Sie die Maschine
beladen, und fassen Sie die
Lassen Sie Kinder nicht mit der
Maschine oder den Schaltern
spielen.
Verwenden Sie
das Produkt nicht, wenn das
Flusensieb nicht richtig
eingebaut
,
ß
,
Temperatur während des
Trocknerbetriebs auf über 60°C
steigen.
Ziehen Sie den Stecker aus der
Steckdose! Ziehen Sie vor dem
Reinigen des Geräts immer
Fusseln und Flusen dürfen sich
nicht auf dem Fußboden im
Bereich um die Maschine
Die Trommel in dem Gerät kann
sehr heiß werden. Lassen Sie
den Trockner stets vollständig
Verwenden Sie die Maschine
bei vermuteten Störungen nicht
weiter
Max. füllmenge (Mischwäsche):
s. Energielabel
Maschine nicht an der Tür,
wenn Sie sie hochheben oder
verschieben.
WARNUNG
oder beschädigt ist;
Flusen könnten Feuer fangen.
WARNUNG An der Stelle an
der sich das Symbol für hei e
Flächen befindet kann die
den Stecker heraus!
ansammeln.
bis zum Ende der Abkühlphase
laufen, bevor Sie die Wäsche
herausnehmen.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Wichtig:
möglichst stehend transportiert
werden. Bei Bedarf kann es nur in
die gezeigte Richtung geneigt
werden.
Achtung:
eine andere Lage transportiert
wurde, warten Sie mindestens 4
S t u n d e n , b e v o r S i e e s
einschalten, damit sich die
Flüssigkeit im Kompressor
wieder stabilisieren kann. Tun Sie
es nicht, können Schäden am
Kompressor die Folge sein.
D as Gerä t s oll
Wenn das Gerät in
Die Wäsche
Entlüftung
In dem Raum, in dem sich der
Trockner befindet, muss eine
ausreichende Entlüftung
vorhanden sein, um zu
verhindern, dass Gase aus
der Verbrennung anderer
Brennstoffe, zum Beispiel
offene Feuer, während
desTroc-knerbetriebs in den
Raum gesogen werden.
Hinweis zur Aufstellung des
Gerätes an Wänden oder in
Nischen
Der Mindestabstand zwischen
Gerät und sämtlichen
angrenzenden Oberflächen
b e t r ä g t 1 2 m m . D i e
L u f t z u f u h r - u n d
Auslassöffnungen müssen
i m m e r g r o ß r ä u m i g
freigehalten werden. Den
Platz
T r o c k n e n S i e k e i n e
ungewaschenen Gegenst nde
im Trockner
AUF KEINEN
FALL Stoffe in der Maschine
trocknen die mit chemischen
ö
bestimmten Bedingungen
p l ö t z l i c h e n t z ü n d e n .
G e g e n s t ä n d e w i e
S c h a u m g u m m i ( L a t e x -
schaumstoff), Duschhauben,
wasserab weisende Textilien,
mit Gummi verstärkte Produkte
sowie Kleidung-sstücke oder
Kissen- mit Schaumstoffpolster
sind für den Wäschet- rockner
NICHT GEEIGNET.
Sehen Sie immer auf den
Pflegeetiketten nach ob das
Material f r das Trocknen
geeig net
Textilien vor dem Einf llen in
den Trockner erst schleudern
oder gr ndlich auswringen
KEINE
Feuerzeuge und Streichh lzer
unbedingt aus den Taschen
entfernen und AUF KEINEN
FALL
K E I N E V o r h n g e a u s
Gla sfasermater ial in die
Maschine f llen Kommen
andere Textilien
ä
.
WARNUNG
,
Reinigungs mitteln behandelt
wurden.
W A R N U N G W e n n
Schaumgummimaterialien heiß
werden, k nnen sie sich unter
,
ü
- ist.
ü
ü .
Füllen Sie tropfnassen
Textilien in den Trockner.
ö
mit feuergefährlichen
Flüssigkeiten in der Nähe der
Maschine hantieren.
ä
ü.
mit Glasfasern
in Berührung, so kann dies
zu Hautreizungen führen.
G e g e n s t n d e , d i e m i t
Substanzen wie Speise l,
Azeton, Alkohol, Benzin,
Kerosin,
ü ä
ü angegeben
verwendet werden.
äö
Fleckenentferner,
Terpentin, Wachsen und
Wachsentferner getränkt
sind, sollten mit einer
z u s ä t z l i c h e n M e n g e
Waschpulver in heißem
Wasser gewaschen werden,
bevor sie im Trockner
getrocknet werden.
Weichsp ler oder hnliche
Produkte sollten wie in der
Gebrauchanleitung des
Weichsp lers
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
39
DE
zwischen Geräteunterseite und
Boden ebenfalls rundum
freihalten.
geleitet werden,
der für das Ableiten von Rauch
aus der Verbrennung von Gas
oder anderen Brennstoffen
verwendet wird.
ü äß
Luftzirkulation im
Trockner.
Bitte alle Filter regelmäßig prüfen
und ggf. reinigen.
Bei der Aufstellung als Wasch-
/Trockensäule muß aus
S i c h e r he i ts g r ü n d e n e i n
geeigneter Zwischenbaurahmen
mit den folgenden Eigenschaften
verwendet werden.
Originalzwischenbaurahmen
( 3 5 1 0 0 0 1 9 ) : f ü r
Waschmaschinen mit einer Tiefe
von mindestens 49 cm
Originalzwischenbaurahmen
( 3 5 1 0 0 1 2 0 ) : f ü r
Waschmaschinen mit einer Tiefe
von mindestens 51 cm
D i e v o r g e n a n n t e n
Originalzwischenbaurahmen
sind über Ihren Händler bzw.
unseren Kundendienst zu
beziehen. Hinweise zur
Anbringung finden Sie in der
d e m Ve r p a ck u n sg i n ha l t
beigefügten Anleitung. Die
Verwendung von generischen
Zwischenbaurahmen ist bei ggf.
eingeschränkter Funktionsweise
ebenfalls möglich.
,
ä zwischen beiden
Seitenteilen und der Rück-seite
Die Abluft darf nicht in einen
Kaminschacht
Pr fen Sie regelm ig die
reibungslose
Achten Sie darauf dass keine
Gegenst nde
des Trockners herunterfallen und
sich dort ansammeln, da hierdurch
die Ansaug- und Abluftanschlüsse
blockiert werden können.
r unmittelbaren Nähe
von Vorhängen aufgestellt werden.
Der Trockner darf AUF KEINEN
FALL in de
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
40
Air Outlets in the Base
Bitte das Gerät keinesfalls in
einem Raum mit zu niedriger
Raumtemperatur, außerhalb
geschlossener Räume oder im
Freien in Betrieb nehmen. Bei
diesen Umgebungsbedingungen
ist der ordnungsgemäße Betrieb
des Gerätes nicht gewährleistet
bzw. das Gerät könnte Schaden
nehmen (Flüssigkeiten im
Hydraulikkreislauf können zu zäh
werden oder gar einfrieren und
dadurch Bauteile wie Ventile oder
Schläuche beschädigt werden).
Die Raumtemperatur sollte
immer im Bereich zwischen +5°C
u n d + 3 5 ° C l i e g e n . I m
Temperaturbereich zwischen
+2°C und +5°C könnte sich
Kondenswasser am Gerät oder
im Raum bilden.
WARNUNG: Das Gerät darf
nicht mit einem externen
Schaltgerät wie etwa einem
Timer betrieben werden oder
der
-
und
an einen Stromkreis
geschaltet
aus-
regelmäßig ein
wird angeschlossen
werden.
Umweltschutz
Das gesamte Verpackungsmaterial besteht
a u s u m w e l t f r e u n d l i c h e n ,
wiederverwertbaren Materialien. Bitte helfen
Sie mit, diese umwelt freundlich zu
entsorgen. Ihre Stadtverwaltung kann Sie
ü b e r E n t s o r g u n g s m ö g l i c h k e i t e n
informieren.
zerschneiden Sie das Netzkabel und werfen
Sie Netzkabel und Netzstecker getrennt in den
Müll, bevor Sie Ihren alten Trockner entsorgen.
Zerstören Sie Scharniere und die Türverrie
gelung, damit sich Kinder nicht versehentlich in
-
-
Ziehen Sie den Stecker aus der Steckdose,
-
der Waschmaschine einsperren können.
Europäische Vorschrift 20 / /E12 19 U
Dieses Gerät ist entsprechend der
europäischen Richtlinie 2012/19/EU
als elektrisches / elektronisches
Altgerät (WEEE) gekennzeichnet.
Elektrische und elektronische
Altgeräte enthalten vielfach noch wertvolle
Materialien. Sie enthalten aber auch schädliche
Stoffe, die für ihre Funktion und Sicherheit
notwendig waren. Im Restmüll oder bei falscher
Behandlung können diese der menschlichen
Gesundheit und der Umwelt schaden. Es ist
daher sehr wichtig, dass elektrische und
elektronische Altgeräte (WEEE) einer
speziellen Verwertung zugeführt werden, damit
die schädlichen Stoffe ordnungsgemäß
entfernt und entsorgt werden bzw. wertvolle
Rohstoffe der Wiederverwertung zugeführt
werden können
Sie können mit der Beachtung der folgenden
simplen Hinweise einen wichtigen Beitrag dazu
leisten, dass elektrische und elektronische
Altgeräte (WEEE) der menschlichen
Gesundheit und der Umwelt nicht schaden:
- Elektrische- und elektronische Altgeräte
(WEEE) sollten keinesfalls wie Rest- oder
Haushaltsmüll behandelt werden.
- Nutzen Sie stattdessen die an Ihrem Wohnort
eingerichteten kommunalen oder gewerblichen
Sammelstellen zur Rückgabe und Verwertung
elektrischer und elektronischer Altgeräte
(WEEE). Informieren Sie sich, ob ggf. in Ihrem
Land bzw. Ihrer Region für große/sperrige
elektrische und elektronische Altgeräte
(WEEE) eine Abholung angeboten wird.
Sorgen Sie in jedem Falle dafür, dass Ihr
Altgerät bis zum Abtransport kindersicher
aufbewahrt wird.
I n e i n i g e n L ä n de rn s in d H ä nd le r
unterbestimmten Voraussetzungen beim
Geräteneukauf auch zur Rücknahme des
Altgerätes verpflichtet, wenn das Altgerät dem
neuen Fabrikat in der Funktion entspricht.
Electrical Requirements
Dieser Trockner ist für eine Netzspannung von
220-240 V und 50 Hz (Einphasenstrom)
ausgelegt. Stellen Sie sicher, dass der
Stromkreis eine Nennleistung von 10 A hat.
S
ieses Gerät muss an eine geerdete
Steckdose mit
ie Steckdose und der
Stecker am Gerät müssen vom
e r w e n d e n S i e k e i n e
M e h r f a c h s t e c k e r u n d / o d e r
er Stecker sollte so
angebracht werden, dass er nach
trom kann lebensgefährlich sein.
D
Schutzkontakt angesch-
lossen werden. D
selben Typ
s e i n . V
Verlängerungskabel. D
der
Installation des Geräts leicht aus der
Steckdose zu ziehen ist.
GIAS Service
Um einen sicheren und einwandfreien
Betrieb dieses Geräts zu gewährleisten,
empfehlen wir, alle Wartungs- und
Reparatur arbeiten nur von einem
zugelassenen GIAS Kundendienst
techniker durchführen zu lassen.
-
-
Einstellen der Füße
S ob a l d s i c h d i e
M a s c h i n e a m
e n d g ü l t i g e n O r t
befindet, sollten die
Füße so eingestellt
werden, dass die
Maschine eben steht.
41
●
●
●
DE
Ein Service-Anruf kann Ihnen in
Rechnung gestellt werden, ,falls ein Problem
mit Ihrer Maschine durch eine inkorrekte
Installation verursacht wurde.
Falls das Stromkabel dieses Geräts
beschädigt ist, muss es durch ein spezielles
Kabel ersetzt werden, das Sie NUR vom
Ersatzteil-Service erhalten. Es muss von
einem Fachmann installiert werden.
Schließen Sie die Maschine nicht an
die Netzstromversorgung an und schalten
Sie sie nicht ein, bevor die Installation
abgeschlossen ist. Zu Ihrer Sicherheit
muss dieser Trockner ordnungsgemäß
installiert werden. Falls Sie Zweifel haben,
rufen Sie den GIAS-Service an, um
Ratschläge einzuholen.
GWP1430
2. ABLAUFSET – MONTAGEANLEITUNG
Damit der Kondenswasserbehälter nicht nach
jeder Nutzung des Gerätes geleert werden
muß, kann das Wasser auch über ein Ablaufset
(o ption ale s Z ubehö r) di rek t i n d en
H a u s a b w a s s e r a n s c h l u ß ( n o r m a l e r
Hausabwasseranschluß, wie etwa der der
Spüle) abgeleitet werden. Eine Ableitung des
Wassers ohne festen Anschluß (etwa in eine
Sickergruße) ist nicht möglich.
Der Abwasseranschluß sollte sich in der Nähe
des Wäschetrockners befinden (max.
Entfernung = Länge des im Set gelieferten
Standardschlauchs, eine Verlängerung ist nicht
möglich) Das Ablaufset besteht aus folgenden
Komponenten: 1 Schlauch sowie 1 Zubehörteil
zum Schließen eines verbeibenden Schlauchs.
ACHTUNG! Bitte unbedingt das Gerät
abschalten und den Stecker vom Stromnetz
trennen, bevor Sie mit den nachfolgend
beschriebenen Montageschritten beginnen.
Bitte das Kondenswasserablaufset wie
Folgt Montieren:
4.
5.
6 .
Nun den schwarzen
S c h l a u c h d e s
Ablaufsets mit dem
g r au e n S ch l au c h
verbinden und gut mit
der Klemme fixieren,
so dass dieser nicht
v e r s e h e n t l i c h
abrutschen kann.
Nachdem das Gerät
wieder aufgestellt
worden ist, stellen Sie
sicher, dass der neue
S c h l a u c h n i c h t
geknickt wird, wenn
der Trockner wieder an
seinen Platz gerückt
wird.
D a s a n d e r e ,
v e r b l e i b e n d e
Schlauchende mit
dem mitgelieferten
Stöpsel schließen.
D e n s c h w a r z e n
Ablaufschlauch an das
Abwasserrohrsystem
anschließen.
42
1
2
3
2.
3.
Der Anschluss für
das Ablaufset befindet
sich auf der rechten
Seite des Gerätes
(siehe Bild). Ein grauer
Schlauch führt dort
zueinem.Verbindungs
stück an der linken
Seite des Gerätes. Mit
Hilfe einer Zange
l ö s e n S i e d i e
Fixierungsklemme des
Schlauchs.
Den Schlauch vom
Ve r b i n d u n g s s t ü c k
abziehen.
4
5
Achtung: Wenn das Gerät auf eine andere
Seite geneigt wurde, warten Sie mindestens
4 Stunden, bevor Sie es einschalten, damit
sich die Flüssigkeit im Kompressor wieder
stabilisieren kann. Tun Sie es nicht, können
Schäden am Kompressor die Folge sein.
6
1 . D e n T r o c k n e r
vorsichtig zur rechten
Seite neigen.
3.
VORBEREITUNG DER FÜLLUNG
Vergewissern Sie sich anhand de Pflegean
leitungssymbole in jedem Wäschestück, dass die
Wäsche, die Sie trocknen wollen, für eine
Trocknung im Trockner geeignet ist.
entleert sind. Wenden Sie die Innen
seiten der Textilien nach außen. Füllen Sie die
Kleidungsstücke locker in die Trommel, so dass
diese sich nicht verheddern.
r -
Überprüfen Sie, ob alle Verschlüsse zu und die
Taschen -
Vorbereitung der Textilien
Nicht Für Den Trockner Geeignet:
Se ide, Ny lon s trü m pfe , empf i ndl i che
Stickereien, Stoffe mit metallischen
Verzierungen, Kleidungsstücke mit PVC oder
Lederbesätzen
WICHTIG: Trocknen Sie keine Produkte,
die mit einer chemischen Reiniguntg-sflüssigkeit
behandelt wurden und keine Kleidungsstücke
aus Gummi (Gefahr eines Brandes oder einer
Explosion).
Während der letzten 15 Minuten wird die
Wäsche immer mit kalter Luft getrocknet.
Energiesparen
Überladen Sie die Trommel nicht, große
Teile können, wenn sie nass sind, die maximal
zulässige Wäscheladung überschreiten (zum
Beispiel Schlafsäcke, Bettdecken).
4.
REINIGUNG UND
ROUTINEWARTUNGEN
WARNUNG!
Trommel, Tür und die
Wäsche selbst können sehr heiß sein.
WICHTIG! Schalten Sie diese
Maschine vor dem Reinigen immer aus
und ziehen Sie den Netzstecker heraus.
Die Daten für die Elektrik finden Sie
auf dem Typenschild auf der Vorderseite
der Trocknertrommel (bei geöffneter Tür).
43
. .
.
F
Ist die Füllmenge größer als das -
Ba u mwo lle / Lei nen :
Textilien aus Kunstfaser:
Für Trockner geeignet.
Im Trockner bei hoher Temperatur.
Im Trockner nur bei geringer
Temperatur.
Nicht für den Trockner geeignet.
alls ein Wäschestück keine Pflegeanleitung
hat, muss angenommen werden, dass es nicht
für das Trocknen im Trockner geeignet ist.
Nach Menge und Volumen
Fassungs
vermögen des Trockners, sortieren Sie die
Wäsche nach Stoffdicke (trennen Sie z.B.
Handtücher von dünner Unterwäsche).
Nach Stoffart
Ha n dtü c he r,
Baumwolljersey,
Bett- und Tischwäsche.
Blusen, Hemden,
Overalls, usw. aus Polyester oder Polyamid
und auch Baumwoll/ Synthetikgemische.
Bevor Sie den Trockner das erste Mal benutzen:
Lesen Sie die Gebrauchsanleitung bitte
sorgfältig durch!
Entfernen Sie alle in der Trommel befindlichen
egenstände!
Wischen Sie die Innenseiten der Trommel und
Tür mit einem feuchten Tuch aus, um den beim
ransport eventuell dort angesammelten Staub
zu
G
T entfernen.
●
●
●
Füllen Sie nur gründlich ausgewrungene oder
e Wäsche in den Trockner. Je
trockener die Wäsche, desto kürzer ist die
Trocknungszeit, was sich energiesparend
auswirkt.
IMMER
Es ist wirtschaftlicher, IMMER die maximale
Trocknungsvorgang, ob das Sieb sauber ist.
NIE
denn dies ist zeitaufwendig und
Energieverschwendung.
Kleidungs stücke in den Wäschetrockner; dies
kann zu Schäden am Gerät führen.
geschleudert
Füllmenge zu trocknen.
Kontrollieren Sie IMMER vor jedem
Überschreiten Sie NIE die maximale
Füllmenge,
Füllen Sie AUF KEINEN FALL tropfnasse
-
●
●
●
●
●
●
Reinigung des Trockners
Reinigen Sie nach jedem Trocknungsvor gang
das
Wischen Sie nach jeder Anwendungs phase die
Tür mit einem weichen Tuch.
ä
Scheuermittel benutzen.
-
Flusensieb und leeren Sie den
Kondenswasser- Behälter.
Reinigen Sie alle Filter in regelmäßigen
Abständen.
-
Innenseite der Trommel aus und lassen Sie die
Tür einige Zeit offen stehen, damit sie durch die
Luftzirkulation getrocknet wird.
Reinigen Sie die Außenseite der Maschine und
der
AUF KEINEN FALL Scheuerschw mme oder
Wir empfehlen, dass Sie die Tür, die Türdichtung
sowie das Geräteäußere nach jedem Gebrauch
kurz mit einem feuchten Tuch reinigen.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Anhand der Pflegeanleitungssymbole
Diese
finden Sie am Kragen oder der Sauminnenseite:
Sortieren Sie die Füllung folgendermaßen:
●
DE
5.
WASSERTANK
D a s b e im Tro ck ne n e n tst eh en d e
Kondenswasser wird im dafür vorgesehenen
Behälter in der Tür gesammelt. Wenn der
Behälter voll ist, leuchtet die Anzeige auf
und der Behälter MUSS geleert werden. Es
w i r d j e d o c h e m p f o h l e n d e n
Kondenswasserbehälter nach jedem
Trockenvorgang zu leeren.
WI C HTI G : E i n g e rin g er Te i l de s
Kondenswassers verbleibt bei den ersten
Trockenvorgängen eines Neugerätes im
Leitungssystem.
,
Entfernen des Behälters
1. Ziehen Sie den
W a s s e r b e h ä l t e r
vorsichtig heraus und
halten Sie dabei den
Griff fest. (A) Wenn der
Wasserbehälter voll ist,
wiegt er ca. 6 kg.
2. Kippen Sie den
Wasserbehälter, um
das Wasser durch die
A u s g u s s ö f f n u n g
auszuleeren. (B)
W e n n d e r
Wasserbehälter leer ist,
setzen Sie ihn wie
dargestellt wieder ein;
(C) Bringen Sie zuerst,
wie dargestellt, die
U n t e r s e i t e d e s
Behälters in Position (1)
u n d d r ü c k e n S i e
a n sc h li eß e nd d e n
oberen Teil vorsichtig in
Position (2).
A
B
1C
44
3.Drücken Sie die
-Taste, um den
Zyklus wieder in
Gang zu setzen.
F ü r E i n e
ord n un g sg e mä ß e
Trocknung öffnen Sie
die Tür während der
a u t o m a t i s c h
a b l a u f e n d e n
Programme nicht.
Bitte öffnen Sie die Tür nicht in
sensorgesteuerten Programmen, um eine
optimale Trocknung zu ermöglichen.
1.
Schließen Sie langsam die Tür, bis Sie
ein „Klick“ hören.
. Drehen Sie den Programmwähler auf
das gewünschte Programm (hierzu bitte
die Programmempfehlungen in dieser
Anleitung beachten).
Drücken Sie die taste . Der Trockner
startet automatisch und die Anzeige über
der Taste leuchtet durchgängig.
Sollte einmal die Tür während des
Programms geöffnet werden müssen,
drücken Sie erneut die taste , um die
Trocknung fortzuführen.
Neigt sich die Trocknung dem Ende zu,
beginnt kurz zuvor die Abkühlphase, um
die Luft und damit die Wäsche
abzukühlen.
Ist das Programm beendet, dreht die
Trommel weiter bis das Gerät
ausgeschaltet wird oder die Tür geöffnet
wird. Dies dient dazu, dass die Wäsche
durch Stoppen der Trommel nicht
verknittert.
Öffnen Sie die Tür des Gerätes und
füllen die Trommel mit der zu
trocknenden Wäsche. Vergewissern Sie
sich, dass heraushängende Wäsche
nicht das Schließen der Tür verhindern
kann.
2.
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
BETRIEB
6.
TÜR SIEBUND
Ziehen Sie am Griff, um die Tür zu öffnen.
Trocknungs vorgang wieder in Gang zu
setzen,schließen Sie die Tür und drücken.
Um den -
Sieb
WICHTIG:
Damit der Wäschetrockner immer
optimale Leistung erbringen kann, überprüfen
Sie vor jedem Trocknungsvorgang, ob das
Flusensieb sauber ist.
Benutzen Sie den Trockner nicht ohne Filter.
Durch verstopfte Filter kann sich die
Trocknungsdauer verlängern oder es können
S c h ä d e n v e r u r s a c h t w e r d e n , d i e
kostenpflichtige Reparaturen mit sich ziehen.
1.
2.
3.
Bürste oder
den Fingerspitzen.,
4.
wieder
an seinen Platz ein.
Ziehen Sie das Sieb
nach oben.
Öffnen Sie das Sieb
wie auf der Abbildung.
Entfernen Sie die
Flusen sanft mit einer
weichen
Klappen Sie das
Sieb zusammen und
setzen Sie es
1
2
Flusensieb-Anzeige
leuchtet auf, wenn das Sieb gesäubert
werden muss.
Wenn die Wäsche nicht trocknet, kontrol
lieren Sie, ob das Sieb verstopft ist.
-
45
WARNUNG! Wenn der Wäschetrockner
in Betrieb ist, könnten die Trommel und die
Tür SEHR HEISS werden.
WENN SIE DIE FILTER ZUR REINIGUNG
IN WASSER GEBEN, VERGESSEN SIE NICHT,
SIE ANSCHLIESSEND ZU TROCKNEN.
WARNUNG! Wenn Sie die Tür mitten in
einem Zyklus öffnen, bevor der Abkühlzyklus
beendet ist, könnte der Griff heiß sein. Gehen
Sie beim Entleeren des Wasserbehälters
während eines Zyklus mit äußerster Vorsicht vor.
DE
1.
2.
3 .
4.
5.
6.
Entfernen Sie die
Wartungsklappe.
Drehen Sie die zwei
Verschlusshebel
g e g e n d e n
Uhrzeigersinn und
ziehen Sie den
Kondensatordeckel
heraus.
N e h m e n S i e
v o r s i c h t i g d e n
F i l t e r r a h m e n
h e r a u s u n d
e n t f e r n e n S i e
etwaigen Staub
o d e r F l u s e n
vorsichtig mit einem
Tuch. Reinigen Sie
den Filter nicht mit
Wasser.
Entfernen Sie den
Schaumgummifilter
und reinigen Sie ihn
unter fließendem
Wasser, wobei Sie
es d r e he n , um
Flusen und Staub
v o l l s t ä n d i g z u
entfernen.
Passen Sie den
Kondensatordeckel
w i e d e r e i n
( Ri ch tu n g w ir d
durch den Pfeil
angegeben) und
stellen Sie sicher,
dass er fest an
s e i n e n P l a t z
g e d r ü c k t w i r d .
Schließen Sie die
z w e i
Verschlusshebel
durch eine Drehung
im Uhrzeigersinn.
Setzen Sie die
Wa r t u n g sklappe
wieder ein.
1
2
3
4
5
Reinigung des Kondensatorfilters
Filter vor jedem Durchgang reinigen
DE
7. BEDIENELEMENTE UND
ANZEIGEN
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Programmauswahl - Über den Drehschalter
können in beiden Richtungen Trockenprogramme
ausgewählt werden. Um die Auswahl
abzubrechen oder den Trockner auszuschalten,
stellen Sie den Drehschalter auf AUS.
B - Zeit-Display - Das Display zeigt die verbleibende
Zeit bis zum Ende des Trockenvorgangs, die ver-
schobene Zeit bei einem verzögerten Start und andere
Benachrichtigungen an.
C - Tasten -
1. Taste Start/Pause
Startet das ausgewählte Programm oder bricht es ab.
2. Taste Startverzögerung
Ermöglicht eine Verzögerung des Programmstarts
von einer bis zu 24 Stunden im Ein-Stundentakt.
Die ausgewählte Verzögerung wird im Display
angezeigt. Nachdem die START-Taste gedrückt
wurde, verringert sich die angezeigte Zeit jede
Stunde. Wenn die Türe nach einem verzögerten
Start geöffnet wird, nach dem Schließen erneut
„Start“ drücken, damit der Timer wieder angeht.
3. Auswahltaste Trockenprogramm
Über diese Taste kann der gewünschte
Trockengrad bis zu fünf Minuten nach dem
Programmstart eingestellt werden:
Mangeltrocken: Die Wäsche ist noch leicht
feucht, was das Bügeln erleichtert.
Bügeltrocken: Die Wäsche kann auf einen
Bügel gehängt werden.
Schranktrocken: Die Wäsche kann direkt in
den Schrank gelegt werden.
Extratrocken: Die Wäsche ist vollständig trocken;
ideales Programm für volle Waschladung.
Dieses Gerät verfügt über eine Trockenmanager-
Funktion. Bei automatischen Trockenvorgängen
wird jede Zwischenstufe vor dem Erreichen des
ausgewählten Trockengrades durch ein Blinken
angezeigt. Falls etwas nicht stimmt, blinken alle
LEDs dreimal schnell hintereinander.
4. Schnelltaste/Zeitauswahl
Bis zu drei Minuten nach dem Programmstart
können automatische Programme in das
Schnellprogramm (RAPID) umgeschaltet werden.
Durch jedes weitere Drücken wird die
Trockendauer erhöht (30-45-59 Minuten).
Ist diese Auswahl getroffen und soll die
automatische Trocknung wieder eingestellt
werden, muss der Trockner ausgeschaltet
werden. Falls etwas nicht stimmt, blinken alle
LEDs dreimal schnell hintereinander.
Bis zu drei Minuten nach dem Programmstart
können automatische Programme in
programmierte geändert werden.
Durch jedes weitere Drücken wird die
Trockendauer im 10-Minuten-Intervall erhöht. Ist
diese Auswahl getroffen und soll die
automatische Trocknung wieder eingestellt
werden, muss der Trockner ausgeschaltet
werden. Falls etwas nicht stimmt, blinken alle
LEDs dreimal schnell hintereinander.
5. Knitterfrei
Mit dieser Option wird bei Auswahl einer Zeitver-
zögerung und am Ende des Trockenvorgangs die
Trommel eingeschaltet, damit die Wäsche
knitterfrei bleibt. Sie wird bis zu sechs Stunden
nach Ende des Trockenvorgangs alle 10 Minuten
eingeschaltet. Um die Drehung der Trommel
auszuschalten, stellen Sie den Drehschalter
AUS. Diese Funktion ist vor allem dann nützlich,
wenn die Wäsche nicht sofort aus dem Trockner
genommen werden kann.
6. Speicher
Über diese Taste können die eingestellten
Trockenoptionen gespeichert werden.
SPEICHER: Wenn der Trockenvorgang läuft,
halten Sie die Taste „Speicher“ drei Sekunden
lang gedrückt. Die „Speicher“-Kontrollleuchte
blinkt dreimal, und die Optionen für das
ausgewählte Programm werden gespeichert.
SEICHERAUFRUF: Drücken Sie nach der Pro-
grammauswahl die Taste „Speicher“, um die
gespeicherten Optionen (und nicht das
Programm) aufzurufen.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
centrifugado máximo previsto por el
programa.
Para reactivar el ciclo de centrifugado,
pulsa la tecla hasta alcanzar la velocidad
de centrifugado deseada.
Es posible modificar la velocidad de
centrifugado sin detener la lavadora.
Esta opción le permite cambiar la
temperatura de los ciclos de lavado.
lavado en frío.
No es posible elevar la temperatura por
encima del máximo permitido para cada
programa, con el fin de proteger los
tejidos.
Esta opción le permite pre-programar el
ciclo de lavado para iniciarlo con una
posterioridad de hasta 24 horas.
Para diferir el inicio del ciclo:
- Introduzca el programa deseado.
- Pulse el botón una vez para activarlo
(h00 aparece en la pantalla) y luego
pulse de nuevo para fijar un intervalo de
1 hora (h01 aparece en la pantalla). El
retardo preestablecido aumenta en 1
hora cada vez que se pulsa el botón,
hasta que aparezca h24 en la pantalla,
y en ese momento, al pulsar el botón de
nuevo, se restablecerá el inicio diferido
a cero
-
Confirme pulsando la tecla INICIO/PAUSA
(
la luz en la pantalla comienza a
parpadear). La cuenta atrás comienza y
cuando termina el programa se iniciará
automáticamente.
Es posible cancelar el inicio diferido
girando el selector de programas a la
posición APAGADO.
Si hay alguna interrupción en el
suministro de energía mientras la
lavadora está en funcionamiento, una
memoria especial almacena el programa
seleccionado y, cuando se restablezca la
energía, continúa donde lo dejó.
Las opciones y funciones se debe
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
Para evitar dañar los tejidos, no es
posible aumentar la velocidad por
encima del máximo permitido para
cada programa.
Una cantidad excesiva de detergente
puede provocar un exceso de
espuma. Si el electrodoméstico
detecta la presencia de una cantidad
excesiva de espuma, puede descartar
la fase de centrifugado, o extender la
duración del programa y aumentar el
consumo de agua.
La lavadora está equipada con un
dispositivo electrónico que descarta el
ciclo de centrifugado si la carga está
desequilibrada. Esto reduce el ruido y
la vibración en la lavadora, y prolonga
la vida de la lavadora.
Tecla SELECCIÓN TEMPERATURA
Tecla INICIO DIFERIDO
46
2
7. Tastensperre
Diese Funktion verhindert das versehentliche
Ändern der eingestellten Optionen auf dem
Bedienfeld während der Trockenphase.
Aktivieren/Deaktivieren: Tasten 3 und 4 zwei
Sekunden lang gleichzeitig gedrückt halten. Das
Display zeigt „LOC“ an. Beim Deaktivieren der
Option wird auf dem Display einmalig „Unl“
angezeigt.
Wird die Türe geöffnet solange die Sperre aktiv
ist, hält das Programm an aber die Sperre bleibt
weiterhin aktiv: Um den Trockenvorgang neu zu
starten muss zunächst die Sperre aufgehoben
werden und das Programm dann neu gestartet
werden. Ist der Trockner ausgeschaltet, wird diese
Option automatisch deaktiviert.
Die Tastensperre kann zu jeder Zeit während des
Trockenvorgangs geändert werden.
D- LED
Wasserbehälter - Anzeige leuchtet, wenn der
Wasserbehälter für das Kondenswasser geleert
werden muss.
Filterreinigung - Anzeige leuchtet, wenn die
Filter (in der Türe und unterer Filter) gereinigt
werden müssen.
E- Wi-Fi (nur einige Modelle)
Bei WLAN-fähigen Modellen zeigt das Symbol
an, dass das Wi-Fi-System funktioniert.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA - Auf der Bedienblende gibt es
eine Stelle, an die das Smartphone während der
Anmeldung der Maschine in der App gehalten
werden muss. Befolgen Sie die Anweisungen auf
dem Handydisplay (nur für Android-Smartphone,
das mit der NFC-Technologie ausgestattet ist).
Maximales Trockengewicht
Baumwolle Angegebenes
Höchstgewicht
Synthetik oder
Feinwäsche Max. 4 kg
Das Standardprogramm BAUMWOLLE TROCKNEN
( ) ist das sparsamste im Energieverbrauch
und am besten zum Trocknen normal nasser
Baumwollwäsche geeignet.
Die Tabelle auf der letzten Seite zeigt die
ungefähre Dauer und den Energieverbrauch der
Hauptprogramme.
Stromverbrauch im Aus-Modus 0,40 W
Stromverbrauch im Ein-Modus 0,75 W
Kapazität der
Trommel 125
Maximale Ladung Siehe Energieetikett
Höhe 85 cm
Breite 60 cm
Tiefe 60 cm
Energieklasse Siehe Energieetikett
EN 61121 Zu verwendendes Programm
Die tatsächliche Dauer des Trockenvorgangs
hängt davon ab, wie nass die Wäsche nach
dem Schleudern ist, um welche Textilien es
sich handelt und wie schwer die Waschladung
ist. Ferner tragen die Sauberkeit
der Filter
und die Umgebungstemperatur zur
Programmdauer bei.
Das Trockenprogramm für Wolle dieses
Trockners wurde von der Woolmark Company
für das Trocknen von maschinenwaschbaren
Wolltextilien genehmigt, vorausgesetzt, die
Textilien werden entsprechend der Waschanleitung
auf dem Etikett und entsprechend der Anweisungen
des
Herstellers dieser Maschine M1530
gewaschen und getrocknet. In Großbritannien,
Irland,
Woolmark-Warenzeichen ein eingetragenes
Prüfsiegel.
Information für Prüflabor
Technische Merkmale
Anleitung zum Trocknen
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY (
)
is the
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
Esta tecla permite escoger entre dos
opciones diferentes, dependiendo del
programa seleccionado.
- RÁPIDOS
Esta tecla se activa cuando seleccionas el
programa RÁPIDOS (14/30/44 Min.) en el
mando y te permite seleccionar uno de los
tres ciclos indicados.
- NIVEL DE SUCIEDAD
Una vez se ha seleccionado el programa,
el tiempo de lavado establecido para ese
programa se mostrará automáticamente.
Esta opción te permite escoger entre 3
niveles de intensidad de lavado,
modificando la duración del programa, y
dependiendo de la suciedad de las
prendas (solo pueden usarse en algunos
programas tal y como se muestra en la
tabla de programas).
Esta opción le permite realizar un
prelavado y es particularmente útil para
cargas muy sucias (se puede utilizar sólo
en algunos programas, como se muestra
en la tabla de programas).
Le recomendamos que utilice sólo el 20%
de las cantidades recomendadas en el
envase del detergente.
Con esta opción es posible higienizar la
ropa, el programa de lavado alcanza una
temperatura de 60°C.
Esta función se ha estudiado para las
personas con piel delicada y sensible, para los
que incluso un residuo mínimo de detergente
puede causar irritaciones o alergias.
Se aconseja también utilizar esta función
para las prendas de los niños y en caso
de lavado de prendas muy sucias, en las
que se ha usado una gran cantidad de
detergente, o en el lavado de artículos de
rizo cuyas fibras en su mayoría tienen la
tendencia a retener la detergente.
Este botón permite un tratamiento
específico para ciertos ciclos de lavado
(consulte la tabla de programas). La función
de vapor actúa disminuyendo las arrugas
en la ropa mojada y, como resultado, ayuda
a reducir el tiempo necesario para planchar
estas prendas. Las fibras se regeneran y
refrescan mediante la eliminación de malos
olores. Cada programa proporciona un
tratamiento de vapor específico con el fin
de garantizar la máxima eficacia de
limpieza de acuerdo con el tipo de tejido y
el color de las prendas.
Esta función le permite guardar las
configuraciones de los dos programas
Cómo memorizar un programa por
primera vez:
1)
Seleccione el programa y las
opciones que quiere.
2)
Presione la tecla MEMORIA, elija M1
o M2. Ha de elegir M1 si es el primer
programa que guarda.
Tecla RÁPIDOS / NIVEL DE
SUCIEDAD
Tecla PRELAVADO
Tecla HIGIENIZANTE PLUS
Tecla SUPER ACLARADO
Tecla FUNCIÓN VAPOR
Tecla MEMORIA
Justieren Sie die Höhe der Standfüße wie
in Abbildung 8 beschrieben:
a. Drehen Sie die Schraubenmuttern im
Uhrzeigersinn, um diese zu lösen.
b. Drehen Sie den Standfuß, um die
Höhe einzustellen.
c. Sichern Sie den Standfuß durch
Drehen der Schraubmuttern gegen den
Uhrzeigersinn bis zum festen Sitz.
Die Waschmittelschublade ist in drei Fächer
aufgeteilt (Abbildung 9):
Fach "1": ist für das in der Vorwäsche
benötige Waschmittel vorgesehen;
Fach " ": ist für spezielle
Wäschezusatzstoffe wie Weichspüler etc.
Fach "2": ist für das in der Hauptwäsche
benötige Waschmittel vorgesehen.
JE NACH MODELL ist im Lieferumfang des Gerätes
ein spezieller Einsatz für Flüssigwaschmittel
enthalten (Abbildung 10), der die Einspülung des
Waschmittels in die Trommel richtig reguliert. Bei
Einsatz von flüssigen Waschmitteln den Einsatz in
Fach "2" einlegen. In Kombination mit dem
Programm "Spülen" kann dieser Einsatz auch für
den Bleichvorgang genutzt werden (s. Beschreibung).
A
B
C
8
2
1
9
10
WARNUNG:
Bitte versuchen Sie keinesfalls
den Wasserablaufschlauch selber zu
wechseln, sondern setzen sich hierfür
mit dem Kundendienst in Verbindung.
Waschmittelschublade
WARNUNG:
Benutzen Sie im mittleren Fach
ausschließlich Flüssigprodukte!
WARNUNG:
Einige Waschmittel sind nicht für den
Einsatz in die Waschmitteleinspülschale
ausgelegt, sondern werden mit einem
eigenen Dosierhilfe verkauft, die
direkt in der Trommel platziert wird.
WARNUNG:
Sollte das Gerät auf einen Sockel
aufgestellt werden, ist es durch eine
Sockelbefestigung zu sichern.
Erkundigen Sie sich bitte hierfür im
Fachhandel. Der Hersteller haftet nicht
für unsachgemäße Aufstellung und
Installation.
Installationsfehler sind nicht über die
Herstellergarantie abgedeckt.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
M1524
.
trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
47
DE
- STANDARDTROCKEN BAUMWOLLE
- MANGELTROCKEN BAUMWOLLE WEISS
- PFLEGELEICHT SYNTHETIK
Filter vor jedem Durchgang reinigen
NUR FÜR TROCKNER MIT 10 KG FÜLL-
MENGE: DEN ABLAUFSCHLAUCH ZUM AB-
LASSEN DES KONDENSWASSERS WIE IN
KAPITEL 2 BESCHRIEBEN ANSCHLIESSEN
3)
Mantenga pulsado la tecla MEMORIA
durante unos 3 segundos para
guardar la combinación en la posición
elegida.
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
Kong ist das Indien undHong
DE
3
8. PROGRAMMAUSWAHL UND EINSTELLEN DER FUNKTION
PROGRAMM PROGRAMMBESCHREIBUNG
KAPAZITÄT
(kg)
TROCKNEN
ZEIT (min)
Total Care
Total Care ist ein exklusives Programm zum Trocknen von
Waschladungen mit unterschiedlichen Textilien. Wenn die
leichteren Textilien trocken sind und herausgenommen
werden können, blinkt der Text „TC“ drei Minuten lang und
es ertönt ein akustisches Signal. Nachdem die trockenen
Wäschestücke herausgenommen wurden, wird das
Programm für die dickeren Stücke fortgesetzt.
3 *
Dunkle und farbige
Wäsche
Ein Schonprogramm, speziell zum Trocknen dunkler oder
farbiger Baumwoll- und Synthetiktextilien. 4 *
Weiße Wäsche Das richtige Programm zum Trocknen von Baumwolle,
Schwämmen und Handtüchern. Voll *
Jeans Trocknet Textilien wie Jeans oder Denim gleichmäßig. Wä-
schestücke wenn möglich vor dem Trocknen auf links
drehen. 4 *
Turnschuhe
Mit diesem Programm und mit der speziellen Ablage können
zwei Paar Leinenschuhe getrocknet werden. Die
Schnürsenkel sollten vor dem Trocknen herausgenommen
werden.
* Max 120’
Antiallergisch Ein besonderes Trockenprogramm, bei dem gleichzeitig die
wichtigsten Allergene wie Hausstaubmilben, Pollen und
Waschmittelrückstände reduziert werden. 4 Max 220’
Wolle
Kleidungsstücke aus Wolle: Mit dem Programm kann bis zu
1 kg Wäsche (ca. 3 Pullover) getrocknet werden.
Kleidungsstücke vor dem Trocknen auf links drehen.
Aufgrund der beim Schleudergang gewählten Drehzahl und
der Dicke der Wäschestücke kann die Zeitdauer variieren.
Nach dem Programmende können die Kleidungsstücke
angezogen werden. Wenn der Stoff dicker ist, können sie an
den Bündchen noch feucht sein; dann sollten sie auf der
Leine zu Ende getrocknet werden. Die Wäsche sollte nach
Programmende direkt aus dem Trockner genommen werden.
Achtung: Das Einlaufen und Verfilzen von Wäschestücken
aus Wolle kann nicht rückgängig gemacht werden; trocknen
Sie daher nur Wäsche mit dem Symbol für „trock-
nergeeignet“. Dieses Programm ist nicht für Kleidung aus
Polyacryl geeignet.
1 70’
Geruchshemmend Programm, das unangenehme Gerüche entfernt und
zerknitterte Wäsche vorbügelt. 2,5 *
Rapid 30-45-59 Schnellprogramme, bei denen die Wäsche wahlweise
innerhalb von 30, 45, 59 Minuten getrocknet wird. 2,5 *
Hybrid-
Trockengang
Baumwolle
Über dieses spezielle Trockenprogramm wird die
Trockendauer für Baumwolltextilien bei niedrigem
Energieverbrauch reduziert. Es kann eine volle
Waschladung getrocknet werden.
Voll *
Hybrid-Trockengang
gemischte Textilien
Über dieses spezielle Trockenprogramm wird die
Trockendauer gemischter Textilien bei niedrigem
Energieverbrauch reduz
iert. 4 *
Synthetik Trocknet empfindliche Synthetiktextilien, die eine besondere
Pflege erfordern. 4 *
Baumwolle Das Baumwollprogramm (Bügeltrocken) ist das effizienteste
bei niedrigem Energieverbrauch. Geeignet für Baumwolle
und Leinen. Voll *
Hemden
Dies ist ein spezielles Programm zum Trocknen von
Hemden, das mit gezielten Trommelbewegungen
zerknitterte Wäsche glättet. Die Wäsche sollte sofort nach
Programmende herausgenommen werden.
2,5 *
Muss eingestellt werden, wenn Sie den Trockner dezentral über die App (via WiFi) bedienen
möchten. Weitere Details finden Sie im Abschnitt One Fi Extra.
* Die tatsächliche Dauer des Trockenvorgangs hängt davon ab, wie nass die Wäsche nach dem Schleudern ist, um
welche Textilien es sich handelt und wie schwer die Waschladung ist. Ferner tragen die Sauberkeit der Filter und die
Umgebungstemperatur zur Programmdauer bei.
Αυτή η λειτουργία επιτρέπει να αποθηκεύσετε τις
ρυθµίσεις των 2 πιο επιθυµητών προγραµµάτων
(συµπεριλαµβανοµένων των ρυθµίσεων της
θερµοκρασίας,της ταχύτητας στυψίµατος & του
επιπέδου έντασης πλύσης), ούτως ώστε να τα
ανακαλείτε γρήγορα.
Αποθήκευση προγράµµατος κατά την
πρώτη χρήση:
1)
Επιλέξτε το πρόγραµµα µε τις
ρυθµίσεις που θέλετε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ,
επιλέγοντας M1 ή M2. Επιλέξτε M1 αν
είναι το πρώτο πρόγραµµα που
αποθηκεύετε.
3)
Κρατήστε πατηµένο το πλήκτρο
της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα για να αποθηκεύσετε
το πρόγραµµα στην επιλεγµένη θέση.
Αλλαγή αποθηκευµένων προγραµµάτων:
1)
Ρυθµίστε το πρόγραµµα και τις
επιλογές που επιθυµείτε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για
περίπου 3 δευτερόλεπτα για να
αποθηκεύσετε το πρόγραµµα στη
θέση Μ1.Το προυπάρχον πρόγραµµα
θα µεταφερθεί στη θέση Μ2.
Έναρξη αποθηκευµένου Προγράµµατος
Πιέστε σύντοµα το πλήκτρο της
ΜΝΗΜΗΣ (1 φορά για το Μ1,δύο φορές
για το Μ2) κι έπειτα πιέστε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Όταν ανακαλέσετε ένα αποθηκευµένο
πρόγραµµα, µπορείτε ακόµα να αλλάξετε
τις ρυθµίσεις του,πατώντας τα ανάλογα
πλήκτρα. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση οι
επιπρόσθετες λειτουργίες δεν θα
αποθηκευθούν.
Με αυτή την επιλογή µπορείτε να
µειώσετε τις στροφές του κύκλου
στυψίµατος έως τις 400 σ.α.λ, να
αυξήσετε την ποσότητα του νερού στην
τελευταία φάση ξεβγάλµατος ώστε το
νερό να διεισδύσει οµοιόµορφα στις ίνες.
Όταν η συσκευή πρόκειται να διοχετεύσει
το νερό στο δίκτυο αποχέτευσης µια
λυχνία θα αρχίσει να αναβοσβήνει σε
ένδειξη ότι η λειτουργία της συσκευής
διακόπτεται προσωρινά.
Απενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή
προκειµένου να ολοκληρώσετε τον κύκλο
µε ένα στύψιµο (την φάση αυτή µπορείτε
να ακυρώσετε ή να µειώσετε την διάρκεια
της µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου ) και άδειασµα του νερού.
Με την βοήθεια του ηλεκτρονικού
προγραµµατισµού, η αποχέτευση του
νερού στις ενδιάµεσες φάσεις γίνεται
αθόρυβα,ώστε η επιλογή του
συγκεκριµµένου τρόπου λειτουργίας να
είναι χρήσιµη για πλύσιµο την νύκτα
(ώρες κοινής ησυχίας).
Πιέστε ταυτόχρονα τα πλήκτρα NIGHT &
DAY και ΜΕΤΑΘΕΣΗΣ ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα και η συσκευή θα
κλειδώσει. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο
αποφεύγετε ανεπιθύµητες αλλαγές στον
κύκλο πλύσης σε περίπτωση που κάποιο
πλήκτρο πατηθεί κατά λάθος.
Το κλείδωµα ασφαλείας µπορεί εύκολα
να ακυρωθεί πιέζοντας ταυτόχρονα τα
δύο παραπάνω πλήκτρα ή
τον επιλογέα προγραµµάτων στη θέση
OFF.
Πλήκτρο ΜΝΗΜΗΣ
Αν επιλέξετε από λάθος ένα
αποθηκευµένο πρόγραµµα,απλώς
γυρίστε τον επιλογέα για να επιλέξετε
το πρόγραµµα που επιθυµείτε.
Πλήκτρο NIGHT & DAY
ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
48
1
KOMPATIBILITÄT PROGRAMME UND OPTIONEN
PROGRAMME
AUSWAHL-OPTIONEN
Einschaltver-
zögerung
Trockenauswahl
Schnellprogramm
Zeitauswahl
Knitterfrei
Speicher (Memo)
Total Care
Dunkle und farbige
Wäsche
Weiße Wäsche
Jeans
Turnschuhe
Antiallergisch
Wolle
Geruchshemmend
Rapid 30-45-59
Hybrid-Trockengang
Baumwolle
Hybrid-Trockengang
gemischte Textilien
Synthetik
Baumwolle
Hemden
Μέσω της ψηφιακής οθόνης είστε αδιάκοπα
ενήµερος για την κατάσταση στην οποία
βρίσκεται η συσκευή.
13 14
1 615 10 12 5
7 7 7 7 7
8 9 411
3
1) ΛΥΧΝΙΑ ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΟΡΤΑΣ
Η ενδεικτική λυχνία ανάβει όταν η
κλείσει καλά.
Όταν πιέσετε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ εάν η πόρτα είναι
κλειστή η ενδεικτική λυχνία θα αρχίσει να
αναβοσβήνει και µετά θα παραµείνει
αναµµένη.
Περιµένετε η λυχνία ΑΣΦΑΛΙΣΗΣ
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ να σβήσει προτού ανοίξετε τη
πόρτα.
2) ΤΑΧΥΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΥΨΙΜΑΤΟΣ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την ταχύτητα
στυψίµατος στο πρόγραµµα που επιλέξατε
η οποία µπορεί να τροποποιηθεί ή να
ακυρωθεί µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου ρύθµισης στροφών µατος.
στυψίµατος.
3) ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την
θερµοκρασία του νερού στο πρόγραµµα
που επιλέξατε η οποία µπορεί να
τροποποιηθεί (‘οπου προβλέπεται
κάνοντας χρήση του αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου.
κρύα πλύση.
4) ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Όταν επιλέγετε πρόγραµµα στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται αυτόµατα η διάρκεια του
προγράµµατος, οποία µπορεί να διαφέρει
ανάλογα µε τις επιλογές που έχετε κάνει.
Καθόλη την διάρκεια του κύκλου στην
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµένει για
την ολοκλήρωση του προγράµµατος.
Ο υπολογισµός διάρκειας γίνεται µε
αναφορά σε ένα σταθερό φορτίο,κατά την
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρµόζει
τον χρόνο ανάλογα µε το µέγεθος και τη
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµα η
ένδειξη µε τον εργοστασιακό
προγραµµατισµό βαθµού βρωµιάς που
στο συγκεκριµένο πρόγραµµα,
θα ανάψει αυτόµατα.
Εάν επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό βαθµό
ανάψει
6) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ ΞΕΒΓΑΛΜΑΤΑ
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει τις
πρόσθετες φάσεις ξεβγάλµατος που µπορεί
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την βοήθεια του
αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου.
7) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
Οι ενδεικτικές λυχνίες εµφανίζουν τις
λειτουργίες που µπορείτε να επιλέξετε
τα αντίστοιχα πλήκτρα.
Ψηφιακή Οθόνη
Κλείστε την πόρτα ΠΡΙΝ πιέσετε το
πλήκτρο ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Εάν η πόρτα δεν έχει κλείσει καλά ή
λυχνία θα αναβοσβήνει για 7
δευτερόλεπτα και µετά θα ακυρωθεί
η έναρξη λειτουργίας. Σε αυτή την
περίπτωση κλείστε καλά την πόρτα
και πιέστε εκ νέου το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
37
Justieren Sie die Höhe der Standfüße wie
in Abbildung 8 beschrieben:
a. Drehen Sie die Schraubenmuttern im
Uhrzeigersinn, um diese zu lösen.
b.
Höhe einzustellen.
c. Sichern Sie den Standfuß durch
Drehen der Schraubmuttern gegen den
Uhrzeigersinn bis zum festen Sitz.
Die Waschmittelschublade ist in drei Fächer
aufgeteilt (Abbildung 9):
Fach "1": ist für das in der Vorwäsche
benötige Waschmittel vorgesehen;
Fach " ": ist für spezielle
Wäschezusatzstoffe wie Weichspüler etc.
Fach "2": ist für das in der Hauptwäsche
benötige Waschmittel vorgesehen.
JE NACH MODELL ist im Lieferumfang des Gerätes
ein spezieller Einsatz für Flüssigwaschmittel
enthalten (Abbildung 10), der die Einspülung des
Waschmittels in die Trommel richtig reguliert. Bei
Einsatz von flüssigen Waschmitteln den Einsatz in
Fach "2" einlegen. In Kombination mit dem
Programm "Spülen" kann dieser Einsatz auch für
den Bleichvorgang genutzt werden (s. Beschreibung).
A
B
C
8
2
1
9
WARNUNG:
Bitte versuchen Sie keinesfalls
den Wasserablaufschlauch selber zu
wechseln, sondern setzen sich hierfür
mit dem Kundendienst in Verbindung.
Waschmittelschublade
WARNUNG:
Benutzen Sie im mittleren Fach
ausschließlich Flüssigprodukte!
WARNUNG:
Einige Waschmittel sind nicht für den
Einsatz in die Waschmitteleinspülschale
ausgelegt, sondern werden mit einem
eigenen Dosierhilfe verkauft, die
direkt in der Trommel platziert wird.
WARNUNG:
Sollte das Gerät auf einen Sockel
aufgestellt werden, ist es durch eine
Fachhandel. Der Hersteller haftet nicht
Installation.
Installationsfehler sind nicht über die
49
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √
- -
√ √ √ √ √ √
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √
- -
√
√
√
√
√
√
√ √ √
- - -
√
√
√
- - -
√ √ √
- - √
√ √
- - - -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
√ √ √ √
- -
DE
--
Das mit dem Trockner gelieferte Schuhzubehör erlaubt es, bis zu 4
Sneakers zu trocknen. Sie müssen den Türfilter entfernen, und mit dem
Rack ersetzen. Bevor Sie die Schuhe einstellen, entfernen Sie alle
Einlegesohlen und legen Sie sie in den Trockner.
Die Haken in der Mitte eignen sich auch für Herrenschuhe, während die
seitlichen Haken eher für Kinder- oder Damenschuhe geeignet sind
(EU 39- UK 5.5). Es ist ratsam, die Trommel zu drehen, um
Beeinträchtigungen zu vermeiden. Alternativ können Sie die beiden
Seitenschuhe mit der Sohle nach oben positionieren.
GESTELL FÜR SCHUHE UND TURNSCHUHE
50
51
ONE FI EXTRA
Dieses Gerät ist mit der
Technologie ausgestattet, die es Ihnen dank
Wi-Fi erlaubt, das Gerät via App aus der
Ferne zu steuern.
Laden Sie die App auf Ihr
Gerät.
ONE Fi EXTRA
ANMELDUNG DES GERÄTES (VIA APP)
●Hoover Wizard
Nutzen Sie ein Android-Smartphone mit
N FC -Te c hn ol o g i e ( N ea r F i e ld
Communication), vereinfacht sich der
Anmeldungsprozess. Folgen Sie in
diesem Fall einfach der Anleitung auf
Ihrem Smartphone-Display und
PLATZIEREN UND HALTEN SIE IHR
SMARTPHONE NAH AN DAS ONE Fi
EXTRA LOGO auf der Bedienblende
Ihres Gerätes, wenn die App Sie dazu
auffordert.
ANMERKUNGEN:
Die App ist gleichermaßen
für Tablets und Smartphones mit Android
oder iOS geeignet.
Hoover Wizard
Erfahren Sie alle Details zur ONE Fi EXTRA
Funktion, indem Sie die App im DEMO-
Modus auskundschaften.
●Öffnen Sie die App, erstellen Sie ein
Nutzerprofil und melden Sie Ihr Gerät gemäß
den Instruktionen des Geräte- Displays oder
des "Kurzanleitung" an, welcher an Ihrem
Gerät angebracht ist.
Halten Sie hr Smartphone so, dass die
NFC Antenne auf der Rückseite sich am
Logo von ONE Fi EXTRA befindet (siehe
Abbildung hier unten).
Wenn Sie die genaue Position der
NFCAntenne in Ihrem Smartphone
nicht kennen, bewegen Sie das Telefon
mit kreisenden Bewegungen vor dem
ONE Fi EXTRA -Logo auf der
Bedienblende, bis die Verbindung in
der App bestätigt wird. Um den
ordnungsgemäßen Datentransfer zu
gewährleisten, ist es wichtig, das
S M A R T P H O N E F Ü R E I N I G E
SEKUNDEN VOR DIE BEDIENBLENDE
Z U H A LT E N; na ch er f ol gt em
D a t e n a u t a u s c h w i r d e i n e
entsprechende Nachricht in der App
angezeigt, dass das Smartphone
entfernt werden kann.
Falls Sie eine dicke Schutzhülle benutzen
oder Aufkleber aus Metall am Smartphone
angebracht haben, könnte dies die
DatenÜbertragung zwischen Gerät und
S m a r t p h o n e b e e i n t r ä c h t i g e n od e r
verhindern. Falls erforderlich, entfernen Sie
diese.
Der Austausch mancher Komponenten
Ihres Smartphones (z.B. der hinteren
Abdeckung, des Akkus, etc.) mit
nichtoriginalen Teilen kann zum Verlust
der NFC-Antenne führen.
FERNSTEUERUNG AKTIVIEREN (VIA
APP)
Haben Sie Ihr Gerät angemeldet und wollen
es über die App fernsteuern, so ist es
zunächst notwendig die Maschine mit
Wäsche sowie dem Reinigungsmittel zu
befüllen, die Tür zu schließen sowie die
Einstellung des Gerätes
auszuwählen. Von diesem Moment an können
Sie Ihr Gerät über die App-Befehle managen.
ONE
Fi EXTRA
WLAN-PARAMETER
WLAN-Standard
802.11 b/g/n
Frequenz-bereich
Maximale
Sendeleistung
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parameter
Spezifikationen
Minimale
Empfangsempfindlichkeit
802.11b (11 Mbps) +18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11 q (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11zq (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Anmerkung: Falls Sie während aktivierter
Fernbedienung die Tür geöffnet haben
sollten, bitte das runde Fenster schliessen
und auf Start drücken, um die Verbindung
zur App wieder herzustellen.
DE
52
9.
FEHLERSUCHE
Mögliche Ursache/ Fehler...
Fehler, die Sie selbst beheben können
Prüfen Sie alle Punkte in der folgenden Checkliste,
bevor Sie sich an den GIAS-Service wenden.
Sollte die Waschmaschine funktionstüchtig sein
oder unsachgemäß installiert oder verwendet
worden sein, wird Ihnen der Besuch des
Kundendien sttechnikers inRechnung gestellt.
Wenn das Problem weiterhin besteht, nachdem
Sie die Checkliste durchgegangen sind, wenden
Sie sich bitte an den GIAS-Service, der Ihnen evtl.
telefonisch weiterhelfen kann.
Die Restzeitanzeige auf dem Display könnte sich
während des Trocknungsgangs ändern. Die
Restzeit wird kontinuierlich während der
Trocknung überprüft und die Zeit wird angepasst,
um eine bestmögliche Schätzung der Restdauer
zu geben. Es ist daher ganz normal, dass die
angezeigte Restzeit sich vergrößern oder
verkleinern kann
Die Trocknungszeit ist zu lang/die Textilien
sind nicht trocken genug…
Haben Sie die richtige Trocknungszeit/das richtige
Programm gewählt?
Waren die Textilien zu nass? Wurden die Textilien
sorgfältig ausgewrungen oder eschleudert?
Muss das Sieb gereinigt werden?
Muss der Kondensator gereinigt werden?
Ist der Trockner überladen?
Sind die Luftansaug- und Abluftanschlüsse sowie
die Fläche unter dem Sockel des Trockners frei?
Der Trockner funktioniert nicht…
Ist der elektrische Netzanschluss für den Trockner
in Ordnung? Kontrollieren Sie diesen mit einem
anderen Gerät, wie z.B. einer Tischlampe.
Befindet sich der Stecker korrekt in der
Steckdose?
Gibt es einen Stromausfall?
Ist die Sicherung herausgesprungen?
-
g
KUNDENDIENST
Sollten trotz obengenannter Kontrollen
weiterhin Störungen bei Ihrem Trockner
auftreten, wenden Sie sich bitte an den
GIAS-Service, der Sie beraten kann. Der
Kunden dienst kann Sie möglicherweise
telefonisch
beraten oder mit Ihnen einen geeigneten
Termin für einem Techniker im Rahmen der
Garantie vereinbaren.Ihnen wird jedoch
eventuell eine Gebühr berechnet, wenn
sich herausstellt, dass Ihre Maschine:
funktionsfähig ist.
icht gemäß der Installationsanweisung
installiert worden ist.
unsachgemäß benutzt wurde.
-
N
Ersatzteile
GIAS - Service
Verwenden Sie immer Original-
Ersatzteile, die Sie direkt beim GIAS-
Service erhalten.
Wenden Sie sich für Wartungs- und
Repara turarbeiten an Ihren GIAS-
Servicetechniker.
-
Der Hersteller übernimmt keine
Verantwortung für etwaige Druckfehler
in dieser Bedienungsanleitung. Der
Hersteller behält sich das Recht vor,
seine Produkte ggf. anzupassen, ohne
wesentliche Eigenschaften zu
verändern.
Der Trockner ist zu laut…
Schalten Sie den Trockner aus und wenden
Sie sich an den GIAS-Service.
Die leuchtet…
Muss das Sieb gereinigt werden?
Muss der Kondensator gereinigt werden?
Die leuchtet…
Muss der Kondenswasser-Behälter geleert
werden?
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Ist die Tür richtig geschlossen?
Ist der Trockner sowohl am Netzanschluss als
auch an der Maschine angestellt?
Ist die Trocknungszeit oder das Programm
gewählt worden?
Ist die Maschine nach dem Türöffnen wieder
angestellt worden?
Hat der Trockner den Betrieb eingestellt, weil
der Kondenswasser-Behälter voll ist und
entleert werden muss?
WLAN-PARAMETER
Hiermit erklärt die Candy Hoover Group Srl,
dass dieses mit gekennzeichnete Gerät
die wesentlichen Anforderungen der Richtlinie
2014/53/EU erfüllt.
Für eine Kopie der Konformitätserklärung
setzen Sie sich bitte mit dem Hersteller in
Verbindung:
www.candy-group.com
Normen -
kontaktlose
Kommunikation
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A und NFC Forum Type 4
Frequenzband
Magnetfeldstärke
13,553-13,567 MHz (Mittenfrequenz 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBpA/m (auf 10 Meter)
Parameter
Spezifikationen
53
Indice
Leggere attentamente le istruzioni per un
corretto funzionamento della macchina.
Questo opuscolo fornisce importanti linee
guida per una manutenzione,un uso e
un'installazione sicuri. Esso contiene inoltre
utili consigli che consentiranno di sfruttare al
meglio le potenzialità di questa macchina.
.
Controllare che al momento della consegna
la macchina sia dotata dei seguenti
componenti:
Libretto di istruzioni
Certificato di garanzia
Etichetta efficienza energetica
Conservare la documentazione in un luogo
sicuro per eventuali riferimenti o per futuri
proprietari
●
●
●
Apponendo la marcatura su questo
prodotto, dichiariamo, sotto la nostra
responsabilità, di ottemperare a tutti i
requisiti relativi alla tutela di sicurezza,
salute e ambiente previsti dalla legislazione
europea in essere per questo prodotto.
Verificare che durante il trasporto la
macchina non abbia subito danni. In caso
contrario, rivolgersi al Centro Assistenza
GIAS.
La mancata osservanza di tale procedura
potrebbe compromettere la sicurezza
dell’apparecchio. La chiamata può essere
soggetta a pagamento se le cause di
malfunzionamento della macchina sono
attribuibili a un uso improprio.
1.
2.
3.
4. E
5.
6. e
7.
8. SELEZIONE DEL PROGRAMMA E
IMPOSTAZIONE DELLA FUNZIONE
9.
CONSIGLI DI SICUREZZA
KIT ACCESSORIO TUBO FLESSIBILE
DI SCARICO:
ISTRUZIONI PER IL MONTAGGIO
PREPARAZIONE DELLA BIANCHERIA
PULIZIA MANUTENZIONE
ORDINARIA
VASCHETTA DELL’ACQUA
PORTELLONE FILTRO
CONTROLLI E INDICATORI
RICERCA GUASTI SERVIZIO
ASSISTENZA CLIENTI
IT
1.
CONSIGLI DI SICUREZZA
Questo apparecchio può essere
utilizzato da bambini di 8 anni e
oltre e da persone con capacità
fisiche, sensoriali o mentali
ridotte o con mancanza di
esperienza e di conoscenza a
patto che siano supervisionate o
che siano date loro istruzioni in
merito all’utilizzo sicuro
dell’a p p a r e c c h i o e che
capiscano i pericoli del suo
utilizzo.
Evitare che i bambini giochino
con la lavatrice o che si
occupino della sua pulizia e
m a n u t e n z i o n e s e n z a
supervisione.
ATTENZIONE L’uso improprio
dell’asciugatrice può provocare
rischio di incendio.
Q u e s t o a p p a r e c c h i o è
destinato ad uso in ambienti
domestici e simili come per
esempio:
- aree di ristoro di negozi, uffici o
altri ambienti di lavoro;
- negli agriturismo;
- dai clienti di hotel, motel o altre
aree residenziali simili;
- nei bed & breakfast.
Un utilizzo diverso da quello
tipico dell’ambiente domestico,
come l’uso professionale da
parte di esperti o di persone
addestrate, è escluso anche
dagli ambienti sopra descritti.
Un utilizzo non coerente con
quello riportato, può ridurre la
vita del prodotto e può
invalidare la garanzia del
costruttore. Qualsiasi danno
all’apparecchio o ad altro,
derivante da un utilizzo
diverso da quello domestico
( a n c h e q u a n d o
l’apparecchio è installato in
un ambiente domestico) non
s a r à a m m e s s o d a l
costruttore in sede legale.
Questa macchina è prevista
u n i c a m e n t e p e r u s o
domestico, ovvero per
l’asciugatura di capi e
destinata secondo
quanto illustrato nel presente
libretto. Prima di attivare la
macchina, accertarsi di
avere letto attentamente e
compreso le istruzioni d’uso
e di installazione.
Non toccare l’asciugatrice
con mani o piedi umidi o
bagnati.
N o n a p p o g g i a r s i a l
portellone per caricare la
macchina; non utilizzare il
portellone per
Non consentire ai bambini di
giocare con la macchina o
con i suoi comandi.
indumenti per la casa.
La macchina qui descritta
deve essere utilizzata
esclusivamente per lo scopo
al quale è
sollevare o
spostare la macchina.
54
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ATTENZIONE Non utilizzare il
prodotto se il filtro antifilacce
n o n è c o r r e t t a m e n t e
ATTENZIONE Se è esposto il
sim bolo i ndicante il
riscaldamento della superficie
quando
Staccare la spina dalla presa
elettrica. Prima di pulire la
macchina, staccare sempre la
spina.
Se si presume che la macchina
sia guasta, non continuare ad
usarla.
Evitare che sul pavimento
attorno alla macchina si
raccolgano filacce e pelucchi.
la
b i a n c h e r i a è p e r t a n t o
opportuno lasciar raffreddare
completamente la macchina.
L'ultima parte del ciclo di
asciugatura viene fatta senza
calore (ciclo freddo) per
assicurare che i capi siano
lasciati ad una temperatura che
non li danneggi.
L'asciugatrice non dev'essere
usata se sono stati usati
prodotti chimici per il lavaggio
ATTENZIONE: mai fermare un'
asciugatrice prima della fine del
p o s i z i o n a t o o r i s u l t a
danneggiato; il filtro non è
ignifugo.
, l’asciugatrice è in
funzione la temperatura può
essere superiore a 60 gradi C.
Dopo il ciclo di asciugatura,
l’interno del cestello può essere
molto caldo. Prima di estrarre
ooo
Installazione
55
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ciclo di asciugatura senza che
tutti i capi siano rimossi
velocemente e separati in modo
che il calore si dissolva
Massimo carico di asciugatura:
vedere etichetta energetica.
Non utilizzare adattatori,
c o n n e t t o r i m u l t i p l i e / o
prolunghe.
Non installare l’asciugatrice
vicino ai tendaggi e rimuovere
tempestivamente eventuali
ogg etti cad uti dietro la
macchina.
L'apparecchio non deve essere
installato dietro una porta che
può essere chiusa a chiave, una
porta scorrevole o una porta i cui
cardini siano sul lato opposto
r i s p e t t o a q u e l l i
dell'asciugatrice.
●
●
●
Importante:
mantenere in posizione verticale
l'asciugabiancheria. Se necessario
ribaltarla esclusivamente nel lato
indicato in figura.
Attenzione: se il prodotto è stato
ribaltato non correttamente prima
di avviarlo attendere almeno 4 ore
in modo tale che l'olio possa
s c o r r e r e n u o v a m e n t e n e l
compressore. In caso contrario il
compressore può subire danni.
durante il trasporto
IT
56
Non asciugare capi non lavati
nell asciugatrice
ATTENZIONE Evitare di
asciugare articoli trattati con
prodotti di pulizia a secco
autocombustione
se riscaldati. Articoli in
gommapiuma (lattice), cuffie da
doccia, tessuti impermeabili,
articoli in caucciù e vestiti o
c u s c i n i i m b o t t i t i c o n
gommapiuma NON VANNO
asciugati nell'asciugatrice.
Leggere attentamente le
etichette con le istruzioni di
lavaggio per conoscere le
opportunamente centrifugati in
lavatrice o strizzati a mano.
di caricare nel
cestello indumenti ancora
gocciolanti.
Controllare accuratamente che
nelle tasche degli indumenti da
asciugare non siano presenti
EVITARE ASSOLUTAMENTE
.
con le fibre di vetro può
' .
.
ATTENZIONE In determinate
circostanze, i materiali in
gomma possono essere
soggetti ad
caratteristiche dell’asciugatura
idonea.
Gli indumenti devono essere
introdotti nell’asciugatrice solo
d o p o e s s e r e s t a t i
EVITARE
accendini o fiammiferi ed
l’uso di prodotti infiammabili in
prossimità della macchina.
Evitare ASSOLUTAMENTE di
asciugare tende in fibra di
vetro La contaminazione dei
capi
La iancheriaB
infatti dar luogo a fenomeni
d’irritazione cutanea.
,
, , ,
cherosene, smacchiatori,
acquaragia, cere e sostanze
per rimuovere le cere
dovrebbero essere lavati in
acqua calda con una
quantità extra di detergente
prima di essere asciugati
nell'asciugatrice.
Gli ammorbidenti o prodotti
simili dovrebbero essere
utilizzati come specificato
nelle
I capi che sono stati
macchiati con sostanze
come olio da cucina
acetone alcol petrolio
rispettive istruzioni.
Ventilazione
Il locale in cui viene installata
l’asciugatrice deve essere
adeguatamente ventilato
onde evitare che i gas
p r o v e n i e n t i d a
apparecchiature funzionanti
con altri combustibili,
comprese fiamme libere,
siano aspirati nel locale dove
l’asciugatrice è in funzione.
Installare il retro della
macchina vicino al muro o ad
una parete verticale
Ci dovrebbe essere uno
spazio di almeno 12 mm tra la
macc hina e quals iasi
ostruzione. La valvola interna
ed esterna dovrebbe essere
tenuta lontana da ostacoli. Per
assicurare un'adeguata
ventilazione lo spazio tra la
parte inferiore della macchina
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
e il pavimento non dev'essere
ostruito
per lo scarico di
fumi provenienti da attrezzature
funzionanti a gas o altri
combustibili.
all’asciugatrice vi sia una
buona circolazione d’aria, senza
impedimenti di sorta.
Dopo l uso ispezionare il filtro
antifilacce e se
caduti,
dietro/sotto la macchina in
quanto potrebbero ostruire le
prese e gli sfiati dell’aria.
EVITARE ASSOLUTAMENTE
d installare la
Nel caso in cui l'asciugatrice
fosse installata sopra una
lavatrice, dev'essere usato
un'accessorio su misura per
separarli, considerando la
seguente configurazione.
- Kit Mod 35100019: per una
macchina profonda almeno 49
cm
- Kit Mod 35900120: per una
macchina profonda almeno 51
cm
Il kit dovrebbe essere uno di
quelli sopra indicati, ottenibile dal
nostro servizio ricambi. Le
istruzioni per l'installazione della
macchina e di tutti gli accessori,
sono fornite con il kit.
Non scaricare l’aria nella canna
fumaria utilizzata
Controllare periodicamente che
attorno
’
, necessario,
pulirlo.
Rimuovere tempestivamente
eventuali oggetti
’ macchina contro
tendaggi.
●
●
57
●
●
●
●
●
Air Outlets in the Base
Non nstallare l prodotto n
luogh fredd o dove vsa l rscho
d formazone d ghacco. Alla
temperatura d congelamento
dell'acqua l prodotto potrebbe
non funzonare correttamente.
Se l'acqua del crcuto draulco
ghacca sono possbl dann a
component qual: valvole,
pompe, tub. Per garantre le
prestazon del prodotto la
temperatura della stanza deve
essere compresa tra +5°C e
+35°C. Nel caso l'ascugatrce
venga utlzzata n ambent con
basse temperature (tra +2°C e
+5°C) è possble che captno
fenomen d condensazone e d
pccole perdte d'acqua sul
pavmento.
ATTENZIONE: l'apparecchio
non deve essere alimentato
tramite un dispositivo di
commutazione esterno, come
un temporizzatore, o connesso
ad un circuito che viene
regolarmente acceso e spento.
IT
Tutela ell’ambiented
Tutti i materiali utilizzati per l’imballaggio
sono ecologici e riciclabili. Smaltite
l’imballaggio con metodi ecologici. Presso
il comune di residenza si potranno reperire
ulteriori informazioni sui metodi di
smaltimento.
Per garantire la sicurezza al momento dello
smaltimento di una asciugatrice,
scollegare la spina dell’alimentazione dalla
presa, tagliare il cavo dell’alimentazione di
rete e distruggerlo insieme alla spina. Per
evitare che i bambini possano rimanere
intrappolati all'interno dell' ,
rompere i cardini o la chiusura dell’oblò.
Direttiva Europea 2012/19/EU
Questo elettrodomestico è marcato
conformemente alla Direttiva Europea
2012/19/EU sui Rifiuti da Apparecchiature
Elettriche ed Elettroniche (RAEE).
I RAEE contengono sia sostanze
inquinanti (che possono cioè avere un
impatto negativo anche molto pesante
sull'ambiente) sia materie prime (che possono
essere riutilizzate). E' perciò necessario sottoporre i
RAEE ad apposite operazioni di trattamento, per
rimuovere e smaltire in modo sicuro le sostanze
inquinanti ed estrarre e riciclare le materie prime.
Ogni cittadino può giocare un ruolo decisivo
nell'assicurare che i RAEE non diventino un
problema ambientale; basta seguire qualche
semplice regola:
i RAEE non vanno mai buttati nella
spazzatura indifferenziata.
-
In molte nazioni, quando si acquista una nuova
apparecchiatura, si può consegnare il RAEE al
negoziante, che è tenuto a ritirarlo gratuitamente
(ritiro "uno contro uno") a patto che il nuovo
apparecchio sia dello stesso tipo e svolga le
stesse funzioni di quello reso.
-
i RAEE devono essere consegnati ai Centri di
Raccolta (chiamati anche isole ecologiche,
riciclerie, piattaforme ecologiche …) allestiti dai
Comuni o dalle Società di igiene urbana; in molte
località viene anche effettuato il servizio di ritiro a
domicilio dei RAEE ingombranti.
Requisiti lettriciE
Le asciugatrici sono state progettate per
funzionare ad una tensione di 220-240V,
50 Hz monofase. Controllare che il circuito
dell’alimentazione sia idoneo per valori di
corrente di almeno 10 A.
L’elettricità può essere estremamente
pericolosa
L ’ a p p a r e c c h i o d e v e e s s e r e
opportunamente collegato a terra.
La presa e la spina dell’apparecchio
devono essere dello stesso tipo.
Non utilizzare adattatori multipli e/o
prolunghe.
Una volta completata l’installazione,
la spina deve risultare accessibile e
facilmente scollegabile.
La chiamata può essere soggetta a
p a g a m e n t o , s e l e c a u s e d i
malfunzionamento della macchina sono
attribuibili a un’installazione non corretta.
Nel caso risulti danneggiato, il cavo
di alimentazione dell’apparecchio
dev’essere prontamente sostituito con
a p p o s i t o c a v o r e p e r i b i l e
ESCLUSIVAMENTE presso il servizio di
ricambi. L’installazione deve essere
effettuata da persone competenti.
’
’
’
Non inserire la spina nella presa e non
accen dere la macchina finché
l installazione non sarà stata completata.
Ai fini della sicurezza personale è
essenziale che l asciugatrice venga
installata correttamente. In caso di dubbi
sull installazione, rivolgersi al Servizio
Assistenza GIAS.
GIAS Service
Ai fini della durata e del buon funzionamento della
macchina, per gli eventuali interventi di assistenza
o riparazione consigliamo di rivolgersi
esclusivamente al servizio assistenza autorizzato
GIAS
.
Regolazione dei iediniP
Una volta posizionata
l a m a c c h i n a , s i
dovrebbe procedere
alla regolazione dei
piedini, per garantire
una perfetta messa in
bolla.
58
●
●
GWP1430
asciugatrice
59
4.Fissare il raccordo
n e r o d e l s e t
( u t i l i z z a n d o i l
connettore e i ganci
per tubi forniti) al
raccordo rimosso dal
collegamento a ponte.
5.Una volta che la
m a c c h i n a è i n
posizione, verificare
all'estremità inferiore
che il nuovo raccordo
n on s i a tt or c i g l i
quando si riposiziona
l'essiccatrice
6 . P o s i z i o n a r e i l
rubinetto fornito con il
set per chiudere il
raccordo rimanente.
Collegare alla rete
elettrica principale.
4
5
Attenzione:
posizione diversa, attendere almeno 4 ore
prima dell'accensione in modo che l'olio
possa penetrare nel compressore. La
mancata osservanza potrebbe provocare
danni al compressore.
se il prodotto si trova in una
2.
KIT ACCESSORIO TUBO
FLESSIBILE DI SCARICO:
ISTRUZIONI PER IL MONTAGGIO
Montare il Kit Come Indicato di Seguito:
1 . I n c l i n a r e
l e n t a m e n t e l a
macchina verso il lato
destro.
2. Il tubo di scarico
dell'acqua è situato
sul lato destro della
m a c c h i n a ( v e d i
immagine). Un tubo
grigio è collegato al
raccordo sulla sinistra
d el l a m a cc h i n a.
Usare le pinze per
rimuovere la clip di
fissaggio del tubo al
raccordo.
3. Estrarre il raccordo
dal collegamento a
ponte.
1
2
3
6
IT
3.
PREPARAZIONE DELLA BIANCHERIA
Prima di utilizzare l’asciugatrice per la prima volta:
Leggere attentamente il presente libretto
Togliere tutti gli articoli presenti all’interno del
’
panno umido in modo da eliminare l’eventuale polvere
depositata durante il trasporto.
● d’istruzioni.
● cestello.
● Pulire linterno del cestello e il portellone con un
Verificare che la biancheria da asciugare sia
idonea per l’asciugatura meccanica, come indicato
dai simboli sull’etichetta di lavaggio dei vari articoli.
ontrollare che le chiusure siano chiuse e le
tasche
C
vuote. Girare i capi con il rovescio
all’esterno. Introdurre i capi nel cestello uno ad
uno, in modo che non si aggroviglino.
Preparazione dei apiC
Evitare Di Asciugare:
Articoli di seta, calze di nylon,ricami delicati, tessuti
con decorazioni metalliche, indumenti con
guarnizioni in PVC o in pelle
IMPORTANTE: Evitare di asciugare
articoli preventivamente trattati con prodotti di
pulizia a secco o capi in gomma (pericolo
d’incendio o esplosione).
Durante gli ultimi 15 minuti (approssimativamente)
i capi sono sempre asciugati con aria fredda.
Introdurre nell’asciugatrice solo biancheria
accuratamente strizzata a mano o centrifugata a
macchina. Quanto più asciutta è la biancheria, tanto
più rapido è il tempo richiesto per l’asciugatura, con
conseguente risparmio di consumo elettrico.
COSA FARE SEMPRE
Cercare sempre di far lavorare la macchina a
pieno carico di biancheria: si risparmia tempo ed
elettricità
Prima di ogni ciclo di asciugatura verificare
SEMPRE che il filtro sia pulito.
COSA NON FARE MAI
Non superare mai il peso massimo: si perde
tempo e si consuma più elettricità
●
.
●
●
.
●Evitare di caricare capi ancora gocciolanti: si
rischia di rovinare la macchina.
Risparmio nergiaE
. .
.
●
In base ai simboli delle etichette di lavaggio
Le etichette di lavaggio sono apposte sul collo o
sulle cuciture interne:
Articolo idoneo per l’asciugatura
meccanica.
Asciugatura ad alta temperatura.
Selezionare La Biancheria Nel Modo Seguente:
c
Non sovraccaricare il cestello, in
quanto I api ingombranti, a caldo, possono
superare il carico massimo consentito. (per
esempio sacchi a pelo e piumoni)
Articolo non idoneo all’asciugatura
meccanica.
Se il capo è sprovvisto di etichetta di lavaggio,
si deve presumere che non sia idoneo
all’asciugatura meccanica.
In base al quantitativo ed alla pesantezza
Se il carico è superiore alla capacità della
macchina, separare i capi in base alla
pesantezza (p. es., separare gli asciugamani
dalla biancheria leggera).
In base al tipo di tessuto
Asciugamani, jersey
di cotone, biancheria da tavola/letto.
Camicette, camicie, tute
ecc. in poliestere o poliammide e misti
cotone/sintetici.
Solo asciugatura a bassatemperatura.
●
●
Articoli di cotone/lino:
Articoli sintetici:
4.
PULIZIA MANUTENZIONE
ORDINARIA
E
AVVERTENZA!
Il cestello, il portellone
e il carico possono essere molto caldi.
IMPORTANTE: Prima di procedere
alla pulizia, disattivare sempre la macchina
e staccare la spina della presa a muro.
Per i dati elettrici vedere la targhetta
dei dati posta sul davanti del mobile della
macchina (con portellone aperto)
Pulizia dell’asciugatrice
●Si consiglia di pulire il filtro e di svuotare la
● filtro.
●Dopo l uso pulire linterno del cestello e
lasciare
● ’
un panno morbido.
● é
pulizia.
●
vaschetta dell’acqua dopo ogni ciclo di
asciugatura.
Pulire regolarmente il
’ , ’
aperto il portellone per un certo periodo
di tempo in modo che circoli aria e si asciughi.
Pulire l esterno della macchina e il portellone
con
NON usare spugnette abrasive n prodotti di
Pre evitare che si accumuli della lanuggine e
che l'oblò abbia difficoltà ad aprirsi/chiudere, a
fine di ogni ciclo d'asciugatura pulire con un
panno umido la parte interna dell'oblò e la
guarnizione.
60
5.
VASCHETTA DELL’ACQUA
L’acqua eliminata dalla biancheria durante il
ciclo di asciugatura viene raccolta in una
vaschetta posta all’interno della porta della
macchina. Quando la vaschetta
Nei primi cicli, quando la macchina è
nuova, si raccoglie poca acqua in quanto si
riempie prima il serbatoio interno.
è piena si
accende la spia sul pannello dei
comandi, segnalando che si DEVE vuotare la
vaschetta dopo ogni ciclo di asciugatura.
NOTA:
Per rimuovere la vaschetta
dalla porta
1 . E s t r a r r e c o n
delicatezza la vaschetta
aff e rra n dol a da l la
maniglia. Da piena,
la vaschetta dell'acqua
pesa circa 6 kg.
2. Inclinare la vaschetta
facendo defluire l'acqua
dal beccuccio.
Quando è vuota, riporre
l a v a s c h e t t a
nell'alloggio c ome
indicato; prima
inserire la base della
v a s c h e t t a c o m e
m o s t r a t o ,
s u c c e s s i v a m e n t e
premere gentilmente la
p a r t e s u p e r i o r e
nell'apposita sede .
(A)
(B)
(C)
( 1 )
(2)
A
B
1C
61
3. Premere il pulsante
per riavviare il ciclo.
Non aprire la porta
d u r a n t e i c i c l i
a u t o m a t i c i p e r
ottenere una corretta
asciugatura.
FUNZIONAMENTO
1.
Chiudere gentilmente la porta fino a
sentire un “click”.
Ruotare il selettore programmi e
scegliere il programma di asciugatura
desiderato (per dettagli, guardare la
Guida Programmi).
Premere il pulsante
5.
Quando il ciclo è prossimo alla fine,
inizia una fase di raffreddamento. I capi
vengono asciugati con aria fredda al fine
di raffreddarli.
Quando il programma è terminato, la
spia END si illumine sul display.
A seguito della fine del ciclo, il cesto
effettuerà delle rotazioni ad intermittenza
per minimizzare le pieghe. Continuerà
fino a quando la porta verrà aperta.
Aprire la porta e caricare la
biancheria nel cesto. Assicurarsi che i
capi non si incastrino nella porta.
2.
3.
4.
L ’ a s c i u g a b i a n c h e r i a i n i z i a
automaticamente e la spia luminosa
sopra il tasto resta accesa.
Se si apre la porta durante il ciclo per
controllare la biancheria, è necessario
successivamente richiudere la porta e
premere il pulsante , il ciclo di
asciugatura ricomincerà nuovamente.
6.
7.
8.
'
Non aprire la porta durante i cicli di
asciugatura automatici per avere
unasciugatura sempre efficace.
IT
6.
PORTELLONE FILTROe
Tirare la maniglia per aprire lo sportello.
Per avviare la macchina, richiudere il
portellone e premere il tasto .
AVVERTENZA! Quando l'asciugatrice è
in funzione, il cestello e il portellone possono
essere molto caldi.
Filtro
IMPORTANTE: Ai fini della massima efficacia
della macchina, prima di ogni ciclo di
asciugatura è essenziale verificare la pulizia del
filtro antifilacce.
Importante: Non utilizzare l'asciugabiancheria
senza I filtri. I filtri intasati possono allungare il
tempo di asciugatura e causare danni con
conseguenti costosi interventi di pulizia.
1. ’
2.
3.
4.
Tirare il filtro verso l alto.
Aprire il filtro come
illustrato.
R i m u o v e r e
delicatamente le Filacce
con la punta delle dita o
aiutandosi c o n u n o
spazzolino morbido.
Richiudere il filtro e
reinserirlo in sede.
1
2
Spia Di Pulizia Filtro
SE SI PULISCE IL FILTRO SOTTO
L'ACQUA, RICORDARSI DI ASCIUGARLO.
A T T E N Z I O N E ! S e l a p o r t a
dell'asciugabiancheria viene aperta durante il
ciclo, prima quindi che sia completata la fase di
raffreddamento, la maniglia della vaschetta può
essere molto calda. Fare attenzione e usare la
massima cautela se la si vuole svuotare.
62
Si accende segnalando la necessità di pulire il
filtro.
Procedere con la verifica ed eventuale pulizia del
filtro principale e dei filtri allocati nella parte
inferiore del Dryer.
Se la biancheria non si asciuga verificare che il
filtro non sia intasato.
1
2
3
4
5
1.Rimuovere lo zoccolo
2.Girare in senso
antiorario I ganci e
r i m u o v e r e i l
coperchio supporto
filtri
3. R i m u o v e r e
del i c at a m en t e i l
telaio agendo sul
gancio superiore a
pulire la rete filtrante
da residui o depositi.
Non usare acqua.
4.R i m u o v e r e
delicatamente il filtro
a spugna dalla sede a
lavarlo sotto acqua
c o r r e n t e p e r
rimuovere residui o
depositi.
5.Rimontare i filtri e
p o s i z i o n a r e i l
coperchio supporto
filtri nella corretta
posizione indicata
d a l l a f r e c c i a
(posizione verso
l'alto). Bloccare il
coperchio con i ganci.
6. R i m o n t a r e l o
zoccolo.
Pulizia Filtro
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
Pulire i filtri prima di effettuare ogni ciclo.
EN
7. CONTROLLI E INDICATORI
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Manopola - Ruotando la manopola in
entrambe le direzioni è possibile selezionare il
programma di asciugatura desiderato. Per
annullare il programma selezionato o spegnere
l’asciugatrice, ruotare la manopola in posizione
OFF.
B - Display - Consente di visualizzare il tempo
residuo di asciugatura, il ritardo in caso di
impostazione della partenza ritardata e altri
messaggi di notifica.
C - Pulsanti-
1.Avvio/Pausa - Serve per dare inizio al
programma selezionato o bloccare il ciclo.
2.Partenza ritardata - Dà la possibilità all’utente
di ritardare la partenza del ciclo di asciugatura da
1 a 24 ore, a intervalli di 1 ora. Il ritardo prescelto
compare sul display e dopo aver premuto il
pulsante START, decresce di ora in ora. In caso
ritardata attivata,
è necessario dopo la ri-chiusura della porta,
premere START per riprendere il conteggio.
3.Selezione livello di asciugatura - Permette di
selezionare il livello di asciugatura desiderato
(opzione modificabile fino a 5 minuti dopo la partenza
del ciclo):
Pronto Stiro: lascia i panni leggermente umidi,
per facilitare la stiratura..
Asciutto No Stiro: per capi da appendere
direttamente dopo l’asciugatura, senza stirarli.
Asciutto Armadio: per capi che possono essere
direttamente riposti.
Extra-asciutto: per capi completamente
asciutti, ideale a pieno carico.
Questo apparecchio è dotato della funzione di
Drying Manager. Nei cicli automatici, ogni livello
intermedio di asciugatura, prima di raggiungere il
livello selezionalo, viene segnalato con un
indicatore luminoso lampeggiante che
corrisponde al grado di asciugatura raggiunto.
Tutti i led lampeggeranno velocemente per 3
volte.
4.Rapidi / Selezione tempo
E’ possibile trasformare un programma da
automatico a rapido, fino a 3 minuti dall'avvio del
ciclo. La pressione progressiva aumenta il tempo
(30-45-59 minuti). Per tornare al ciclo automatico
è necessario spegnere l'asciugatrice. In caso di
incompabibilità, tutti i led lampeggeranno
velocemente per 3 volte.
E' possibile trasformare un ciclo da automatico a
programmato, fino a 3 minuti dall'avvio del ciclo.
La pressione progressiva aumenta il tempo a
intervalli di 10 minuti. Per tornare al ciclo
automatico è necessario spegnere l'asciugatrice.
In caso di incompabibilità, tutti i led
lampeggeranno velocemente per 3 volte.
5.
Anti Piega - Questa opzione consente di
programmare un ciclo anti-piega a inizio (in caso
di attivazione del delay) e a fine asciugatura.
rimuovere
immediatamente il bucato, consente di
mantenere il cesto in movimento per non far
appesantire i panni asciutti e mantenerli morbidi.
Si attiva ogni 10 minuti, fino a 6 ore dal termine
del ciclo. Per interrompere il ciclo posizionare la
manopola su OFF.
6. Memorizzazione
Questa opzione consente di memorizzare le
opzioni impostate su un ciclo.
MEMORIZZAZIONE: a ciclo avviato premere per
3 secondi il tasto "memory". La spia "memory"
lampeggia per 3 volte e memorizza le opzioni
impostate collegate al ciclo prescelto in flangia.
RICHIAMO: dopo aver impostato il ciclo
prescelto premere il tasto “memory” per
richiamare le opzioni memorizzate.
7. Blocco Tasti
Questa opzione consente di evitare che vengano
effettuate modifiche indesiderate o accidentali
durante la fase di asciugatura.
Attivazione/disattivazione: premere contemporaneamente
per 2 secondi i tasti 3 e 4. Sul display compare la
scritta "LOC". Alla disattivazione viene mostrata
una sola volta la scritta "Unl".
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit -The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit -The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
on allows you to store the opt
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
able
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications sett
C
1.Start/Pause Button
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
cycle in case of
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
This option allows you to store the opti
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
START again
IT
63
di apertura dell’oblò a partenza
Utile se non si ha la possibilità di
In caso di apertura oblo' con l'opzione Blocco
Tasti attivato, il ciclo si ferma ma il blocco si
conserva; per far ripartire il ciclo è necessario
rimuovere il blocco e premere di nuovo "Start".
Allo spegnimento della asciugatrice l'opzione si
disattiva automaticamente.
L'opzione Blocco Tasti è modificabile in qualsiasi
momento del ciclo.
D- Spie luminose
Tanica Acqua - - Questa spia si accende per
condensa.
Pulizia Filtro - Quando si accende questa
spia, è necessario pulire il filtro.
E- Wi-Fi (solo in alcuni modelli)
Nei modelli dotati di funzione Wi-Fi, ne indica il
funzionamento.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area – Zona del cruscotto
sulla quale appoggiare lo smartphone durante la
fase di arruolamento della macchina all’App.
Seguire le indicazioni sul display del telefono
(solo per smartphone Android dotati di tecnologia
NFC).
Massima capacità di asciugatura
Cotone Massima capacità
dichiarata
Sintetici o Delicati Max. 4 kg
Il ciclo standard COTONE ( ) è quello a
maggior efficienza energetica e il più adatto per
un’asciugatura di un normale bucato bagnato in
cotone.
La tabella nell’ultima pagina mostra
approssimatamente tempi e consumo di energia
Consumo di energia modalità
“spento” 0,40 W
Consumo di energia modalità
“stand-by” 0,75 W
Capacità del cestello 125
Carico massimo Vedere etichetta
energetica
Altezza 85 cm
Larghezza 60 cm
Profondità 60 cm
Efficienza energetica Vedere etichetta
energetica
EN 61121 Programmi
- COTONE ASCIUTTO
- COT
BIANCHI
- TESSUTI DELICATI SINTETICI
SINTETICI
SOLO PER ASCIUGABIANCHERIA CON
CAPACITA’ DI 10 KG COLLEGARE IL KIT
PER RECUPERARE L’ACQUA DI
CONDENSA SECONDO LE ISTRUZIONI AL
CAPITOLO 2.
Il programma "ciclo lana” di questa
asciugabiancheria è stato approvato da The
Woolmark Company per l’asciugatura dei
capi in lana etichettati "lavabili in lavatrice”,
seguendo
le istruzioni riportate sull'etichetta cucita al
capo e le indicazioni fornite dal fabbricante
della macchina
Nel Regno Unito, nell’Eire, a Hong Kong e in
India il marchio Woolmark è un marchio
certificato.
Informazioni per test di laboratorio
Specifiche tecniche
Guida ad una corretta asciugatura
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max.
Delicates
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max.
Synthetics or
Delicates
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
85 cm
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - I
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
-
IRON DRY COTTON
WHITES
-
EASY
-
CARE TEXTILE
SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Delicates
g
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
-
STANDARD
-
WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
.
M1530
dei programmi principali.
64
Pulire i filtri prima di effettuare ogni ciclo.
STIRARE
ONE ASCIUTTO DA
La reale durata del ciclo di asciugatura
dipende dal livello di umidità di partenza del
velocità
pu dalla
CHAPTER 2
ambient temperature.
Clean the filters before every cycle
di centrifuga,carico a causa della
ambientale
temperatura lizia dei filtri e
dalladalla quantità del carico, dal tipo e
ricordare di svuotare la tanica dell’acqua di
purché i capi siano lavati e asciugati
8. SELEZIONE DEL PROGRAMMA
PROGRAMMA IDEALE PER
CAPACITÀ
(kg)
TEMPO DI
ASCIUGA-
TURA (min)
Total Care
Total Care è un ciclo esclusivo per asciugare un
carico di biancheria con tessuti differenti insieme.
Quando I tessuti più leggeri raggiungono l’asciugatura
ottimale e sono pronti per essere rimossi, sul display
lampeggia il testo TC per 3 minuti e viene emesso un
segnale acustico. Dopo aver rimosso i capi già
asciutti l’asciugatura continuerà per i capi più
resistenti.
3
*
Scuri &
Colorati
Il ciclo ideale per asciugare capi colorati in cotone o
sintetici. 4 *
Bianchi Ciclo ideale per asciugare capi in cotone, spugne e
asciugamani.
Full *
Jeans
Un ciclo studiato per asciugare uniformemente tessuti
come jeans o Denim. E' consigliato rovesciare i capi
prima
dell'asciugatura.
4
*
Scarpe Questo ciclo permette di asciugare fino a 2 paia di
scarpe in tela utilizzando l'apposito accessorio. E'
consigliabile rimuovere i lacci dalle scarpe.
* Max
120’
Antiallergia Un programma studiato per asciugare e allo stesso
tempo ridurre la presenza di allergeni come acari
della polvere, peli di animali e pollini.
4 Max
220’
Lana
Ciclo Woolmark per capi in lana: il programma può
essere utilizzato per asciugare fino a 1kg di
biancheria (circa 3 maglioni). Si consiglia di
rovesciare i capi prima di asciugarli. Il tempo può
variare a seconda delle dimensioni e della densità del
carico e della centrifuga scelta per il lavaggio. A fine
ciclo i capi sono pronti per essere indossati, ma nel
caso di indumenti più pesanti i bordi potrebbero
risultare leggermente umidi: si suggerisce di farli
asciugare naturalmente. Si consiglia di estrarre subito
i capi al termine del ciclo di asciugatura. Attenzione: il
processo di ristringimento della lana è irreversibile;
asciugare esclusivamente i capi con simbolo (simbolo
"ok tumble"); questo programma non è indicato per
capi acrilici.
1
70’
Anti Odori Il ciclo ideale per eliminare i cattivi odori dai capi e
ridurre le
pieg
he. 2.5 *
Rapidi 30-45-59 I cicli rapidi ti permettono di avere i capi pronti in un
tempo breve, puoi scegliere se asciugarli in 30, 45,
59 minuti.
2.5
*
Hybrid speed
Cotone
Questo ciclo speciale ti consente di ridurre di molto il
tempo di asciugatura per tessuti in cotone, con
consumi energetici contenuti.
Full *
Hybrid speed
Mixed
Questo ciclo speciale ti consente di ridurre di molto il
tempo di asciugatura per tessuti Misti, con consumi
energetici contenuti.
4 *
Sintetici ciugare tessuti sintetici e
delicati. 4 *
Cotone Programma Eco normativo (hang dry) ideale per capi
in cotone. Il più efficiente in termini di consumo
energetico per l'asciugatura
di questi tessuti.
Full *
Camicie
Programma dedicato all'asciugatura di camicie, limitando la
formazione di pieghe e grovigli tramite opportune
movimentazioni del cesto. E' consigliabile rimuovere i capi
appena il ciclo di asciugatura è terminato.
2.5
*
Posizione da selezionare per abilitare il controllo da remoto tramite App, via Wi-
Fi. "Vedi paragrafo One Fi Extra per i dettagli".
* La reale durata del ciclo di asciugatura dipende dal livello di umidità di partenza del bucato dovuta alla velocità di
rotazione, tipologia e quantità di carico, pulizia del filtro e temperatura ambientale .
IT
65
Ciclo studiato per as
PROGRAMMI E OPZIONI COMPATIBILI
PROGRAMMI
OPZIONI SELEZIONABILI
Partenza ritardata
Selezione
asciugatura
Cicli rapidi
Selezione del
tempo
Anti Piega
Memoria
Total Care
Scuri & Colorati
Bianchi
Jeans
Scarpe
Antiallergia
Lana
Anti Odori
Rapidi 30-45-59
Hybrid speed Cotone
Hybrid speed Mixed
Sintetici
Cotone
Camicie
66
√ √ √
- - -
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµ
√ √ √ √
- -
Ο
√
√
√
√
√
√
,
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρ
√ √ √
- - -
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
√
√
√
- - -
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
√ √ √
- - √
µµ
ε τον
2
√ √
- - - -
στο συγκεκριµένο πρόγρα
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
√ √ √ √
- -
6) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ
√ √ √
- - -
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει
√ √ √ √ √ √
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την βοήθεια
.
√ √
- -
να
ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
√ √ √ √
- -
--
67
L' accessorio porta scarpe in dotazione con l'asciugatrice, consente di
asciugare fino a 4 scarpe in tela. E' necessario rimuovere il filtro
superiore e collocare al suo posto l'accessorio con i ganci verso
l'interno del cesto.
Prima di inserire le scarpe rimuovere eventuali solette e posizionarle
all'interno dell'asciugatrice.
Le griglie centrali sono adatte anche a scarpe da uomo, mentre le
griglie laterali sono più indicate per scarpe da bambino o da donna (EU
39- UK 5,5). E' consigliabile far girare il cesto per controllare che non ci
siano interferenze. In alternativa si possono posizionare le due scarpe
laterali con la suola in alto
GRIGLIA PORTA SCARPE
IT
68
One Fi Extra
Questo apparecchio è equipaggiato di
tecnologia che consente il
controllo da remoto della macchina tramite
App grazie alla funzione Wi-Fi.
ARRUOLAMENTO MACCHINA SU APP
ONE Fi EXTRA
●Hoover Wizard
dispositivo.
Scaricare l'App sul proprio
Se si dispone di uno smartphone basato
sul sistema operativo Android e dotato
della funzione NFC (Near Field
Communication), la procedura di
arruolamento è facilitata (Easy
Enrollment); in tal caso, seguire le
istruzioni sul display del telefono,
APPOGGIANDOLO al logo ONE Fi
EXTRA sul cruscotto quando indicato
dall'App.
NOT :A
S e n o n s i c o n o s c e l a
p o si zi on ed e ll 'a n te n na NF C,
s p o s t a r e l e g g e r m e n t e l o
sma r t phone con m ovimento
circolare sul logo ONE Fi EXTRA fino
a quando l App segnala l avvenuta
c o n n e s s i o n e . A f f i n c h è i l
trasferimento di dati vada a buon
fine è fondamentale MANTENERE IL
TELEFONO APPOGGIATO SUL
CRUSCOTTO DURANTE TUTTA LA
PROCEDURA (pochi secondi) una
schermata sul dispositivo informerà
sull esito dell operazione e quando
sarà possibile allontanare lo
smartphone.
’ ’
;
’ ’
Custodie spesse o adesivi metallici
sullo smartphone potrebbero
i n f l u e n z a r e o i m p e d i r e l a
trasmissione dei dati fra macchina e
telefono. Se necessario, rimuoverli.
La sostituzione di alcuni componenti
d el lo s m a rt ph on e ( e s: co ve r
posteriore, batteria, ecc …) con altri
non originali, potrebbe comportare la
rimozione dell’antenna NFC.
UTILIZZO DELLA MACCHINA DA
REMOTO TRAMITE APP
Dopo l’arruolamento, ogni volta che si
intende operare da remoto tramite App,
caricare la biancheria, chiudere l'oblò e
selezionare la posizione
ONE Fi EXTRA sulla macchina; da
questo momento sarà possibile gestirla
tramite i comandi dell'App.
L’App è disponibile sia per
dispositivi con sistema operativo Android
che per iOS, sia per tablet che per
smartphone.
Hoover Wizard
Per scoprire tutti i dettagli delle funzioni
ONE Fi EXTRA, esplora I menu dell'App
accedendo in modalità DEMO.
●
allegata alla macchina.
arruolare l'elettrodomestico seguendo le
indicazioni sul display del dispositivo o la
procedura descritta nella "Quick Guide"
Aprire l’App, creare il profilo utente e
Posizionare lo smartphone in modo che
l’antenna NFC sul retro dello stesso sia
in corrispondenza del logo ONE Fi
EXTRA sul cruscotto della macchina.
PARAMETRI WIRELESS
Standard di trasmissione wireless
802.11 b/g/n
Banda di frequenza
Massima potenza di trasmissione
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parametro
Specifiche
Minima sensibilità in ricezione
802.11 b (11 Mbps) +18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11 b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
NOTA : In caso di apertura porta con
controllo remoto attivo , per ripristinare la
connessione con l'app, chiudere l'oblò e
premere start. Il ciclo riprenderà dal punto di
interruzione.
69
9.
RICERCA GUASTI
Quale Può Essere La Causa...
Problemi che può risolvere l’utente
chiamata
verrà addebitata all'utente nel caso in cui risulti che la
macchina funziona o è stata installata o utilizzata in
maniera errata. Se il problema persiste anche dopo
aver eseguito i controlli consigliati, rivolgersi al
servizio di assistenza GIAS che sarà a disposizione
per suggerire eventuali soluzioni per telefono.
Tempo di asciugatura eccessivamente
lungo/capi non sufficientemente asciutti…
Il programma/tempo di asciugatura selezionato è
corretto?
I capi sono stati introdotti eccessivamente bagnati?
Si è provveduto a strizzare o centrifugare
adeguatamente i capi prima d introdurli nella
macchina?
Si deve pulire il filtro?
Si deve pulire il condensatore?
L’asciugatrice è stata caricata eccessivamente?
Vi sono ostruzioni a livello delle prese, degli sfiati e
della base dell asciugatrice?
L’asciugatrice non funziona…
L alimentazione elettrica cui è collegata la
macchina è attiva? Controllare provando con un altro
apparecchio (ad esempio, lampada da tavolo).
La spina di alimentazione è stata collegata
correttamente all alimentazione elettrica?
Manca la corrente?
Fusibile bruciato?
Il portellone è stato chiuso perfettamente?
Prima di rivolgersi al Centro Assistenza GIAS,
consultare la seguente checklist. La
Il tempo di asciugatura residuo può variare durante il
ciclo. Il tempo infatti viene costantemente
aggiornato per migliorarne la stima. E' per tanto
normale che durante il ciclo, il tempo mostrato
sul display possa aumentare o diminuire.
●
●
’
●
●
●
● ’
● ’
● ’
●
●
●
L’asciugatrice fa molto rumore…
Spegnere l asciugatrice e rivolgersi al
Servizio Assistenza GIAS.
La spia di segnalazione è accesa…
Si deve pulire il filtro?
Si deve pulire il condensatore?
La spia di segnalazione è accesa…
Si deve svuotare la vaschetta dell acqua?
●’
●
●
● ’
SERVIZIO ASSISTENZA CLIENTI
Se il problema persiste anche dopo aver
effettuato tutti i controlli consigliati,
rivolgersi al Servizio Assistenza GIAS.
telefono o per
fissare la visita del tecnico in base alle
condizioni di garanzia. Si ricorda che
l intervento del tecnico può essere
soggetto a pagamento nel caso la
macchina:
risulti perfettamente funzionante.
non sia stata installata secondo quanto
indicato nelle istruzioni d’installazione.
sia stata utilizzata in modo improprio.
Sarà a disposizione per suggerire
eventuali soluzioni per
’
●
●
●
Ricambi
Servizio GIAS
Utilizzare sempre ricambi originali,
disponibili direttamente presso il Servizio
Assistenza GIAS.
Per assistenza e riparazioni, rivolgersi al
tecnico del Servizio Assistenza GIAS più
vicino.
I l p ro d ut t or e d ec l in a o gn i
responsabilità in caso di eventuali
errori di stampa nel presente
opuscolo. Il produttore si riserva il
diritto di apportare le necessarie
modifiche ai propri prodotti, senza
alterarne le caratteristiche essenziali.
IT
●
(sia collegata all alimentazione sia attivata
localmente)?
●È stato selezionato il tempo o il programma di
asciugatura?
●La macchina è stata riattivata dopo aver aperto
il portellone?
●La macchina ha smesso di funzionare perché
la vaschetta dell’acqua è piena e deve essere
svuotata?
La macchina è stata opportunamente attivata
’
PARAMETRI WIRELESS
Con questo il gruppo Candy Hoover Group
Srl, dichiara che questo apparecchio è
marcato conformemente alla Direttiva
Europea 2014/53 / UE.
Per ricevere una copia della dichiarazione
di conformità, contattare il produttore
all'indirizzo:
www.candy-group.com
Standard di trasmissione
wireless
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A e NFC Forum Type 4
Banda di frequenza
Limite campo magnetico
13,553-13,567 MHz (frequenza centrale 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (a 10 metri)
Parametri
Specifiche
70
Index
Lees deze instructies zorgvuldig door en
gebruik deze machine op basis van deze
aanwijzingen. Dit boekje geeft u naast
belangrijke richtlijnen voor het veilige gebruik
de veilige installatie en het veilige onderhoud
van de machine ook enkele nuttige tips over
hoe u de beste resultaten bekomt wanneer u
met deze machine wast.
Bewaar alle documentatie op een veilige plek
zodat u of de toekomstige eigenaars van de
machine ze in de toekomst opnieuw kunnen
raadplegen
Controleer dat de volgende items samen met
de wasmachine werden geleverd:
Handleiding
Garantiekaart
Energiekeurmerk
.
●
●
●
Door het plaatsen van de markering op
dit product, verklaren wij, op onze eigen
verantwoordelijkheid, alle Europese
veiligheids -, gezondheids - en milieu - eisen
na te leven opgesteld in de regelgeving
geldig voor dit product.
Controleer of de machine schade heeft
opgelopen tijdens het vervoer. Indien dit het
geval is, neem dan contact op met GIAS.Als u
de bovenstaande aanwijzingen niet opvolgt,
kan de veiligheid van de machine niet worden
gegarandeerd. Indien het probleem met uw
machine wordt veroorzaakt door misbruik,
kunnen de kosten van de onderhoudsbeurt
aan u worden doorberekend.
1.
2.
3.
4.
6. EN
7.
8.
9.
KLANTENSERVICE
VEILIGHEIDSAANWIJZINGEN
AFVOERSLANG KIT:
MONTAGE-INSTRUCTIES
HET WASGOED VOORBEREIDEN
SCHOONMAKEN EN
ONDERHOUDSBEURTEN
5. WATERCONTAINER
DEUR FILTER
BEDIENINGSKNOPPEN EN
INDICATIELAMPJES
HET PROGRAMMA KIEZEN
PROBLEMEN OPLOSSEN
NL
1.
VEILIGHEIDSAANWIJZINGEN
Dit apparaat kan worden
gebruikt door kinderen van 8
jaar en ouder en personen met
verminderde lichamelijke,
zintuiglijke of verstandelijke
vermogens of gebrek aan
ervaring en kennis als ze onder
toezicht staan of instructies
krijgen over het gebruik van het
apparaat op een veilige manier
en de gevaren begrijpen.
Kinderen mogen niet met het
apparaat spelen. Reiniging en
onderhoud door de gebruiker
wordt niet gedaan door
kinderen zonder toezicht.
Misbruik
van een droogtrommel kan
brand veroorzaken.
Deze apparaten zijn bedoeld
voor gebruik in huishoudelijke
en soortgelijke toepassingen
zoals:
-Kantines voor medewerkers,
in winkels, kantoren en andere
werkomgevingen;
- Boerderijen;
-Door klanten in hotels, motels
en andere residentiële soort
omgevingen;
- B e d a n d b r e a k f a s t
omgevingen.
Een ander gebruik van dit
t o e s t el d a n bi n ne n d e
huishoudelijke omgeving
o f v a n d e t y p i s c h e
huishoudelijke functies, zoals
commercieel gebruik door
deskundigen of ervaren
gebruikers, wordt uitgesloten,
zelfs in de bovenstaande
WAARSCHUWING
toepassingen. Als het
apparaat wordt gebruikt op
een wijze die onverenigbaar
i s m e t d e z e k a n d e
levensduur van het apparaat
en de garantie van de
f a b r i k a n t v e r v a l l e n .
Eventuele schade aan het
apparaat of andere schade
of verlies ontstaan door
g e b r u i k d a t n i e t i n
overeenstemming is met
huishoudelijk gebruik (ook
als ze gelokaliseerd is in een
huishoudelijk milieu) worden
niet geaccepteerd door de
fabrikant in de ruimste mate
toegestaan door de wet.
kleding.
Dit apparaat mag uitsluitend
gebruikt worden voor het
d o e l w a a r v o o r h e t
vervaardigd is, zoals dat in
deze handleiding
beschreven wordt. Verzeker
u ervan dat u de instructies
voor de installatie en het
gebruik volledig begrijpt
voordat u de machine
gebruikt
Raak de machine niet aan
als uw handen of voeten nat
of vochtig zijn.
Leun niet tegen de deur als u
de machine laadt en gebruik
de deur niet om de machine
op te tillen of te verplaatsen
Deze machine is alleen voor
huishoudelijk gebruik, m.a.w.
voor het d r o g e n v a n
huishoudelijk textiel en
71
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Sta niet toe dat kinderen met de
machine of de bediening ervan
spelen.
Gebruik
het apparaat niet als de
pluizenfilter niet geplaatst of
beschadigd is; pluis kan
ontbranden
Op de
plaats van het symbool voor
warm oppervlak kan de
temperatuur tijdens het drogen
tot meer dan 60 graden C
stijgen
Haal de stekker uit het
stopcontact. Haal altijd de
stekker uit het stopcontact
v o o r d a t u d e m a c h i n e
schoonmaakt.
Blijf deze machine niet
gebruiken als ze een gebrek
lijkt te hebben.
Pluizen of dons mogen zich niet
op de grond rondom de
buitenkant van de machine
ophopen.
De trommel kan vanbinnen erg
heet worden. Wacht altijd met
het uithalen van het wasgoed
tot de afkoelingsperiode van de
droger voorbij is.
Het laatste deel van een
droogcyclus verloopt zonder
warmte (koelcyclus) om ervoor
te zorgen dat de artikelen niet
worden beschadigd.
De wasdroger mag niet worden
gebr uikt als indus triël e
chemicaliën zijn gebruikt voor
het reinigen.
WAARSCHUWING
.
WAARSCHUWING
Installatie
G e b r u i k g e e n a d a p t e r s ,
meervoudige stekkers en/of
verlengsnoeren.
Installeer de droger nooit tegen
gordijnen aan en zorg ervoor dat
er geen artikelen achter de droger
kunnen vallen en zich daar
kunnen ophopen.
De machine mag niet worden
geïn stal leer d ach ter e en
afsluitbare deur, een schuifwand
of een deur met een klink aan de
andere zijde van de deur t.o.v. de
droogtrommel.
72
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
WAARSCHUWING: Stop nooit
een wasdroger voor het einde
van de droogcyclus, tenzij alle
artikelen snel verwijderd en
uitgehangen worden, zodat de
hitte wordt verdreven.
Maximaal gewicht voor het
drogen: zie energielabel.
●
●
Belangrijk: Het apparaat moet in
een rechtopstaande positie worden
vervoerd. Indien nodig, mag de
droger alleen worden gedraaid
volgens getoonde zijde;
Let op: Als het apparaat in een
andere positie werd vervoerd,
wacht dan ten minste vier uur
voordat u het apparaat aanzet,
zodat de vloeistof in de compressor
zich kan stabiliseren. Als u dit na laat
kan dit leiden tot schade aan de
compressor.
73
Geen ongewassen wasgoed in
de droogtrommel drogen
wanneer ze verhit worden,
spontaan ontbranden. Artikelen
z o a l s s c h u i m r u b b e r
(latexschuim), douchekapjes,
waterproef textiel, artikelen met
een rubberzijde en kleding of
kussens met schuimrubberen
pads MOGEN NIET in de
droogtrommel worden gedroogd.
mag drogen.
droogtrommel gestopt worden.
Druipnatte kleren mogen in
de droger gestopt worden.
vloeistoffen in de buurt van het
apparaat.
huidirritaties voordoen als
andere kledingstukken met de
glasvezels in aanraking geweest
zijn.
.
WAARSCHUWING Geen
stoffen in de droogtrommel
doen die met chemische
reinigingsvloeistoffen zijn
behandeld.
WAARSCHUWING Materialen
uit schuimrubber kunnen onder
bepaalde omstandigheden,
Bekijk altijd de wasvoorschriften
op het wasgoed om te
controleren of u het in de
droger
Kleren moeten gecentrifugeerd
of grondig uitgewrongen
worden, voordat zij in de
NIET
Aanstekers en lucifers mogen
niet in zakken blijven zitten en
gebruik NOOIT ontvlambare
Glasvezelgordijnen mogen
NOOIT in dit apparaat worden
gestopt. Er kunnen zich
De Was
Wasgoed dat is verontreinigd
met substanties, zoals
kookolie, aceton, alcohol,
p e t r o l e u m ,
W a s v e r z a c h t e r s e n
vergelijkbare producten
moeten worden gebruikt
volgens de
k e r o s i n e ,
vlekverwijderaars, terpetine,
wax en waxverwijderaars,
moeten in heet water
gewassen worden met extra
wasmiddel voordat ze in de
droogtrommel w o r d e n
gedroogd.
Aanwijzingen die
op de wasverzachter staan
vermeld.
Ventilatie
De kamer waarin de droger
geplaatst wordt, moet
voldoende geventileerd
worden om te voorkomen dat
gassen van mechanismen
die werken via brandstof-
verbranding, zoals een open
haard, in de kamer gezogen
worden wanneer de droger in
werking is.
De achterkant van het
apparaat installeren dichtbij
een muur of een verticale
oppervlakte
waarlangs
u i t l a a t s t o f f e n v a n
mechanismen die gas of
a n d e r e b r a n d s t o f f e n
v e r b r a n d e n , w o r d e n
afgevoerd.
droger
Afzuiglucht mag niet in een
via een afvoer
Controleer regelmatig dat de
lucht die door de
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
NL
74
●
●
stroomt, niet geblokkeerd
wordt.
Controleer regelmatig de
pluizenfilter na gebruik en
maak proper indien nodig.
Er dient een minimale afstand
van 12 mm te zijn tussen de
m a c h i n e e n e v e n t u e l e
belemmeringen. De in- en
uitlaat moeten vrij zijn van
obstakels. Bewaar voldoende
ventilatieruimte tussen de
bodem van de machine en de
vloer.
zich daar
ophopen omdat deze de
luchtaanvoer en afvoer kunnen
belemmeren.
Installeer de droger NOOIT
tegen gordijnen aan.
Wanneer de droger wordt
geïnstalleerd bovenop een
wasmachine, moet e e n
geschikte stapelkit worden
geplaatst volgens de volgende
configuratie.
-Stapelkit 35100019: voor
wasmachines met minimale
diepte=49cm
-Stapelkit 35100020: voor
wasmachines met minimale
diepte=51cm
De stapelkit, één van de
h i e r b o v e n b e s c h r e v e n
modellen, is te verkrijgen via
onze servicedienst.
De i nstructi e s voor de
installatie en de eventuele
bevestigingstools, zitten in de
verpakking van de stapelkit.
Voorkom dat artikelen achter
de droger vallen of
●
●
●
WAARSCHUWING: het
apparaat mag niet via een extern
schakelsysteem, bijvoorbeeld via
een timer, worden gevoed, of
aangesloten zijn op een circuit
dat regelmatig door een
nutsvoorziening wordt aan en
uitgeschakeld.
Air Outlets in the Base
Installeer het apparaat net n
een erg koude rumte of n een
rumte waar het kan vrezen. Bj
een temperatuur rond het
vrespunt kan de droger mogeljk
net goed functoneren: er s een
kans op schade nden het water
gaat bevrezen n het hydraulsch
systeem (ledngen, kleppen,
pomp). Voor een betere prestate
van het product moet de
temperatuur van de rumte tussen
+5°C en +35°C graden zjn.
Geleve er rekenng mee te
houden dat werkng van de
droger n koude omstandgheden
( t u s s e n + 2 e n + 5 ° C )
condenswater en waterdruppels
op de vloer kan veroorzaken.
Het Milieu
A l l e v e r p a k k i n g s m a t er ia le n z i j n
milieuvriendelijk en recycleerbaar. Doe de
v e r p a k k i n g s m a t e r i a l e n o p e e n
milieuvriendelijke manier van de hand. Uw
gemeente kan u informeren over de beste
manier om deze materialen weg te ruimen.
Wanneer u een oude wasmachine van de
hand doet, moet u voor alle veiligheid de
stekker uit het stopcontact halen, het
stroomsnoer afknippen en dit samen met de
stekker vernietigen. Om te voorkomen dat
kinderen zichzelf in de machine opsluiten,
breekt u de scharnieren of het slot van de deur.
Europese Richtlijn 2012/19/EC
Dit apparaat is voorzien van het
merkteken volgens de Europese
richtlijn 2012/19 / EU inzake
A f g e d a n k t e e l e k t r i s c h e e n
elektronische apparaten (AEEA).
AEEA bevat zowel verontreinigende
stoffen (die negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu
kunnen veroorzaken) en basiscomponenten
(die kunnen worden hergebruikt). Het is
belangrijk AEEA te onderwerpen aan specifieke
behandelingen, teneinde afval en alle
verontreinigende stoffen op een correcte wijze
te verwijderen en alle andere materialen te
hergebruiken en recycleren.
;
-AEEA mag niet worden behandeld als
huishoudelijk afval.
AEEA moet worden overgedragen aan de
desbetreffende inzamelpunten beheerd door
de gemeente of door geregistreerde bedrijven.
In veel landen, voor grote AEEA, kan
thuisophaling aanwezig zijn.
In veel landen, als u een nieuw apparaat koopt,
kunnen de oude worden teruggegeven aan de
dealer die het kosteloos moet afhalen op een
één-op-één-basis, zolang het apparatuur een
gelijkwaardig type betreft en dezelfde functies
heeft als de geleverde apparatuur.
Individuen kunnen een belangrijke rol spelen bij
de garantie dat AEEA geen milieu-issue wordt
het is essentieel om een aantal basisregels te
volgen:
-
Elektrische Vereisten
Drogers worden geleverd om te kunnen
werken op een voltage van 220-240V, 50Hz
m o n o p h a s e . C o n t r o l e e r o f h e t
voedingscircuit ten minste 10 A bedraagt.
Elektriciteit kan erg gevaarlijk zijn. Deze
machine moet geaard zijn.
Het stopcontact en de stekker van de
machine moeten van hetzelfde soort
zijn.
Gebruik geen meervoudige adapters
en/of verlengsnoeren.
Nadat het apparaat is geïnstalleerd,
moet de stekker bereikbaar blijven om
uit het stopcontact te halen.
Er kan een kost worden aangerekend
voor een service call als er een probleem is
is met uw machine door onjuiste installatie.
Sluit de machine niet het
stopcontact en start het niet op totdat de
installatie compleet is. Voor uw
veiligheid, moet deze droger correct
geïnstalleerd worden. Als er enige twijfel
over de installatie is, bel dan GIAS
Dienst voor advies.
aan op
GIAS Service
Om te zorgen voor een continue veilige en
efficiënte werking van dit apparaat, bevelen
wij
onderhoudsmonteur.
Aan dat servicing of reparaties alleen
worden uitgevoerd door een bevoegde GIAS
De Voeten Verstellen
Als de machine is
geplaatst, moeten de
v o e t e n w o r d e n
versteld zodat de
machine waterpas
staat.
75
●
●
●
Indien het snoer van dit apparaat
beschadigd is, moet het worden
vervangen door een speciaal snoer dat
alleen verkrijgbaar is bij de onderdelen
service. Het moet worden geïnstalleerd
door een bevoegd persoon.
NL
GWP1430
2.
AFVOERSLANG KIT:
MONTAGE-INSTRUCTIES
Om te voorkomen dat u de waterbak na elke
droogcyclus moet legen, kan het tijdens het
droogprogramma verzamelde water via een
afvoerslang worden afgevoerd(hetzelfde
afvoersysteem als bij een gootsteen).
Waterverordeningen verbieden aansluiting op
e e n o p p e r v l a k t e w a t e r r i o o l . H e t
waterafvoersysteem dient direct bij de
wasdroger te worden geplaatst .
e set bestaat uit: 1 slang, 1 rechte
slangaansluiting, 1 buisklem en een plastic clip.
D
WAARSCHUWING! Schakel het
apparaat uit en koppel de stekker van de
wasdroger los van het stopcontact, voordat u
aan de werkzaamheden begint.
Ga Als Volgt Te Werk:
1.
langzaam op z'n
rechterzijde.
2.De slang met het
vuile water bevindt
z i c h a a n d e
rechterzijde van het
toestel (zie tekening).
Een grijze slang is
verbonden met de
b r u g a a n d e
linkerzijde. Verwijder
de oude pijpbeugel
van de brug met
behulp van een tang.
3. Koppel de slang los
van de brug-verbindin
Kantel het toestel
4. Bevestig de zwarte
slang uit de kit (met
b e h u l p v a n d e
geleverde brug en de
g e l e v e r d e
pijpbeugels), aan de
verwijderde slang van
de brug-verbinding..
5.
(geleverd in de kit) om
de slang te sluiten.
6 . W a n n e e r u
demachine terug op
z i j n p l a a t s z e t ,
c o n t r o l e e r d a n
devoetsteunen en
zorgervoor dat de
ni e uwe sl a ngn i et
geplooid wordt onder
het toestel..
Sluit de machine aan
op de voeding.
Plaats de kraan
76
1
2
3
4
5
Opgelet :
getransporteerd op z'n linkerzijde, wacht
t e n m i n s t e 4 u u r v o o r
het inschakelenzodat de oliekan
terugstromenin t hecom pres sor.
Doet u dit niet dan kan dat leiden tot
beschadigingvan de compressor.
Als het product werd
6
3.
HET WASGOED VOORBEREIDEN
Alvorens de droogtrommel voor de eerste keer te
gebruiken:
Lees deze handleiding a u b aandachtig door
Verwijder alle artikelen die in de trommel zijn
geplakt.
met een vochtige doek af om alle stof te
verwijderen dat zich tijdens het vervoer kan
hebben verzameld.
● . . . .
●
● Veeg de binnenkant van de trommel en de deur
Zorg ervoor dat het wasgoed dat u wilt drogen,
geschikt is voor het drogen in een droogtrommel,
zoals wordt aangegeven door de wasvoorschriften
op ieder artikel.
ontroleer dat alle sluitingen dicht zijn en dat de
C
zakken leeg zijn. Keer de kleren binnenstebuiten.
Leg de kleren losjes in de trommel om ervoor te
zorgen dat ze niet in elkaar verward raken.
Voorbereiding van de leren K
Niet In De Droogtrommel Drogen:
Zijde, nylon kousen, fijn borduurwerk, stoffen met
metalen versieringen, kledingstukken met pvc of
leren randen
BELANGRIJK: Droog geen voorwerpen
di e zi j n be h and e l d m e t e e n dr o ge
reinigingsvloeistof of rubberenkleren (gevaar
voor brand of explosie).
Tijdens de laatste 15 minuten wordt de was altijd
getuimeld in koele lucht.
Stop alleen wasgoed in de droogtrommel dat
grondig is uitgewrongen of gecentrifugeerd. Hoe
droger het wasgoed, hoe korter de droogtijd
waardoor elektriciteit wordt bespaard.
ALTIJD
Probeer altijd om het maximale gewicht aan
wasgoed te drogen, zo bespaart u tijd en
elektriciteit.
Controleer altijd voor iedere droogcyclus of de
filter schoon is.
NOOIT
Stop nooit meer dan het maximale gewicht in de
droger, dit is verspilling van tijd en elektriciteit.
Stop nooit druipnat wasgoed in de droogtrommel,
dit kan het apparaat beschadigen.
●
●
●
●
Energiebesparing
. .
.
● Deze vindt u in de kraag of in
de binnennaad:
K worden.
D
temperatuur.
Op wasvoorschrift
an in de droogtrommel gedroogd
rogen in de droogtrommel op hoge
Sorteer de lading als volgt
Overlaadt de trommel niet. Grote stukken
kunnen wanneer ze nat zijn de maximaal
toegelaten waslading overschrijden
(bijvoorbeeld: slaapzakken, donsdekens).
Dlage
temperatuur.
N
Als de stof geen wasvoorschrift heeft, kunt u
●
W
d dan altijd op dikte (b.v. handdoeken
apart van dun ondergoed).
●
Katoen/linnen:
Synthetische stoffen:
.
rogen in de droogtrommel alleen op
iet in de droogtrommel drogen.
er
van uitgaan dat het niet geschikt is voor de
droogtrommel.
Op hoeveelheid en dikte
anneer de hoeveelheid wasgoed groter is
an de capaciteit van de droger, sorteer de
kleren
Op type stof
Handdoeken, jersey katoen,
beden tafellinnen.
Blouses, overhemden,
overalls, enz. gemaakt van polyester of
polyami de, evenals vo or gemeng d
katoen/synthetisch
77
4.
SCHOONMAKEN EN
ONDERHOUDSBEURTEN
WAARSCHUWING!
De trommel, de
deur en het wasgoed kunnenerg warm zijn.
BELANGRIJK Schakel altijd de
machine uit en trek de stekker uit het
stopcontact voordat u dit apparaat
schoonmaakt.
Schoonmaken Van De Droger
Maak filter schoon en leeg het
waterreservoir
Maak de filters regelmatig schoon
van de trommel af en laat de
deur een poosje open zodat ze kan drogen
door de circulatie van de lucht.
Veeg de buitenkant van de machine en de
deur af
G E E N s c h u u r s p o n s j e s o f
schoonmaakmiddelen
Om te voorkomen dat de deur plakt of pluis
zich
de
na iedere droogcyclus.
.
Veeg na iedere gebruiksperiode de
binnenkant
met een zachte doek.
gebruiken.
ophoopt, moet u de binnendeur
regelmatig schoonmaken met een natte
doek.
Voor elektrische gegevens, bekijk het
typeplaatje op de voorkant van de droger
(met de deur open).
●
●
●
●
●
●
NL
5.
WATERCONTAINER
Het water dat tijdens de droogcyclus uit de
was wordt verwijderd, wordt verzameld in
een reservoir in de droger. Als het reservoir
vol is brandt dit lampje en dan moet het
reservoir leeggemaakt worden. Wij raden
aan om het reservoir na elke droog cyclus
leeg te maken.
tijdens de eerste cycli van een
nieuwe machine wordt het water eerst
verzameld in het interne reservoir, daarna in
de container.
LET OP
Om het reservoir in de deur te verwijderen
1. Trek zachtjes het
waterreservoir uit aan
het handvat. (A) De
wa t er ta nk we e gt
o n g e v e e r 6 k g
wanneer het vol is.
2. K a n t e l h e t
waterreservoir om het
reservoir via de gietbek
leeg te maken (B)
Wanneer leeg, plaats
het waterreservoir
terug zoals getoond;
(C) Plaats eerst de
onderkant van de tank
in de stand zoals
weergegeven (1) en
d u w v e r v o l g e n s
zachtjes het bovenste
deel op zijn plaats (2).
3. Duw op de knop om
de cyclus te herstarten.
Open de deur niet
t i j d e n s d e
a u t o m a t i s c h e
programma's om een
goede d roging te
behouden.
A
B
1C
78
BEDIENING
1. Doe de deur open en laad de trommel
met wasgoed. Zorg ervoor dat de
kledingstukken het sluiten van de deur
niet belemmeren.
2
. Draai de programma knop naar het
door u gewenste programma(zie
programma Gids).
. Druk op de toets. De droger zal
automatisch starten en de indicator
boven deze toets zal gaan branden.
. Als de deur geopend is geweest tijdens
de cyclus moet u opnieuw op deze
toets drukken om het programma te
hervatten, zorg dat de deur gesloten is.
. Als de cyclus bijna ten einde is zal de
machine een koelfase ingaan om de
kleding af koelen.
. Als het programma klaar is zal het END
indicatielampje op het display gaan
branden.
. Nadat de cyclus is afgerond, zal de
trommel met tussenpozen draaien om
kreukelvorming te minimaliseren. Er zal
een signaal klinken, dit stopt als u de
machine heeft uitgeschakeld of de deur
opent.
. Doe de deur voorzichtig dicht u hoort
dan een 'klik'.
3
4
5
6
7
8
De deur niet openen tijdens een
programma zodoende een goede droging te
verkrijgen
6.
DEUR FILTEREN
Trek aan de hendel om de deur te openen.
m de droger opnieuw te starten, doet u de
deur dicht n drukt u op .
O
e
WAARSCHUWING! Wanneer de droger
in gebruik is, kunnen de trommel en de deur
erg heet zijn.
Filter
BELANGRIJK
:Om ervoor te zorgen dat de
droger efficiënt blijft werken, controleer voor
iedere droogcyclus of de pluizenfilter schoon
is.
1.
2.
3.
uw vingertoppen
voorzichtig weg.
4.
Plaats.
Trek de filter omhoog.
Open de filter zoals
getoond wordt.
Haal de pluizen met
een zacht borsteltje of
met
Klik de filter samen
en duw hem terug op
zijn
1
2
Filter Schoonmaken Indicatielampje
brandt wanneer het filter schoongemaakt
moet worden.
Als het wasgoed niet droog wordt, controleer
dan of de filter verstopt is.
ALS U DE FILTER ONDER WATER
SCHOONMAAKT,
.
vergeet dan niet om
deze te drogen
WAARSCHUWING! Als u de deur
halverwege de cyclus opent, voordat de
koelcyclus is voltooid, kan het handvat heet
zijn. Wees uiterste voorzichtig bij een poging
om het waterreservoir te legen tijdens de
cyclus.
79
NL
De Condens Filter Schoonmaken
1.V e r w i j d e r d e
schopplaat.
2.D r a a i d e t w e e
sluithendels tegen de
klok in en haal
de condensator uit de
machine.
3. Haal de condens-unit
uit de machine en haal
voorzichtig alle stof of
pluizen met een doek
weg. Gebruik geen
water om de filter
schoon te maken
4. Verwijder voorzichtig
de spons van zijn plaat
en was hem daarna
door hem onder een
stromende kraan te
houden en hem zo te
draaien dat alle stof of
pluizen verwijderd
worden
5. P l a a t s d e
condensator opnieuw.
Zorg ervoor dat u hem
in de juiste richting
plaatst (volgens de pijl)
en druk hem stevig aan.
Draai de twee hendels
weer met de klok mee
aan.
6. Breng de schopplaat
weer op haar plaats.
1
2
3
4
5
8.
9.
3)
MEMORIA
Reinig de filters vóór elke cyclus
NL
7. BEDIENING EN
INDICATORLAMPJES
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Programmakeuzeknop - Door de knop in
beide richtingen te draaien, is het mogelijk om
het gewenste droogprogramma te kiezen. Draai
de knop naar OFF om de keuzes te annuleren of
om de droger uit te schakelen.
B - Display - De display toont de resterende
droogtijd, uitgestelde tijd in het geval van
een uitgestelde startkeuze en andere
meldingsinstellingen.
C - Knoppen -
1 Start/Pauze-knop
Om het geselecteerde programma te starten
en/of het te pauzeren.
2. Knop Uitgestelde start
Om de start van het programma uit te stellen met
1 tot 24 uur met stappen van 1 uur. Het gese-
lecteerde startuitstel verschijnt op de display.
Nadat op de knop START is gedrukt, vermindert
de getoonde tijd uur na uur.
Openen van de deur van de droger met een
startuitstel ingesteld, druk na het sluiten van de
deur opnieuw op start om het tellen te hervatten.
3. Knop Droogselectie
Om het gewenste droogniveau in te stellen tot 5
minuten na het starten van de cyclus:
Strijkdroog: Dit laat de kleding lichtjes nat
om het strijken te vergemakkelijken.
Kapstokdroog: Om kleding klaar te krijgen
om op de kapstok te hangen.
Kastdroog: Voor wasgoed dat direct in de
kast gelegd kan worden.
Extra-droog: Om kleding volledig droog te
krijgen, ideaal voor een volle lading.
Dit toestel is uitgerust met de functie Droogbeheer.
In automatische cycli wordt elk niveau van
tussentijds drogen voorafgaand aan het bereiken
van het geselecteerde droogniveau, aangegeven
door het knipperen van het indicatielampje dat
overeenkomt met het bereikte droogniveau. In
het geval van incompatibiliteit, knipperen alle
LED’s drie keer snel.
4. Knop Snel / Tijdcyclus-selectie
Bij sommige automatische programma's is het
mogelijk om over te schakelen naar het program-
ma SNEL, tot 3 minuten na de start van de cyclus.
Bij elke druk verhoogt de tijd (30-45-59 minuten).
Om de automatische droogfunctie na deze selectie
opnieuw in te stellen, moet de droger uitgescha-
keld worden. In het geval van incompatibiliteit,
knipperen alle LED’s drie keer snel.
Het is mogelijk om een cyclus over te schakelen
van automatisch naar geprogrammeerd, tot
3 minuten na de start van de cyclus.
Bij elke druk verhoogt de tijd in stappen van
10 minuten. Na deze selectie moet de droger
uitgeschakeld worden om de automatische
droogfunctie opnieuw in te stellen. In het geval
van incompatibiliteit, knipperen alle LED’s drie
keer snel.
5. Antikreuk
Met deze optie kan een antikreukbeweging van
de trommel vóór de cyclus geactiveerd worden in
het geval van activering van het uitstel en aan het
einde van de droogcyclus. Deze antikreukbe-
weging wordt elke 10 minuten geactiveerd, tot
6 uur na het einde van de droogcyclus. Om de
bewegingen te stoppen, zet de knop op OFF.
Nuttig wanneer het niet mogelijk is om het
wasgoed onmiddellijk te verwijderen.
6. Geheugen
Met deze optie kunt u de opties die in een cyclus
ingesteld zijn in het geheugen bewaren.
GEHEUGEN: wanneer de cyclus bezig is, druk
gedurende 3 seconden op de knop “geheugen”.
Het controlelampje “geheugen” knippert drie keer
en bewaart dan de ingestelde opties verbonden
aan de geselecteerde cyclus.
RECALL: na de selectie van de cyclus, druk op
de knop “geheugen” om de opgeslagen opties
(niet de cyclus) terug op te roepen.
7. Toetsvergrendeling
Met deze functie kunnen ongewenste veranderin-
gen van ingestelde opties tijdens de droogfase
geblokkeerd worden.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3and 4 buttons
sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
centrifugado máximo previsto por el
programa.
Para reactivar el ciclo de centrifugado,
pulsa la tecla hasta alcanzar la velocidad
de centrifugado deseada.
Es posible modificar la velocidad de
centrifugado sin detener la lavadora.
Esta opción le permite cambiar la
temperatura de los ciclos de lavado.
lavado en frío.
No es posible elevar la temperatura por
encima del máximo permitido para cada
programa, con el fin de proteger los
tejidos.
Esta opción le permite pre-programar el
ciclo de lavado para iniciarlo con una
posterioridad de hasta 24 horas.
Para diferir el inicio del ciclo:
- Introduzca el programa deseado.
- Pulse el botón una vez para activarlo
(h00 aparece en la pantalla) y luego
pulse de nuevo para fijar un intervalo de
1 hora (h01 aparece en la pantalla). El
retardo preestablecido aumenta en 1
hora cada vez que se pulsa el botón,
hasta que aparezca h24 en la pantalla,
y en ese momento, al pulsar el botón de
nuevo, se restablecerá el inicio diferido
a cero
-
Confirme pulsando la tecla INICIO/PAUSA
(
la luz en la pantalla comienza a
parpadear). La cuenta atrás comienza y
cuando termina el programa se iniciará
automáticamente.
Es posible cancelar el inicio diferido
girando el selector de programas a la
posición APAGADO.
Si hay alguna interrupción en el
suministro de energía mientras la
lavadora está en funcionamiento, una
memoria especial almacena el programa
seleccionado y, cuando se restablezca la
energía, continúa donde lo dejó.
Las opciones y funciones se debe
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
Para evitar dañar los tejidos, no es
posible aumentar la velocidad por
encima del máximo permitido para
cada programa.
Una cantidad excesiva de detergente
puede provocar un exceso de
espuma. Si el electrodoméstico
detecta la presencia de una cantidad
excesiva de espuma, puede descartar
la fase de centrifugado, o extender la
duración del programa y aumentar el
consumo de agua.
La lavadora está equipada con un
dispositivo electrónico que descarta el
ciclo de centrifugado si la carga está
desequilibrada. Esto reduce el ruido y
la vibración en la lavadora, y prolonga
la vida de la lavadora.
Tecla SELECCIÓN TEMPERATURA
Tecla INICIO DIFERIDO
80
Activering/deactivering: druk knoppen 3 en
4 gedurende twee seconden gelijktijdig in. Het
teken “LOC” verschijnt op de display. Wanneer
de optie gedeactiveerd wordt, verschijnt op de
display het teken “Unl”, slechts een keer.
Wanneer de deur wordt geopend bij een
geactiveerde toetsvergrendeling, stopt de cyclus
maar wordt de vergrendeling behouden. Om de
cyclus te herstarten, moet de vergrendeling
verwijderd worden en de start hersteld worden.
Wanneer de droger uitgeschakeld is, wordt de
optie automatisch gedeactiveerd.
De toetsvergrendeling kan op elk moment tijdens
de cyclus gewijzigd worden.
D- Led
Watertank - Dit lampje brandt wanneer het
nodig is om de waterbak leeg te maken.
Filter reinigen - Dit lampje brandt wanneer de
filters gereinigd moeten worden (de deur en de
onderste filter).
E- Wi-Fi (alleen bepaalde modellen)
Bij de modellen met de Wifi-optie, zal dit symbool
weergeven dat de Wifi aanstaat.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA-gebied - Er is een plaats op
de rand waarop de smartphone ligt tijdens het
registreren van de machine in de APP. Volg de
aanwijzingen op het schermpje van de telefoon
(alleen voor Android smartphone uitgerust met de
NFC-technologie).
Max. te drogen gewicht
Katoen Max. opgegeven
capaciteit
Synthetisch of
fijn wasgoed Max. 4 kg
De standaard cyclus KATOEN DROOG ( ) is
de meest energie efficiënte cyclus en het best
geschikt voor het drogen van normaal, nat
katoenen wasgoed.
De tabel op de laatste pagina geeft de geschatte
tijd en energieverbruik aan van de belangrijkste
droogprogramma’s.
Stroomverbruik van de uit-stand 0,40 W
Stroomverbruik van de aan-stand 0,75 W
Trommelcapaciteit 125
Maximum lading Zie energielabel
Hoogte 85 cm
Breedte 60 cm
Diepte 60 cm
Energieklasse
Zie energielabel
EN 61121 Te gebruiken programma
De woldroogcyclus van deze machine is
goedgekeurd door “The Woolmark Company”
voor het drogen van machine wasbare wollen
producten op voorwaarde dat de producten
worden gewassen en gedroogd volgens de
instructies op het kledinglabel en geschikt
bevonden door de fabrikant van deze
In het Verenigd Koninkrijk, Ierland, Hongkong
en India is het Woolmark handelsmerk
gecertificeerd.
Drooggids
Technische specificaties
Informatie voor testlaboratorium
ALLEEN VOOR DROGERS MET CAPA-
CITEIT VAN 10 KG: SLUIT DE AFVOER-
SLANG VOOR HET OPVANGEN VAN HET
CONDENSWATER AAN VOLGENS DE
INSTRUCTIES IN HOOFSTUK 2
Dank u voor het kiezen van een Candy
wasmachine. Wij zijn ervan overtuigd dat ze
u trouw zal helpen bij het veilig wassen van
uw kleding, zelfs fijne was, dag na dag.
Lees deze handleiding zorgvuldig om op de
juiste en veilige manier dit apparaat te
gebruiken en voor nuttige tips over efficiënt
onderhoud.
Gebruik alleen de wasmachine na
het zorgvuldig lezen van deze instructies.
Wij raden u aan altijd deze handleiding bij
de hand te houden en in goede staat te
houden voor iedere toekomstige eigenaar.
Controleer of het apparaat wordt geleverd
met deze handleiding, het garantiebewijs,
het adres van het service center en het
energie-efficiëntie label. Controleer ook of
stekkers, bochten/houders voor de
afvoerslang en vloeibare wasmiddelen of
bleekwaterlade (enkel op sommige
modellen) zijn inbegrepen. Wij adviseren u
al deze componenten te bewaren.
Elk product wordt geïdentificeerd door een
unieke 16-cijferige code, ook wel het
"serienummer" genoemd, gedrukt op de
sticker op het apparaat (deur gebied) of in
het envelopdocument bij het product. Deze
code is een soort van specifieke product-id-
kaart die je nodig hebt om het te registreren
en om de Candy Customer Service Center
te contacteren.
Dit apparaat is voorzien van het
merkteken volgens de Europese
elektrische en elektronische apparaten
(AEEA).
AEEA bevat zowel verontreinigende stoffen
(die negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu
kunnen veroorzaken) en basiscomponenten
(die kunnen worden hergebruikt). Het is
belangrijk AEEA te onderwerpen aan
specifieke behandelingen, teneinde afval en
alle verontreinigende stoffen op een
correcte wijze te verwijderen en alle andere
materialen te hergebruiken en recycleren.
Individuen kunnen een belangrijke rol spelen
bij de garantie dat AEEA geen milieu-issue
wordt; het is essentieel om een aantal
basisregels te volgen:
AEEA mag niet worden behandeld als
huishoudelijk afval;
AEEA moet worden overgedragen aan de
desbetreffende inzamelpunten beheerd
door de gemeente of door geregistreerde
bedrijven. In veel landen, voor grote
AEEA, kan thuisophaling aanwezig zijn.
In veel landen, als u een nieuw apparaat
koopt, kunnen de oude worden
teruggegeven aan de dealer die het
kosteloos moet afhalen op een één één
4. ONDERHOUD EN REINIGING
5. GEBRUIKERSHANDLEIDING
6. BEDIENINGSELEMENTEN EN
PROGRAMMA'S
7. DROOGCYCLUS
8.
9.
Esta tecla permite escoger entre dos
opciones diferentes, dependiendo del
programa seleccionado.
- RÁPIDOS
Esta tecla se activa cuando seleccionas el
programa RÁPIDOS (14/30/44 Min.) en el
mando y te permite seleccionar uno de los
tres ciclos indicados.
- NIVEL DE SUCIEDAD
Una vez se ha seleccionado el programa,
el tiempo de lavado establecido para ese
programa se mostrará automáticamente.
Esta opción te permite escoger entre 3
niveles de intensidad de lavado,
modificando la duración del programa, y
dependiendo de la suciedad de las
prendas (solo pueden usarse en algunos
programas tal y como se muestra en la
tabla de programas).
Esta opción le permite realizar un
prelavado y es particularmente útil para
cargas muy sucias (se puede utilizar sólo
en algunos programas, como se muestra
en la tabla de programas).
Le recomendamos que utilice sólo el 20%
de las cantidades recomendadas en el
envase del detergente.
ropa, el programa de lavado alcanza una
temperatura de 60°C.
Esta opción permite agregar los aclarados
al final del ciclo de lavado. El número
máximo de aclarados adicionales está
relacionado con el programa seleccionado.
Esta función se ha estudiado para las
personas con piel delicada y sensible, para los
que incluso un residuo mínimo de detergente
puede causar irritaciones o alergias.
Se aconseja también utilizar esta función
para las prendas de los niños y en caso
de lavado de prendas muy sucias, en las
que se ha usado una gran cantidad de
detergente, o en el lavado de artículos de
rizo cuyas fibras en su mayoría tienen la
tendencia a retener la detergente.
Este botón permite un tratamiento
específico para ciertos ciclos de lavado
(consulte la tabla de programas). La función
de vapor actúa disminuyendo las arrugas
en la ropa mojada y, como resultado, ayuda
a reducir el tiempo necesario para planchar
estas prendas. Las fibras se regeneran y
refrescan mediante la eliminación de malos
olores. Cada programa proporciona un
tratamiento de vapor específico con el fin
de garantizar la máxima eficacia de
limpieza de acuerdo con el tipo de tejido y
1)
Seleccione el programa y las
opciones que quiere.
2)
Presione la tecla MEMORIA, elija M1
o M2. Ha de elegir M1 si es el primer
programa que guarda.
3)
MEMORIA
Tecla RÁPIDOS / NIVEL DE
SUCIEDAD
Tecla PRELAVADO
Tecla HIGIENIZANTE PLUS
Tecla SUPER ACLARADO
Tecla FUNCIÓN VAPOR
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Delicates
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
13
EN
NL
machine .
M1530
Reinig de filters vóór elke cyclus
81
- STANDAARD DROOG KATOEN
- STRIJKDROOG KATOEN WITTE WAS
- EASY-CARE TEXTIEL SYNTHETISCH
WEEFSEL
primera vez:
De werkelijke duur van een droog-
cyclus hangt af van het startvochtig-
heidsniveau van het wasgoed omwille van
centrifugeersnelheid, type en hoeveelheid
lading, properheid van filters en omge-
vingstemperatuur.
NL
8. SELECTEER HET PROGRAMMA EN STEL DE FUNCTIE IN
PROGRAMMA PROGRAMMABESCHRIJVING
CAPACITEIT
(kg)
DROGEN
TIJD
(min)
Total Care
Total Care is een exclusieve cyclus voor het drogen van
een lading wasgoed die bestaat uit verschillende weefsels.
Wanneer de lichtere weefsels het optimale droogniveau
bereikt hebben en klaar zijn om verwijderd te worden,
knippert de tekst “TC” gedurende 3 minuten en weerklinkt
een geluidssignaal. Na het verwijderen van de items die al
droog zijn, gaat de cyclus verder voor de items die nog niet
droog zijn.
3
*
Donker &
gekleurd
Een speciale cyclus om donker of gekleurde katoenen of
synthetisch kleding te drogen. 4 *
Wit De juiste cyclus voor het drogen van katoen, sponsweefsels
en handdoeken. Vol *
Jeans Voor het drogen van jeans of denim. Er wordt aanbevolen
de kleding binnenstebuiten te draaien vooraleer te drogen.
4
*
Trainers
Met deze cyclus kan dankzij een speciaal rek 2 paar canvas
schoenen worden gedroogd. Er wordt aanbevolen om de
veters uit de schoenen te verwijderen vooraleer ze te drogen.
* Max 120’
Anti-allergisch
Een speciale cyclus om te drogen en tegelijkertijd de
belangrijkste allergenen zoals stofmijt, dierenhaar, pollen en
resten van poederdetergenten te helpen verminderen. 4 Max 220’
Wol
Wollen kleding: het programma kan worden gebruikt om tot
1 kg wasgoed (ongeveer 3 truien) te drogen. Het is aanbe-
volen om alle kleding binnenste buiten te keren vóór het
drogen. De timing kan veranderen omwille van afmetingen
en dikte van de lading en omwille van de centrifugeer-
snelheid die tijdens het wassen werd gekozen. Aan het
einde van de cyclus zijn de kleren klaar om gedragen te
worden, maar als ze zwaarder zijn, kunnen de randen nog
wat nat zijn. Er wordt aanbevolen om die aan de lucht te
laten drogen. Het is aanbevolen om de kleding aan het
einde van de cyclus uit de droger te halen. Aandacht: het
vervilten van wol is onomkeerbaar, droog uitsluitend kleding
met het droogsymbool (“OK drogen”-symbool). Dit program-
ma is niet aangewezen voor synthetische kleding.
1
70’
Anti-geuren De perfecte cyclus voor het verwijderen van geuren. 2,5 *
Snel 30-45-59
Snelle cycli om de items op korte tijd te drogen, u kunt
kiezen om ze te drogen op 30, 45 of 59 minuten.
2,5
*
Hybride
drogen Katoen
Met deze speciale cyclus kan de droogtijd voor katoenen
textiel aanzienlijk verminderd worden, met een laag ener-
gieverbruik. Het is mogelijk om bij een volledige lading te
drogen.
Vol *
Hybride
drogen
Gemengd
Met deze speciale cyclus kan de droogtijd voor gemengd
textiel aanzienlijk verminderd worden, met een laag ener-
gieverbruik. 4 *
Synthetisch
Om fijn en synthetisch textiel te drogen dat een nauwkeurige
en specifieke behandeling nodig heeft. 4 *
Katoen
Het katoenprogramma (kapstokdroog) is het meest efficiënte
programma inzake energieverbruik. Geschikt voor katoen
en linnen. Vol *
Hemden
Deze speciale cyclus werd ontworpen om hemden te drogen
en knopen en vouwen te minimaliseren dankzij de specifieke
bewegingen van de trommel. Het is aanbevolen om het lin-
nen onmiddellijk na de droogcyclus uit de mach
ine te halen.
2,5
*
Positie die u moet selecteren wanneer u de afstandsbediening via de App wilt
inschakelen (via Wifi). Voor meer details, zie paragraaf One Fi Extra.
* De werkelijke duur van een droogcyclus hangt af van het startvochtigheidsniveau van het wasgoed omwille van
centrifugeersnelheid, type en hoeveelheid lading, properheid van filters en omgevingstemperatuur.
Αυτή η λειτουργία επιτρέπει να αποθηκεύσετε τις
ρυθµίσεις των 2 πιο επιθυµητών προγραµµάτων
(συµπεριλαµβανοµένων των ρυθµίσεων της
θερµοκρασίας,της ταχύτητας στυψίµατος & του
επιπέδου έντασης πλύσης), ούτως ώστε να τα
ανακαλείτε γρήγορα.
Αποθήκευση προγράµµατος κατά την
πρώτη χρήση:
1)
Επιλέξτε το πρόγραµµα µε τις
ρυθµίσεις που θέλετε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ,
επιλέγοντας M1 ή M2. Επιλέξτε M1 αν
είναι το πρώτο πρόγραµµα που
αποθηκεύετε.
3)
Κρατήστε πατηµένο το πλήκτρο
της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα για να αποθηκεύσετε
το πρόγραµµα στην επιλεγµένη θέση.
Αλλαγή αποθηκευµένων προγραµµάτων:
1)
Ρυθµίστε το πρόγραµµα και τις
επιλογές που επιθυµείτε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για
περίπου 3 δευτερόλεπτα για να
αποθηκεύσετε το πρόγραµµα στη
θέση Μ1.Το προυπάρχον πρόγραµµα
θα µεταφερθεί στη θέση Μ2.
Έναρξη αποθηκευµένου Προγράµµατος
Πιέστε σύντοµα το πλήκτρο της
ΜΝΗΜΗΣ (1 φορά για το Μ1,δύο φορές
για το Μ2) κι έπειτα πιέστε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Όταν ανακαλέσετε ένα αποθηκευµένο
πρόγραµµα, µπορείτε ακόµα να αλλάξετε
τις ρυθµίσεις του,πατώντας τα ανάλογα
πλήκτρα. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση οι
επιπρόσθετες λειτουργίες δεν θα
αποθηκευθούν.
Με αυτή την επιλογή µπορείτε να
µειώσετε τις στροφές του κύκλου
στυψίµατος έως τις 400 σ.α.λ, να
αυξήσετε την ποσότητα του νερού στην
τελευταία φάση ξεβγάλµατος ώστε το
νερό να διεισδύσει οµοιόµορφα στις ίνες.
Όταν η συσκευή πρόκειται να διοχετεύσει
το νερό στο δίκτυο αποχέτευσης µια
λυχνία θα αρχίσει να αναβοσβήνει σε
ένδειξη ότι η λειτουργία της συσκευής
διακόπτεται προσωρινά.
Απενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή
προκειµένου να ολοκληρώσετε τον κύκλο
µε ένα στύψιµο (την φάση αυτή µπορείτε
να ακυρώσετε ή να µειώσετε την διάρκεια
της µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου ) και άδειασµα του νερού.
Με την βοήθεια του ηλεκτρονικού
προγραµµατισµού, η αποχέτευση του
νερού στις ενδιάµεσες φάσεις γίνεται
αθόρυβα,ώστε η επιλογή του
συγκεκριµµένου τρόπου λειτουργίας να
είναι χρήσιµη για πλύσιµο την νύκτα
(ώρες κοινής ησυχίας).
Πιέστε ταυτόχρονα τα πλήκτρα NIGHT &
DAY και ΜΕΤΑΘΕΣΗΣ ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα και η συσκευή θα
κλειδώσει. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο
αποφεύγετε ανεπιθύµητες αλλαγές στον
κύκλο πλύσης σε περίπτωση που κάποιο
πλήκτρο πατηθεί κατά λάθος.
Το κλείδωµα ασφαλείας µπορεί εύκολα
να ακυρωθεί πιέζοντας ταυτόχρονα τα
δύο παραπάνω πλήκτρα ή γυρνώντας
τον επιλογέα προγραµµάτων στη θέση
OFF.
Πλήκτρο ΜΝΗΜΗΣ
Αν επιλέξετε από λάθος ένα
αποθηκευµένο πρόγραµµα,απλώς
γυρίστε τον επιλογέα για να επιλέξετε
το πρόγραµµα που επιθυµείτε.
Πλήκτρο NIGHT & DAY
ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
82
COMPATIBILITEIT PROGRAMMA’S EN OPTIES
PROGRAMMA’S
UITGESTELDE
START
Droogselectie
Snelle cyclus
Tijdselectie
Antikreuk
Geheugen
(Memo)
Total Care
Donker & gekleurd
Wit
Jeans
Trainers
Anti-allergisch
Wol
Anti-geuren
Snel 30-45-59
Hybride drogen Katoen
Hybride drogen Gemengd
Synthetisch
Katoen
Hemden
Dank u voor het kiezen van een Candy
wasmachine. Wij zijn ervan overtuigd dat ze
u trouw zal helpen bij het veilig wassen van
uw kleding, zelfs fijne was, dag na dag.
Lees deze handleiding zorgvuldig om op de
juiste en veilige manier dit apparaat te
onderhoud.
Gebruik alleen de wasmachine na
het zorgvuldig lezen van deze instructies.
Wij raden u aan altijd deze handleiding bij
de hand te houden en in goede staat te
houden voor iedere toekomstige eigenaar.
Controleer of het apparaat wordt geleverd
met deze handleiding, het garantiebewijs,
het adres van het service center en het
energie-efficiëntie label. Controleer ook of
stekkers, bochten/houders voor de
afvoerslang en vloeibare wasmiddelen of
bleekwaterlade (enkel op sommige
modellen) zijn inbegrepen. Wij adviseren u
al deze componenten te bewaren.
Elk product wordt geïdentificeerd door een
unieke 16-cijferige code, ook wel het
"serienummer" genoemd, gedrukt op de
sticker op het apparaat (deur gebied) of in
het envelopdocument bij het product. Deze
code is een soort van specifieke product-id-
kaart die je nodig hebt om het te registreren
en om de Candy Customer Service Ce
te contacteren.
Dit apparaat is voorzien van het
merkteken volgens de Europese
richtlijn 2012/19/EU inzake Afgedankte
elektrische en elektronische apparaten
(AEEA).
AEEA bevat zowel verontreinigende stoffen
(die negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu
kunnen veroorzaken) en basiscomponenten
(die kunnen worden hergebruikt). Het is
belangrijk AEEA te onderwerpen aan
specifieke behandelingen, teneinde afval en
alle verontreinigende stoffen op een
correcte wijze te verwijderen en alle ander
materialen te hergebruiken en recycleren.
Individuen kunnen een belangrijke rol spelen
bij de garantie dat AEEA geen milieu-issue
wordt; het is essentieel om een aantal
basisregels te volgen:
AEEA mag niet worden behandeld als
huishoudelijk afval;
AEEA moet worden overgedragen aan de
desbetreffende inzamelpunten beheerd
door de gemeente of door geregistreerde
bedrijven. In veel landen, voor grote
AEEA, kan thuisophaling aanwezig zijn.
In veel landen, als u een nieuw apparaat
koopt, kunnen de oude worden
teruggegeven aan de dealer die het
kosteloos moet afhalen op een één-op-één-
basis, zolang het apparatuur een
gelijkwaardig type betreft en dezelfde
functies heeft als de geleverde apparatuur.
1. ALGEMENE
VELIGHEIDS VOORSCHRIFTEN
2.
3. PRAKTISCHE TIPS
4. ONDERHOUD EN REINIGING
5.
6. BEDIENINGSELEMENTEN EN
PROGRAMMA'S
7. DROOGCYCLUS
8. AUTOMATISCHE
WAS/DROOGCYCLUS
Milieu voorschriften
Inhoudsopgave
Μέσω της ψηφιακής οθόνης είστε αδιάκοπα
ενήµερος για την κατάσταση στην οποία
βρίσκεται
2
13 14
5
7 7 7
8 9 411
3
1) ΛΥΧΝΙΑ ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΟΡΤΑΣ
Η ενδεικτική λυχνία ανάβει όταν η πόρτα
κλείσει καλά.
Όταν πιέσετε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ εάν η πόρτα είναι
κλειστή η ενδεικτική λυχνία θα αρχίσει να
αναβοσβήνει και µετά θα παραµείνει
αναµµένη.
Περιµένετε η λυχνία ΑΣΦΑΛΙΣΗΣ
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ να σβήσει προτού ανοίξετε τη
πόρτα.
2) ΤΑΧΥΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΥΨΙΜΑΤΟΣ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την ταχύτητα
στυψίµατος στο πρόγραµµα που επιλέξατε
η οποία µπορεί να τροποποιηθεί ή
ακυρωθεί µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου ρύθµισης στροφών στυψίµατος.
3) ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την
θερµοκρασία του νερού στο πρόγραµµ
που επιλέξατε ηοποία µπορεί
τροποποιηθεί προβλέπεται
κάνοντας χρήση του αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου
κρύα πλύση.
4) ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Όταν επιλέγετε πρόγραµµα στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται αυτόµατα η διάρκεια του
προγράµµατος, οποία µπορεί να διαφέρει
ανάλογα µε τις επιλογές που έχετε κάνει.
Καθόλη την διάρκεια του κύκλου στην
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµένει για
την ολοκλήρωση του προγράµµατος.
Ο υπολογισµός της διάρκειας γίνεται µε
αναφορά σε ένα σταθερό φορτίο,κατά την
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρµόζει
τον χρόνο ανάλογα µε το µέγεθος και τη
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµα η
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον εργοστασιακό
προγραµµατισµό βαθµού βρωµιάς που
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο πρόγραµµα,
θα ανάψει αυτόµατα.
Εάν επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό βαθµό
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα ανάψει
µατα.
6)
Η ένδειξη τις
πρόσθετες φάσεις ξεβγάλµατος που µπορεί
να µε την βοήθεια του
πλήκτρου.
7) ΠΡΟ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
Οι ενδεικτικές λυχνίες εµφανίζουν τις
λειτουργίες πορείτε επιλέξετε από
Ψηφιακή Οθόνη
Κλείστε την πόρτα ΠΡΙΝ πιέσετε το
πλήκτρο ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Εάν η πόρτα δεν έχει κλείσει καλά ή
λυχνία θα αναβοσβήνει για 7
δευτερόλεπτα και µετά θα ακυρωθεί
η έναρξη λειτουργίας. Σε αυτή την
περίπτωση κλείστε καλά την πόρτα
και πιέστε εκ νέου το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √
- -
√
√
√
√
√
√
√ √ √
- - -
√
√
√
- - -
√ √ √
- - √
√ √
- - - -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √ √
√ √
- - - -
√ √ √ √
- -
NL
83
SELECTEERBARE OPTIES
Het schoenrek dat werd geleverd bij de wasdroger laat toe om 2 paar
schoenen te laten drogen. U moet de filter aan de deur vervangen door
het rek. Alvorens de schoenen op te hangen haalt u de binnenzolen uit
de schoenen en plaatst u deze in de wasdroger.
De centrale haken zijn ook geschikt voor herenschoenen, terwijl de
haken op de zijkant meer geschikt zijn voor kinder- en
vrouwenschoenen (EU 39-UK 5.5). Alvorens het programma te starten
is het aangeraden de trommel rond te draaien om na te kijken dat de
schoenen niet vast komen te zitten. U kan ook de schoenen met de
zolen omhoog in de machine plaatsen.
REK VOOR SCHOENEN
84
85
ONE FI EXTRA
Dit apparaat is uitgerust met
technologie die het mogelijk maakt
om deze op afstand te bedienen via de
A p p , d a n k z i j d e W i - F i - f u n c t i e .
MACHINE registratie (ON APP))
ONE Fi
EXTRA
●Hoover Wizard
apparaat.
Download de -app op uw
Met behulp van een Android-smartphone
uitgerust met NFC-technologie (Near
Field Communication), wordt het
aanmeldingsproces vereenvoudigd
(Easy activatie); in dit geval, volg de
instructies op de telefoon weergegeven.
PLAATS EN HOU de telefoon in de buurt
van het ONE Fi EXTRA logo op het
bedieningspaneel van zodra de App je
dat verzoekt.
OPMERKINGEN:
Als u de positie van uw NFC-antenne
niet weet, beweeg de smartphone in
een cirkelvormige beweging over
het ONE Fi EXTRA-logo totdat de
App de verbinding bevestigt. Om de
overdracht van data succesvol te
laten verlopen is HET ESSENTIEEL
OM UW SMARTPHONE OP HET
BEDIENINGSPANEEL TE HOUDEN
TIJDENS DE PAAR SECONDEN VAN
DE PROCEDURE; een bericht op het
toestel zal u informeren over de
juiste uitkomst van de operatie en
advies wanneer het mogelijk is om
de smartphone weg te halen.
Telefoonhoesjes of metalen stickers
op uw smartphone kunnen de
gegevensverbinding tussen apparaat
en telefoon beïnvloeden. Verwijder
deze indien nodig.
De vervanging van enkele onderdelen
van de smartphone (bijv. Achterkant,
batterij, etc...) met niet-originele
onderdelen, kan leiden tot het
verwijderen van de NFC-antenne.
ACTIVEER afstandsbediening (VIA
APP)
Nadat de machine is geregistreerd en u de
App will gebruiken om de machine te beheren
moet u eerst de wastrommel vullen, het
wasmiddel toevoegen, de deur sluiten en de
positie op de machine
selecteren. Vanaf dat moment kunt u het
beheren via de App commando's.
ONE Fi EXTRA
De is beschikbaar
voor apparaten die draaien op zowel
Android en iOS, zowel voor tablets en
smartphones.
Hoover Wizard App
Krijg alle details van de ONE Fi EXTRA
functies door te bladeren door de App in de
DEMO-modus.
● Open de app, maak een gebruikersprofiel
en registreer het toestel volgens de
instructies op het scherm van het apparaat of
de "Snelgids" bevestigd aan de machine.
Plaats uw smartphone met de
NFCsensor op de achterkant ter hoogte
van het ONE Fi EXTRA-logo op uw
apparaat.
SNOERLOZE PARAMETERS
Wireless Standaard
802.11 b/g/n
Frequentiebereik
Max
Zendvermogen
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parameter
Specificaties
Minimum
Ontvangst-
gevoeligheid
802.11b (11Mbps) +18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm 802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Opmerking: Indien de deur opent terwijl
de afstandsbediening geconnecteerd
was, kan u de verbinding met de App
herstellen door de deur te sluiten en op
start te drukken. De cyclus zal hervatten
waar deze gestopt was.
NL
86
9.
PROBLEMEN OPLOSSEN
Wat Zou De Reden Kunnen Zijn Voor...
Defecten die u zelf kunt oplossen
Voordat u de GIAS-Service voor technisch advies
belt, kunt u de volgende controlelijst afgaan. Er
zullen kosten worden aangerekend als blijkt dat
de machine werkt of dat de machine niet juist
werd geïnstalleerd of gebruikt. Als het probleem
zich na de aanbevolen controles nog steeds
voordoet, belt u GIAS-Service, zodat zij u
telefonisch kunnen helpen.
De weergegeven tijd in het display kan wijzigen
tijdens het drogen. De droogtijd wordt continue
aangepast tijdens de cyclus en geeft een
geschatte tijd weer. De tijd zal tijdens het drogen
meer of minder worden dit is heel normaal.
De droogtijd is te lang/kleren zijn niet droog
genoeg…
Hebt u de juiste droogtijd/het juiste programma
gekozen?
Waren de kleren te nat? Waren de kleren grondig
uitgewrongen of
Moet filter schoongemaakt worden?
Moet de condensator schoongemaakt worden?
Is de droger te vol geladen?
Worden de aan- en afvoeren en het onderstuk
van de droger niet geblokkeerd?
De droger werkt niet…
Staat er spanning op het elektriciteitssnoer van de
droger? Controleer dit door het
Is de stekker op de juiste manier verbonden met
de netspanning?
gecentrifugeerd?
de
met een ander
apparaat te gebruiken, zoals een tafellamp.
De droger maakt herrie…
Schaker de droger uit en neem contact op
met GIAS-Service voor advies.
Het indicatielampje staat aan…
Moet het filter schoongemaakt worden?
Moet de condensator schoongemaakt
worden?
Het indicatielampje staat aan…
Moet het waterreservoir geledigd
worden?
●
●
●
●
KLANTENSERVICE
Als er nog steeds een probleem mocht zijn
met uw droger nadat u alle aanbevolen
controles hebt uitgevoerd, bel dan a.u.b. de
GIAS-Service voor advies. Zij kunnen u
misschien aan de telefoon helpen of
volgens de bepalingen van de garantie een
afspraak maken met een technicus die u
komt opzoeken. Er kunnen evenwel kosten
in rekening worden gebracht als een van de
volgende punten op uw machine van
toepassing is:
De machine blijkt goed te werken
.
Ze is op een onjuiste manier gebruikt
● .
● Ze is niet geinstalleerd volgens de
installatievoorschriften
● .
Reserveonderdelen
GIAS - Service
G e b r u i k a l t i j d o r i g i n e l e
reserveonderdelen. Deze zijn direct
beschikbaar via GIAS-Service.
Voor onderhoud en reparaties belt u met
uw locale GIAS onderhoudsmonteur.
De fabrikant aanvaardt geen verant
woordelijkheid voor drukfouten in dit
boekje. De fabrikant behoudt ook het
recht voor om de producten waar
nodig aan te passen zonder de
hoofdkenmerken te veranderen.
-
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Is de stroom uitgevallen?
Is de zekering doorgeslagen?
Is de deur helemaal dicht?
Staat de droger aan, zowel bij de netspanning
als bij de machine?
Is de droogtijd of het programma ingesteld?
Is de machine opnieuw ingeschakeld nadat de
deur open is geweest?
Is de droger gestopt omdat het waterreservoir
vol is en moet worden leeggemaakt?
SNOERLOZE PARAMETERS
Met deze parameter, verklaart Candy Hoover
Group Srl,
voldoet aan de essentiële eisen van de
richtlijn 2014/53 / EU.
Om een kopie van de verklaring te ontvangen
gelieve contact op te nemen met de fabrikant
op: www.candy-group.com
dat dit product gemarkeerd is
en
Snoerloos
standard
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A en NFC Forum Type 4
Frequentie
Begrensd magnetisch
veld
13,553-13,567 MHz (centrum frequentie 13,560 MHz)
< 42dB (tot 10 meter)μA/m
Parameter
Specificaties
87
Índice
Por favor leia e siga estas instruções
cuidadosamente antes de pôr a máquina a
funcionar. Este manual fornece-lhe instruções
importantes para proceder em segurança à
utilização, instalação e manutenção, assim
como conselhos úteis para obter melhores
resultados da utilização da máquina.
Guarde todos os documentos num lugar
seguro para referência futura ou para ceder
aos eventuais futuros proprietários
Verifique se os seguintes artigos estão
incluídos na máquina:
Manual de instruções
Cartão de garantia
Kit de ventilação e instruções
Etiqueta de energia
.
●
●
●
●
Vao colocar o símbolo neste produto
declaramos, sob nossa responsabilidade, a
conformidade com todas as exigências de
segurança europeia, para com a saúde e os
requisitos ambientais estabelecidos na
legislação em relação a este produto.
1. SEGURANÇA
2. TUBO DE DRENAGEM:
INSTRUÇÕES DE INSTALAÇÃO
3. PREPARAÇÃO DA CARGA
4. LIMPEZA MANUTENÇÃO
DE ROTINA
5. DEPÓSITO DA ÁGUA
6. PORTA E FILTRO
7. CONTROLOS E INDICADORES
8. SELECÇÃO DO PROGRAMA
9. RESOLUÇÃO DE PROBLEMAS
E
SERVIÇO DE CLIENTES
Verifique se a máquina não sofreu
qualquer tipo de dano durante o transporte.
Caso contrário, solicite Serviço de
Assistência inobservância do exposto
anterior mentepode pôr em causa a
segurança da máquina. Pode ser-lhe cobrada
uma visita daassistência se o problema da
máquina se dever a uma utilização indevida..
.
-
PT
1.
SEGURANÇA
Este electrodoméstico não deve
ser usado por crianças com
menos de 8 anos nem por
p e s s o as c o m r e d u zi d a s
capacidades físicas, sensoriais ou
mentais ou pessoas que tenham
falta de experiência e não saibam
operar com o aparelho, a menos
sejam supervisionadas por
alguém com experiência e que
supervisione a sua segurança e
que entenda os riscos envolvidos.
As crianças não devem brincar
com o electrodoméstico. A
limpeza e manutenção também
não devem ser feitas por
crianças.
ATENÇÃO A má utilização de
uma máquina de secar pode
criar risco de incêndio
Este electrodoméstico foi
concebido para ser utilizado
a p e n a s e m a m b i e n t e s
domésticos ou similares, tais
como:
-Pequenas cozinhas de staff em
lojas, escritórios e outros
ambientes de trabalho;
-Turismo rural ou de habitação;
-Por clientes alojados em hotéis,
motéis ou outro género de
residenciais e afins;
Alojamento tipo “cama e
pequeno-almoço” .
Uma utilização diferente deste
electrodoméstico em situações
que não sejam as tarefas
domésticas para que foi
concebido, tal como utilizações
comerciais ou profissionais,
estão excluídas das utilizações
e x p l i c i t a d a s e e m
conformidade. Se o aparelho
for utilizado para além das
situações previstas, isso pode
reduzir a vida útil do
electrodoméstico e anular a
garantia do fabricante, dado
que as utilizações não foram
as previstas em conformidade
com o uso a que o aparelho se
destina.Qualquer dano no
equipamento que seja devido
a utilizações não conformes
com o que é suposto com a
utilização doméstica e familiar
(mesmo que o aparelho esteja
localizado em casa), não são
cobertas pela garantia dada
por lei.
Esta máquina destina se
apenas a uso doméstico ou
seja para secar têxteis e
vestuário
descrito neste
manual. Certifique-se de que
compreende perfeitamente as
instruções de instalação e
utilização antes de colocar a
máquina em funcionamento.
Não toque na máquina com as
mãos ou pés húmidos ou
molhados
Não se apoie na porta ao
carregar a máquina ou utilize
a porta para erguer ou mover
a
-
,
,
domésticos.
Esta máquina deve apenas
ser utilizada para os fins para
os quais foi concebida,
conforme
.
máquina.
88
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Não permita que as crianças
brinquem com a máquina ou os
respectivos controlos
ATENÇÃO Não utilize o produto
se o filtro de cotão não estiver
bem posicionado ou se
secar pode exceder os 60 graus
C, onde exista o símbolo de
superfície quente .
Retire a ficha da tomada de
corrente eléctrica Faça o
mesmo antes de limpar a
máquina
Não insista em utilizar a
máquina se lhe parecer que
existe qualquer avaria
Não deixe que se acumulem
partículas de fibras e cotão em
torno da máquina
O interior do tambor pode estar
muito quente Antes de retirar a
roupa deixe sempre a
A parte final de um ciclo de
secagem ocorre sem calor (é o
ciclo de arrefecimento) para
assegurar que as peças ficam a
uma temperatura que assegure
que não são danificadas.
O secador de roupa não deve ser
utilizado para secar roupas que
tenham sido limpas com
produtos químicos industriais.
AVISO: Nunca pare uma
máquina de secar roupa antes
.
estiver
danificado; o cotão é inflamável.
ATENÇÃO O aumento de
t e m p e r a t u r a durante o
funcionamento da máquina de
.
.
,
.
.
.
, máquina
de secar completar o período de
arrefecimento.
89
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
do fim do ciclo de secagem, a
menos que todas as peças de
roupa sejam rapidamente
removidas e espalhadas para
que o calor se dissipe.
Peso máximo de carga de
secagem: Consulte a etiqueta de
eficiência energética.
●
Instalação
Não utilize adaptadores, vários
conectores e/ou extensões.
Nunca instale a máquina junto a
cortinas e tenha o cuidado de
evitar a queda ou acumulação de
objectos atrás da mesma.
O equipamento não deve ser
instalado atrás de uma porta que
bloqueie, deslizante ou que tenha
uma dobradiça no lado oposto ao
do secador.
●
●
●
I m p o r t a n t e :
transporte assegure-se de que
o secador é mantido na vertical;
se necessário pode virá-lo
apenas para o lado indicado na
figura;
Cuidado:
deitado sobre outro lado,
aguarde, pelo menos, 4 horas,
antes de o ligar, para que o óleo
possa fluir novamente para o
compressor. Se não o fizer,
corre o risco de provocar danos
no compressor.
D u r a n t e o
Se o produto estiver
PT
90
Não seque itens não lavados no
secador
,
,
.
A roupa deve ser centrifugada
ou bem torcida antes de ser
colocada na m quina de secar
NÃO
N o deixe isqueiros e f sforos
nos bolsos e NUNCA utilize
l quidos inflam veis perto da
á -
á
. roupas
forem contaminadas com estas
fibras , podem provocar
irritações na pele.
â ó
.
ATENÇÃO Não pôr na
máquina de secar roupa
tecidos tratados com produtos
de limpeza a seco.
ATENÇÃO Os materiais de
borracha esponjosa podem
em certas circunstâncias ser
inflamáveis por combustão
espontânea quando aquecidos.
Itens como borracha esponjosa
(borracha látex), toucas de
banho, tecidos à prova de água,
artigos compostos por borracha
e roupas ou almofadas
enchidas com borracha
esponjosa NÃO PODEM ser
secados no secador.
Consulte sempre as indicações
das etiquetas de lavagem e
secagem
á .
deve pôr na máquina
roupa ensopada e a pingar.
ã ó
í á
máquina.
NUNCA dever utilizar se esta
m quina para secar cortinas de
fibra de vidro Se outras
Itens que foram sujos com
subst ncias tais como leo de
Tipos de roupa
cozinha acetona lcool
ã
instruções
do amaciador.
, , á ,
g a s o l i n a , q u e r o s e n e ,
produtos para a remoção de
nódoas, terebintina, ceras e
produtos para a remoção de
cera deverão ser lavados em
água quente com uma
q u a n t i d a d e e x t r a d e
detergente antes de serem
secos no secador de tambor.
Amaciadores de roupas ou
produtos similares dever o
s e r u s a d o s c o m o
especificado nas
Ventilação
A sala onde está localizada a
máquina de secar deve
possuir uma ventilação
adequada para evitar que os
gases provenientes dos
electrodomésticos queimem
o u t r o s c o m b u s t í v e i s ,
incluindo chamas vivas, que
sejam atraídos à sala
durante o funcionamento da
máquina de secar.
Instale a máquina com a
parte traseira do aparelho
perto de uma parede.
O ar de exaust o n o pode
ser eliminado pelo
tubo de chaminé que é
utilizado para os fumos de
e x a u s t ã o d e
electrodomésticos que
queimem gás ou outros
combustíveis.
Verifique regularmente se
nada est a limitar o
ã ã
á fluxo de
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ar na máquina.
Evite que caiam e se acumulem
objectos atr s e
á
.
Verifique com frequência a
limpeza do filtro , pois é natural
que este tenha cotão
a c u m u l a d o a p ó s c a d a
utilização.
Deve haver uma distância de,
pelo menos, 12 mm entre a
m á q u i n a e q u a i s q u e r
obstrucções,
paredes, móveis ou outros
o b j e c t o s . A z o n a d e
carregamento e retirada da
roupa deve ser
mantida livre de obstrucções,
bem como as saídas de ar.
Para garantir a ventilação
adequada não
d e v e e x i s t i r n e n h u m a
obstrução entre a máquina e o
chão onde esta se encontra
colocada.
á ao lado da
máquina, uma vez que podem
obstruir a entrada e saída de ar.
NUNCA instale a m quina junto
a cortinas
Nos casos em que o secador é
instalado por cima de uma
máquina de lavar roupa,
deve ser utilizado um "kit de
empilhamento" adequado e de
acordo com a sequência
de configuração.
Kit de empilhamento Mod:
35100019 para a profundidade
mínima da máquina de lavar
roupa = 49 centímetros
Kit de empilhamento Mod:
●
●
●
●
●
35900120 para a profundidade
mínima da máquina de lavar
roupa = 51cm
O kit de empilhamento deve ser
um dos indicados anteriormente e
deve ser obtido através dos
serviços da marca.
As instruções para instalação e
todos os anexos respeitantes à
fixação do kit, são fornecidos com
o mesmo.
91
Air Outlets in the Base
ATENÇÃO: o aparelho não
deve ser ligado a um dispositivo
externo, temporizador ou
circuito que seja ligado e
desligado com frequência.
Não nstale o produto numa
sala com baxas temperaturas ou
onde exsta o rsco de ocorrênca
de congelação. Com temperaturas
em torno do pontos de congelação,
o produto pode não ser capaz de
funconar correctamente: há o rsco
de danos no aparelho se a água
congelar no crcuto hdráulco
(válvulas, mangueras, tubos).
Para um melhor desempenho do
produto a temperatura ambente
da sala onde este está nstalado
deve estar entre os 5ºC e os 35ºC.
Por favor tome em consderação
q u e o f u n c o n am e n t o e m
condções de temperaturas mas
baxas (entre os 2ºC e os 5ºC)
pode gerar alguma condensação
de água e pode acontecer que
alguma água escorra para o chão.
PT
Ambiente
Todos os materiais de embalagem utilizados
não são hostis ao ambiente e são recicláveis.
Ajude, desfazendo-se das embalagens por
meios não hostis ao ambiente. As autoridades
locais estarão em condições de o informar
sobre os meios actuais de recolha de lixo.
Para garantir as condições de segurança,
quando se desfizer de uma máquina de secar
velha, retire a ficha eléctrica da tomada de
corrente, corte o cabo de alimentação e destrua
parta
as dobradiças ou o fecho da porta.
ambos. Para evitar a eventualidade de alguma
criança ficar fechada dentro da máquina,
Directiva Europeia 2012/19/EU
Este aparelho está classificado de
acordo com a Directiva Europeia
2012/19 /UE relativa aos Resíduos de
E q u i p a m e n t o s E l é c t r i c o s e
Electrónicos (REEE)
REEE contém substâncias poluentes
(que podem trazer consequências negativas
para o meio ambiente) e componentes básicos
(que podem ser reutilizados). É importante ter
os REEE submetidos a tratamentos
específicos, a fim de remover e eliminar
a d e q u a d a m e n t e t o d o s o s
componentespoluentes e recuperar e reciclar
todos os materiais.
Os consumidores podem desempenhar um
papel importante no sentido de garantir que os
REEE não se tornem num problema ambiental.
Para isso é essencial seguir algumas regras
básicas:
REEE não devem ser tratadas como lixo
doméstico.
-REEE devem ser entregues nos pontos de
coleta próprios geridos pelo município ou por
empresas especializadas para o efeito. Em
alguns países a recolha de REEE de grandes
dimensões podem ser alvo de recolha ao
domicílio.
Em muitos países, quando se adquire um novo
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido na loja ou
recolhido pelo retalhista sem custos para o
consumidor, desde que o equipamento seja de
um género semelhante.
.
-
Requisitos eléctricos
As máquinas de lavar são concebidas
para funcionarem com uma corrente
monofásica de 220-240 volts e 50 Hz.
Verifique se o circuito de corrente está
classificado a, pelo menos, 10 A.
sta máquina deve estar ligada à
terra. tomada de corrente e a ficha da
máquina devem ser do mesmo tipo.
ão utilize vários adaptadores e/ou
extensões. ficha deve ficar acessível
para se poder desligar a máquina
após a sua instalação.
A e l e c t r i c i d a d e p o d e s e r
extremamente perigosa.
E
A
N
A
Poderá ser cobrado um serviço de
assistência se ligar para os serviços
pelo facto da máquina ter sido
instalada de forma incorrecta, pois isso
não é responsabilidade da marca.
Se o cabo de alimentação deste
aparelho estiver danificado, deve ser
substituído por um cabo especial que
só pode ser obtido a partir do serviço
técn i c o of i c i al e co m peç a s
sobressalentes da marca. Deve ser
instalado por uma pessoa competente.
Não ligue a máquina à corrente
eléctrica até a instalação estar
completa. Para a sua segurança, este
se c ad o r d e r o up a d e ve se r
corretamente instalado. Se houver
qualquer dúvida sobre a instalação,
entre em contato com o Serviço de
Assistência Técnica oficial da marca
para obter aconselhamento.
Ajustar os ésP
Depois de a máquina
estar devidamente
posicionada, os pés
devem ser ajustados
para assegurar que a
m á q u i n a e s t á
nivelada.
92
●
●
Serviço de Assistência
Para assegurar continuadamente as
operações seguras e eficientes desta
máquina,
um técnico
autorizado.
recomendamos que os serviços
de manutenção ou reparação sejam
executados apenas por
●
GWP1430
2.
TUBO DE DRENAGEM:
INSTRUÇÕES DE
INSTALAÇÃO
Para evitar esvaziar o recipiente de água
após cada ciclo de secagem a água pode
ser descarregada directamente para um
tubo de drenagem e escoamento de águas
residuais (o mesmo sistema de drenagem
das pias). Há regras e legislação que proíbe
conexão com um dreno de água de
superfície. O tubo de drenagem de águas
residuais deve ficar localizado em local
adjacente ao secador O kit é composto por
uma mangueira e uma torneira
,
.
ATENÇÃO! Desligue e retire a ficha do
secador da corrente eléctrica antes de
realizar qualquer acção.
Coloque a mangueira como demonstrado:
93
1
2
3
4
5
Cuidado:
sobre outro lado, aguarde, pelo menos, 4
horas, antes de o ligar, para que o óleo
possa fluir novamente para o compressor.
Se não o fizer, corre o risco de provocar
danos no compressor.
Se o produto estiver deitado
1.
lentamente para o lado
direito.
2. O tubo da água
servida está situado do
lado direito do secador
(vide a figura). Uma
mangueira cinzenta
liga à peça de suporte
do lado esquerdo do
secador. Utilizando
alicates, remova o
clipe de retenção dos
tubos da dita peça.
3.
peça de suporte.
Incline o secador
Tire a mangueira da
4.
preta do conjunto
(usando a ligação e os
c l i p e s d o t u b o
f o r n e c i d o s ) n a
mangueira removida da
peça de suporte.
5. Tire a mangueira da
ligação à peça de
suporte.
6. Uma vez o secador
instalado, verifique o
fundo para se
assegurar
d e q u e a n o v a
mangueira não
se dobra
quando empurra o
secador de roupa
para a
respectiva posição final.
L i g u e à r e d e d e
alimentação de energia.
Encaixe a mangueira
6
PT
3.
PREPARAÇÃO DA CARGA
Lãs, sedas, tecidos delicados, meias de nylon,
bordados delicados, tecidos com decoração
metálica, vestuário com guarnições de PVC ou
couro, ténis, artigos volumosos, tais como sacos-
cama, etc.
Certifique-se de que a roupa que vai secar apropriada
para secagem por m quina de secar, conforme indicado
nos s mbolos das etiquetas, representativos dos
cuidados a ter com cada um dos artigos.
Certifique-se de que todos os fechos est o fechados e
os bolsos vazios. Vire os artigos do avesso. Coloque a
roupa livremente no tambor de modo a n o se
emaranhar.
é
á
í
ã
ã
Preparação Da Roupa
Não pôr na máquina de secar:
Seda, meias de nylon, bordados delicados,
tecidos com decorações metálicas, vestuário com
PVC ou apliques de pele.
IMPORTANTE: Não secar artigos que
tenham sido tratados com líquido de limpeza
a seco ou roupas de borracha (há perigo de
incêndio ou explosão).
Durante os últimos 15 minutos a carga é
sempre seca com ar frio.
Ponha somente na máquina de secar roupa as
peças que tenham sido bem torcidas ou
centrifugadas. Quanto mais seca estiver a roupa,
menor será o tempo de secagem, resultando
numa economia de electricidade.
SEMPRE
Tente secar o peso máximo de roupa, o que
Verifique se o filtro está limpo antes de cada ciclo
de secagem.
NUNCA
Exceda o peso máximo recomendado, o que
provocará desperdício de tempo e de
electricidade.
Ponha na máquina artigos ensopados e a pingar,
o que pode danificar a máquina.
●
origina economia de tempo e de electricidade. ●
●
●
Economia De Energia
. .
.
●
P
Por símbolos de cuidados de secagem
odem ser encontrados no colarinho ou na
costura interna:
Pode ser seco em máquina de secar.
Secagem a alta temperatura.
Separe A Carga Como Se Segue:
Não sobrecarregue o tambor, os artigos
de grandes dimensões podem exceder a
carga máxima admissível de roupa quando
molhados (por exemplo: sacos-cama,
edredões).
ATENÇÃO!
O tambor, a porta e a
carga podem estar muito quentes.
IMPORTANTE Desligue sempre e
retire a ficha da tomada antes de limpar
este aparelho.
Para informação sobre dados elétricos,
consulte a etiqueta na parte frontal do óculo
do secador (parte de dentro da porta).
Limpeza Da Máquina
Ap s cada ciclo de secagem limpe o filtro e
Limpe regularmente os filtros.
ó çã ,
deixe a porta aberta por alguns
instantes, de modo a permitir que a
circulação do ar o seque.
Limpe o exterior da m quina e a porta com
um
NÃO usar produtos ou discos de limpeza
abrasivos.
Para evitar a acumulação de cotão e que a
porta tenha dificuldades em abrir/fechar,
limpe a porta interior e o selo plástico com
um pano húmido após cada ciclo de
secagem.
ó ,
esvazie o recipiente da água.
Ap s cada utiliza o limpe o interior do
tambor e
á
pano macio.
94
4.
LIMPEZA MANUTENÇÃO
DE ROTINA
E
S
●
●
Algodões/linho:
Sintéticos:
Secagem apenas a baixa temperatura.
Não pôr na máquina de secar roupa.
e o artigo não possuir uma etiqueta de
cuidados, deve assumir-se que não se
adequa à máquina de secar.
Por quantidade e volume
Sempre que a carga for superior à capacidade
da máquina, separe a roupa de acordo com o
volume (por exemplo, toalhas e roupa
interior).
Por tipo de tecido
Toalhas, camisolas de
algodão,
lençóis e toalhas de mesa.
Blusas, camisas, fatos-macacos,
etc., de poliéster ou poliamida, assim como
misturas de algodão/fibras sintéticas.
●
●
●
●
●
●
5.
DEPÓSITO DA ÁGUA
A água removida da roupa durante o ciclo de
s e c a g e m é r e c o l h i d a p a r a u m
recipiente/depósito que se encontra dentro da
porta do secador Quando o recipiente estiver
cheio o indicador no painel de controlo vai
acender-se e o recipiente deve ser esvaziado.
No entanto recomendamos que o recipiente
seja despejado após cada ciclo de secagem
nos primeiros ciclos de uma nova
máquina muito pouca água vai ser recolhida
no reservatório
.
,
.
NOTA:
.
Para remover o depósito
1. Cuidadosamante
puxe o depósito da
água pela pega.
Quando cheio de água,
o depósito vai pesar
cerca de 6 kg.
Quando estiver vazio,
reponha o depósito de
á g u a c o m o
d e m o n s t r a d o n a
imagem primeiro
inserindo a base como
demonstrado depois
e m p u r r a n d o
delicadamente o topo
para a posição correta
(A)
2. Esvazie o recipiente,
despejando toda a água
(B)
(C)
(1)
(2).
3. Pressione o
b o t ã o p a r a
restabelecer o ciclo.
Não abra a porta
durante os programas
automáticos, pois isso
p o d e a f e t a r a
q u a l i d a d e d a
secagem.
A
B
1
1
C
C
95
UTILIZAÇÃO
1.
não impedem que a
porta feche.
2.
3. Rode o botão selector do programa
para seleccionar o programa pretendido
para a secagem (veja o Guia de
Programas).
4. Prima o botão . O secador irá
arrancar automaticamente e o indicador
em cima da tecla ficará continuamente
aceso.
5. Se a porta for aberta durante o
programa, para verificar a roupa, é
necessário pressionar para
recomeçar a secagem, depois de a porta
ter sido fechada.
6. Quando o ciclo está perto do fim, o
secador entra na fase de arrefecimento e
a roupa gira em ar frio, permitindo assim
o arrefecimento da carga.
7. Depois de o ciclo ter sido concluído, o
tambor roda intermitentemente para
minimizar a formação de rugas e vincos.
Este movimento do secador de roupa
continua até que o dito secador seja
desligado ou até a porta ser aberta.
Abra a porta e carregue o tambor
com roupa. Assegure-se de que as
peças de roupa
.
Feche cuidadosamente a porta,
empurrando-a lentamente até a ouvir
fazer “click”.
Não abra a porta durante os programas
automáticos, para conseguir obter uma
secagem adequada.
PT
6.
PORTA E FILTRO
Puxe o manípulo para abrir a porta.
ara reiniciar a máquina de secar,
Pfeche a
porta e prima .
AVISO! Quando o secador está em
funcionamento a porta está muito quente.
Filtro
IMPORTANTE:
Para manter a eficiência da
máquina, verifique se o filtro do cotão está limpo
antes de cada ciclo de secagem.
Não ponha o secador a funcionar sem os filtros.
Os filtros entupidos podem aumentar o tempo
de secagem e provocar danos, que podem
resultar em custos de reparação dispendiosos
1.
2.
3.
4.
Puxe o filtro para
cima.
Abra o filtro como
ilustrado.
Retire com cuidado
os resíduos de tecido,
usando uma escova
macia ou a ponta dos
dedos.
Junte e feche entre
si as duas metades do
filtro e volte a montá-lo
no seu lugar.
1
2
Indicador de Controlo do Estado do Filtro
Acende-se quando o filtro precisa de ser
limpo.
Verifique e limpe o filtro principal, na porta, e
os filtros do condensador, localizados na
parte de baixo do secador. Se a roupa não
estiver a ficar seca, verifique se o filtro não
está entupido.
SE LAVAR O FILTRO DEBAIXO DE
ÁGUA, NÃO SE ESQUEÇA DE O SECAR BEM.
AVISO! Se abrir a porta a meio de um
ciclo, antes do ciclo de arrefecimento estar
concluído, a pega pode estar quente. Por
favor tenha cuidado no manuseamento .
96
1
2
3
4
5
Para Limpar o Filtro do Condensador
1.
2. R o d e as duas
alavancas de bloqueio
no sentido contrário ao
d o s p o nte ir os do
relógio e extraia a
tampa dianteira.
3.
cuida dosamen te a
moldura do filtro e limpe
todo o pó ou cotão do
filtro com um pano. Não
use água para limpar o
filtro.
4. Retire a esponja
cuidadosamente do
seu lugar, e depois
lave-a, mantendo-a
debaixo da torneira
aberta, e virando-a,
para conseguir tirar
todo o pó ou cotão.
5. Volte a colocar a
t a m p a d i a n t e i r a ,
assegurando-se de que
o faz da forma correcta,
(tal como indicado pela
seta), e empurre-a
firmemente para o seu
lugar. Bloqueie as duas
alavancas, rodando-as
n o s e n t i d o d o s
ponteiros do relógio.
6. Volte a montar o
rodapé.
Retire o rodapé.
R e t i r e
Limpe os filtros antes de cada ciclo
PT
7. CONTROLOS E INDICADORES
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Seletor de programa - É possível selecionar
o programa de secagem pretendido rodando
o botão nas duas direções. Para cancelar as
seleções ou para desligar o secador de roupa
rode o botão para a posição OFF (desligado).
B - Visor de dígitos - O visor apresenta o tempo
restante para a secagem, o tempo adiado em
caso de seleção de início adiado e a notificação
de outra programação.
C - Botões -
1. Botão de iniciar/pausa
Para iniciar o programa selecionado e/ou para o
suspender.
2. Botão de atrasar início
Permite adiar o início do programa entre 1 a
24 horas em intervalos de uma hora. O atraso
selecionado é apresentado no visor.
Após pressionar o botão INICIAR o tempo
apresentado diminui hora após hora.
Ao abrir a porta com o início adiado definido,
depois de voltar a fechar a porta, pressione o
botão de iniciar novamente para continuar a
contagem.
3. Botão de seleção de secagem
Este permite definir a opção editável do nível de
secagem pretendido até cinco minutos antes do
início do ciclo:
Pronto a engomar: Deixa as peças de roupa
ligeiramente húmidas para facilitar o engomar.
Secar em cabide: Para obter uma peça de
roupa pronta a pendurar.
Secar no guarda-roupa: Para roupa lavada
que pode ser guardada imediatamente.
Extra seco: Para obter peças de roupa com-
pletamente secas, ideal para carga completa.
Este aparelho está equipado com uma função de
gestão de secagem. Em ciclos automáticos, cada
nível de secagem intermédio, antes de alcançar
o nível selecionado, é indicado pela exibição
intermitente do indicador correspondente ao nível
de secagem atingido. Em caso de incompatibili-
dade,todos os LED piscam rapidamente 3 vezes.
4. Botão de rápidos/seleção de ciclo de tempo
É possível mudar alguns programas automáticos
para o programa RÁPIDO até três minutos do
início do ciclo. A pressão progressiva aumenta
o tempo (30-45-59 minutos).
Após esta seleção é necessário desligar o seca-
dor de roupa para repor o funcionamento de
secagem automático. Em caso de incompatibili-
dade, todos os LED piscam rapidamente 3 vezes.
É possível transformar um ciclo de automático
para programado, até 3 minutos antes do início
do ciclo.
A pressão progressiva aumenta o tempo em
intervalos de 10 minutos. Após esta seleção é
necessário desligar o secador de roupa para
repor o funcionamento da secagem automática.
Em caso de incompatibilidade, todos os LED
piscam rapidamente 3 vezes.
5. Antivincos
Esta opção permite ativar um movimento anti-
vincos pré ciclo do tambor em caso de ativação
do adiamento e no final do ciclo de secagem.
É ativado a cada 10 minutos, até 6 horas após
o fim do ciclo de secagem. Para parar os movi-
mentos, coloque o botão na posição OFF (desli-
gado). Útil quando não é possível remover imedia-
tamente a roupa lavada.
6. Memória
Esta opção permite-lhe guardar as opções
definidas num ciclo.
MEMÓRIA: quando o ciclo estiver a decorrer,
pressione o botão de "memória" durante três se-
gundos. A luz de controlo de "memória" pisca três
vezes e guarda as opções definidas associadas
ao ciclo selecionado na flange.
VOLTAR A CHAMAR: depois da seleção do
ciclo, pressione o botão de "memória" para voltar
a chamar as opções guardadas (não o ciclo).
7. Bloqueio
Esta função permite bloquear alterações indese-
jadas das opções definidas no painel, durante a
fase de secagem.
Ativação/desativação: pressione 3 ou 4 botões
simultaneamente durante dois segundos. A indi-
cação "LOC" é apresentada no visor. Debloquear
a opção apresenta a indicação "Unl" no visor,
apenas uma vez.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
centrifugado máximo previsto por el
programa.
Para reactivar el ciclo de centrifugado,
pulsa la tecla hasta alcanzar la velocidad
de centrifugado deseada.
Es posible modificar la velocidad de
centrifugado sin detener la lavadora.
Esta opción le permite cambiar la
temperatura de los ciclos de lavado.
lavado en frío.
No es posible elevar la temperatura por
encima del máximo permitido para cada
programa, con el fin de proteger los
tejidos.
Esta opción le permite pre-programar el
ciclo de lavado para iniciarlo con una
posterioridad de hasta 24 horas.
Para diferir el inicio del ciclo:
- Introduzca el programa deseado.
- Pulse el botón una vez para activarlo
(h00 aparece en la pantalla) y luego
pulse de nuevo para fijar un intervalo de
1 hora (h01 aparece en la pantalla). El
retardo preestablecido aumenta en 1
hora cada vez que se pulsa el botón,
hasta que aparezca h24 en la pantalla,
y en ese momento, al pulsar el botón de
nuevo, se restablecerá el inicio diferido
a cero
-
Confirme pulsando la tecla INICIO/PAUSA
(
la luz en la pantalla comienza a
parpadear). La cuenta atrás comienza y
cuando termina el programa se iniciará
automáticamente.
Es posible cancelar el inicio diferido
girando el selector de programas a la
posición APAGADO.
Si hay alguna interrupción en el
suministro de energía mientras la
lavadora está en funcionamiento, una
memoria especial almacena el programa
seleccionado y, cuando se restablezca la
energía, continúa donde lo dejó.
Las opciones y funciones se debe
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
Para evitar dañar los tejidos, no es
posible aumentar la velocidad por
encima del máximo permitido para
cada programa.
Una cantidad excesiva de detergente
puede provocar un exceso de
espuma. Si el electrodoméstico
detecta la presencia de una cantidad
excesiva de espuma, puede descartar
la fase de centrifugado, o extender la
duración del programa y aumentar el
consumo de agua.
La lavadora está equipada con un
dispositivo electrónico que descarta el
ciclo de centrifugado si la carga está
desequilibrada. Esto reduce el ruido y
la vibración en la lavadora, y prolonga
la vida de la lavadora.
Tecla SELECCIÓN TEMPERATURA
Tecla INICIO DIFERIDO
PT
97
Na eventualidade de abertura da "porta" com o
bloqueio ativado, o ciclo para mas o bloqueio é
mantido: para reiniciar o ciclo, tem de remover o
bloqueio e reiniciar o funcionamento com o botão
de iniciar. Quando o secador de roupa é desli-
gado, a opção é desativada automaticamente.
O bloqueio pode ser modificado em qualquer
altura durante o ciclo.
D- LED
Depósito de água - Acende quando é
necessário esvaziar a condensação do depósito
de água.
Limpeza dos filtros - Acende quando é soli-
citada a limpeza dos filtros (o filtro inferior e o da
porta).
E- Wi-Fi (apenas alguns modelos)
Nos modelos com a opção Wi-Fi, o ícones indica
que o sistema Wi-Fi está em funcionamento.
F- Área ONE Fi EXTRA - Existe um local oposto
no painel no qual é colocado o smartphone
durante o registo da máquina na APLICAÇÃO.
Siga as indicações no visor do telefone (apenas
para smartphone Android com tecnologia NFC).
Peso máximo de secagem
Algodões Capacidade máx.
declarada
Roupa delicada ou
sintética Máx. 4 kg
O ciclo padrão ALGODÃO SECO ( ) é o ciclo
mais eficiente em termos energéticos e o mais
apropriado para secar roupa de algodão molhada
em secagem normal.
A tabela na última página mostra o tempo aproxi-
mado e o consumo energético dos principais
programas de secagem.
Consumo de energia em modo
desligado 0,40 W
Consumo de energia em modo
ligado 0,75 W
Capacidade do tambor 125
Carga máxima Consulte a etiqueta
energética
Altura 85 cm
Largura 60 cm
Profundidade 60 cm
Classe energética Consulte a etiqueta
energética
EN 61121 Programa a usar
O ciclo de secagem de lã desta máquina foi
aprovado pela Woolmark Company para
secagem de produtos em lã laváveis à
máquina desde que os produtos sejam
lavados e secos de acordo com as instruções
na etiqueta da peça de roupa e as emitidas
pelo fabricante desta máquina .
No Reino Unido, Irlanda, Hong Kong e Índia a
marca comercial Woolmark é uma marca de
certificação registada.
Guia de secagem
Especificações técnicas
Informação para laboratórios de teste
APENAS PARA SECADOR COM TAMBOR
DE CAPACIDADE DE 10 KG: LIGUE A MAN-
GUEIRA DE DRENAGEM PARA RECUPERAR
ÁGUA DO CONDENSADOR DE ACORDO
COM A INSTRUÇÃO NO CAPÍTULO 2.
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( )
is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
CHAPTER 2
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY (
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine w
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
Esta tecla permite escoger entre dos
opciones diferentes, dependiendo del
programa seleccionado.
- RÁPIDOS
Esta tecla se activa cuando seleccionas el
programa RÁPIDOS (14/30/44 Min.) en el
mando y te permite seleccionar uno de los
tres ciclos indicados.
- NIVEL DE SUCIEDAD
Una vez se ha seleccionado el programa,
el tiempo de lavado establecido para ese
programa se mostrará automáticamente.
Esta opción te permite escoger entre 3
niveles de intensidad de lavado,
modificando la duración del programa, y
dependiendo de la suciedad de las
prendas (solo pueden usarse en algunos
programas tal y como se muestra en la
tabla de programas).
Esta opción le permite realizar un
prelavado y es particularmente útil para
cargas muy sucias (se puede utilizar sólo
en algunos programas, como se muestra
en la tabla de programas).
d
envase del detergente.
Con esta opción es posible higienizar la
ropa, el programa de lavado alcanza una
temperatura de 60°C.
Esta opción permite agregar los aclarados
al final del ciclo de lavado. El número
máximo de aclarados adicionales está
relacionado con el programa seleccionado.
Esta función se ha estudiado para las
personas con piel delicada y sensible, para los
que incluso un residuo mínimo de detergente
puede causar irritaciones o alergias.
Se aconseja también utilizar esta función
para las prendas de los niños y en caso
de lavado de prendas muy sucias, en las
que se ha usado una gran cantidad de
detergente, o en el lavado de artículos de
rizo cuyas fibras en su mayoría tienen la
tendencia a retener la detergente.
Este botón permite un tratamiento
específico para ciertos ciclos de lavado
(consulte la tabla de programas). La función
de vapor actúa disminuyendo las arrugas
en la ropa mojada y, como resultado, ayuda
a reducir el tiempo necesario para planchar
estas prendas. Las fibras se regeneran y
olores. Cada programa proporciona un
recuperarlos con rapidez.
Cómo memorizar un programa por
primera vez:
1)
Seleccione el programa y las
opciones que quiere.
2)
3)
Tecla RÁPIDOS / NIVEL DE
SUCIEDAD
Tecla PRELAVADO
Tecla HIGIENIZANTE PLUS
Tecla SUPER ACLARADO
Tecla FUNCIÓN VAPOR
Obrigado por ter escolhido uma máquina de
lavar roupa Candy. Estamos confiantes de
que este electrodoméstico o vai ajudar, no
dia-a-dia, a lavar e cuidar das suas roupas,
mesmo as mais delicadas, de forma
bastante segura.
Pode registar o seu produto em
www.registercandy.com para ter acesso
mais rápido aos serviços especiais
reservados para clientes habituais.
Leia este manual cuidadosamente para
uma utilização correcta e segura do
electrodoméstico e para que possa usufruir
de dicas úteis para uma eficiente
manutenção do aparelho.
Comece a usar a máquina de lavar
roupa apenas depois de ler cuidadosamente
estas instruções. Recomendamos que tenha
sempre este manual à mão e em boas
condições para que possa ser entregue a
futuros proprietários do aparelho.
Por favor verifique se o aparelho é fornecido com
o manual de instruções, contactos do Serviço
Técnico, etiqueta e certificado de eficiência
energética. Verifique também se as fichas,
curvas de tubos de descarga, bandejas e
gavetas de detergentes estão incluídos e se não
falta nenhum desses componentes, pois é
importante que os tenha consigo.
Cada produto está identificado com um código
número de série, impresso no autocolante do
produto, em local visível, ou nos documentos
que acompanham o electrodoméstico. Este
número de código é uma espécie de bilhete de
identidade do produto que vai ser necessário
para registar o seu produto e sempre que
necessite da assistência técnica da Candy.
Este aparelho está classificado de
acordo com a Directiva Europeia
2012/19/UE relativa aos Resíduos
de Equipamentos Eléctricos e
Electrónicos (REEE).
REEE contém substâncias poluentes (que
podem trazer consequências negativas para o
meio ambiente) e componentes básicos (que
podem ser reutilizados). É importante ter os
REEE submetidos a tratamentos específicos, a
fim de remover e eliminar adequadamente todos
os componentes poluentes e recuperar e reciclar
todos os materiais. Os consumidores podem
desempenhar um papel importante no sentido
de garantir que os REEE não se tornem num
problema ambiental. Para isso é essencial seguir
algumas regras básicas:
REEE não devem ser tratadas como lixo
doméstico.
REEE devem ser entregues nos pontos de
coleta próprios geridos pelo município ou por
empresas especializadas para o efeito. Em
alguns países a recolha de REEE de grandes
dimensões podem ser alvo de recolha ao
domicílio.
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
4. MANUTENÇÃO E LIMPEZA
5. GUIA RÁPIDO DE UTILIZAÇÃO
6. CONTROLOS E PROGRAMAS
7.
8.
9.
Questões ambientais
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology)
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( )is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
M1530
98
A verdadeira duração do ciclo de
secagem depende do nível de humidade
inicial da roupa devido a velocidade de
centrifugação, tipo e volume de carga,
limpeza dos filtros e temperatura ambiente.
ambient temperature.
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
Clean the filters before every cycle
Esta función le permite guardar las
configuraciones de los dos programas
personalizados preferidos, incluida la
temperatura, la velocidad de giro y el nivel
Tecla MEMORIA
1. REGRAS DE SEGURANÇA GERAIS
Indice
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
Clean the filters before every cycle
- ALGODÃO SECO PADRÃO
- ALGODÃO SECO PARA
ENGOMAR BRANCOS
- TÊXTIL DE FÁCIL CUIDADO SINTÉTICOS
Limpe os filtros antes de cada ciclo
PT
8. SELECIONAR O PROGRAMA E DEFINIR A FUNÇÃO
PROGRAMA DESCRIÇÃO DO PROGRAMA
CAPACIDADE
(kg)
TEMPO DE
SECAGEM
(min.)
Cuidado total
O ciclo de cuidado total é um ciclo exclusivo para
secagem de uma carga de roupa com uma mistura de
tecidos diferentes. Quando os tecidos mais leves
atingem um nível de secagem ideal e estão prontos a
serem removidos, o texto "TC" pisca durante 3 minutos
e é emitido um sinal sonoro. Após a remoção dos
artigos já secos o ciclo irá continuar para os artigos
mais resistentes.
3 *
Roupa escura
e colorida
Um ciclo delicado e específico para secar tecidos
sintéticos ou algodão colorido ou escuro. 4 *
Brancos O ciclo certo para secar algodão, esponjas e toalhas. Cheio *
Jeans
Dedicado a secar tecidos como jeans e gangas de
forma uniforme. É recomendado virar as peças de
roupa do avesso antes de secar. 4 *
Ténis
Este tipo de ciclo, graças a uma prateleira especial,
permite-lhe secar 2 pares de sapatos de lona. É reco-
mendado que retire os atacadores dos sapatos antes
de os secar.
* Máx. 120
min.
Antialergia
Um ciclo especial que seca e ao mesmo tempo ajuda a
reduzir os principais alergénios tais como ácaros do
pó, pelo de animais de estimação, pólen e resíduos de
detergentes em pó.
4 Máx. 220
min.
Lã
Roupa de lã: o programa pode ser usado para secar
até 1 kg de roupa de lã (cerca de 3 camisolas).
Sugere-se que volte toda a roupa do avesso antes de
a secar. O tempo pode mudar devido às dimensões e
à espessura da carga e à rotação escolhida durante a
lavagem. No final do ciclo, a roupa está pronta a ser
usada, mas se for mais pesada, as extremidades
podem estar um pouco molhadas: sugerimos que as
seque naturalmente. Recomendamos que retire a
roupa exatamente no final do ciclo. Atenção: o
processo de feltragem da lã é irreversível; seque
apenas roupas com o símbolo (símbolo \"uso em
secador\"); este programa não é indicado para roupa
acrílica.
1 70 min.
Antiodores O ciclo perfeito para remover os maus cheiros dos
linhos alisando os vincos. 2.5 *
Rápido 30-45-59
Os ciclos rápidos permitem-lhe ter artigos prontos num
curto espaço de tempo, sendo que pode escolher entre
30, 45 e 59 minutos. 2,5 *
Algodão a
velocidade
híbrida
Este ciclo especial permite-lhe reduzir
significativamente o tempo de secagem de tecidos de
algodão, com um baixo consumo energético. É
possível secar com uma carga completa.
Cheio *
Mistos a
velocidade
híbrida
Este ciclo especial permite-lhe reduzir
significativamente o tempo de secagem de tecidos
mistos, com um baixo consumo energético. 4 *
Sintéticos Para secar tecidos delicados e sintéticos que
requerem um tratamento exato e específico.
4 *
Algodão O programa de algodão (seco para guardar) é o pro-
grama mais eficiente em termos de consumo
energético. Adequado para algodões e linhos. Cheio *
Camisas
Este ciclo específico foi concebido para secar camisas
minimizando o emaranhamento e as dobras graças a
movimentos específicos do tambor. Recomendamos
que retire os linhos imediatamente após o ciclo de
secagem.
2,5 *
Posição que tem de selecionar quando pretende ativar o controlo remoto através
da aplicação (via Wi-Fi). Para mais detalhes, consulte o parágrafo One Fi Extra.
* A verdadeira duração do ciclo de secagem depende do nível de humidade inicial da roupa devido a velocidade de
centrifugação, tipo e volume de carga, limpeza dos filtros e temperatura ambiente.
Αυτή η λειτουργία επιτρέπει να αποθηκεύσετε τις
ρυθµίσεις των 2 πιο επιθυµητών προγραµµάτων
(συµπεριλαµβανοµένων των ρυθµίσεων της
θερµοκρασίας,της ταχύτητας στυψίµατος & του
επιπέδου έντασης πλύσης), ούτως ώστε να τα
ανακαλείτε γρήγορα.
Αποθήκευση προγράµµατος κατά την
πρώτη χρήση:
1)
Επιλέξτε το πρόγραµµα µε τις
ρυθµίσεις που θέλετε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ,
επιλέγοντας M1 ή M2. Επιλέξτε M1 αν
είναι το πρώτο πρόγραµµα που
αποθηκεύετε.
3)
Κρατήστε ένο το πλήκτρο
της για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα για να αποθηκεύσετε
το πρόγραµµα στην επιλεγµένη θέση.
Αλλαγή αποθηκευµένων προγραµµάτων:
1)
Ρυθµίστε το πρόγραµµα και τις
επιλογές που επιθυµείτε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για
περίπου 3 δευτερόλεπτα για να
αποθηκεύσετε το πρόγραµµα στη
θέση Μ1.Το προυπάρχον πρόγραµµα
θα µεταφερθεί στη θέση Μ2.
Έναρξη αποθηκευµένου Προγράµµατος
Πιέστε σύντοµα το πλήκτρο της
ΜΝΗΜΗΣ (1 φορά για το Μ1,δύο φορές
για το Μ2) κι έπειτα πιέστε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Όταν ανακαλέσετε ένα αποθηκευµένο
πρόγραµµα, µπορείτε ακόµα να αλλάξετε
τις ρυθµίσεις του,πατώντας τα ανάλογα
πλήκτρα. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση οι
επιπρόσθετες λειτουργίες δεν θα
αποθηκευθούν.
Με αυτή την επιλογή µπορείτε να
µειώσετε τις στροφές του κύκλου
στυψίµατος έως τις 400 σ.α.λ, να
αυξήσετε την ποσότητα του νερού
στην
τελευταία φάση ξεβγάλµατος ώστε το
νερό να διεισδύσει οµοιόµορφα στις ίνες.
Όταν η συσκευή πρόκειται να διοχετεύσει
το νερό στο δίκτυο αποχέτευσης µια
λυχνία θα αρχίσει να αναβοσβήνει
σε
ένδειξη ότι η λειτουργία της
συσκευής
διακόπτεται προσωρινά.
Απενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή
προκειµένου να ολοκληρώσετε τον κύκλο
µε ένα στύψιµο (την φάση αυτή µ
πορείτε
να ακυρώσετε ή να µειώσετε την διάρκεια
της µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου ) και άδειασµα του νερού.
Με την βοήθεια του ηλεκτρονικού
προγραµµατισµού, η αποχέτευση του
νερού στις ενδιάµεσες φάσεις γίνεται
αθόρυβα,ώστε η επιλογή του
συγκεκριµµένου τρόπου λειτουργίας να
είναι χρήσιµη για πλύσιµο την
νύκτα
(ώρες κοινής ησυχίας).
Πιέστε ταυτόχρονα τα πλήκτρα
NIGHT &
DAY και ΜΕΤΑΘΕΣΗΣ ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα και η συσκευή θα
κλειδώσει. Με αυτόν τον
τρόπο
αποφεύγετε ανεπιθύµητες αλλαγές
στον
κύκλο πλύσης σε περίπτωση που
κάποιο
πλήκτρο πατηθεί κατά λάθος.
Το κλείδωµα ασφαλείας µπορεί εύκολα
να ακυρωθεί πιέζοντας ταυτόχρονα τα
δύο παραπάνω πλήκτρα ή
γυρνώντας
τον επιλογέα προγραµµάτων στη θέση
OFF.
Πλήκτρο ΜΝΗΜΗΣ
Αν επιλέξετε από λάθος ένα
αποθηκευµένο πρόγραµµα,απλώς
γυρίστε τον επιλογέα για να επιλέξετε
το πρόγραµµα που επιθυµείτε.
Πλήκτρο NIGHT & DAY
ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
99
PT
PROGRAMAS E OPÇÕES DE COMPATIBILIDADE
PROGRAMAS
OPÇÕES SELECIONÁVEIS
Início adiado
Seleção de
secagem
Ciclo de rápidos
Seleção de
tempo
Antivincos
Memória (Memo)
Cuidado total
Roupa escura e colorida
Brancos
Jeans
Ténis
Lã
Antiodores
Rápido 30-45-59
Algodão a velocidade
híbrida
Mistos a velocidade híbrida
Sintéticos
Algodão
Camisas
Obrigado por ter escolhido uma máquina de
lavar roupa Candy. Estamos confiantes de
que este electrodoméstico o vai ajudar, no
dia-a-dia, a lavar e cuidar das suas roupas,
mesmo as mais delicadas, de forma
bastante segura.
Pode registar o seu produto em
www.registercandy.com para ter acesso
mais rápido aos serviços especiais
reservados para clientes habituais.
Leia este manual cuidadosamente para
uma utilização correcta e segura do
electrodoméstico e para que possa usufruir
de dicas úteis para uma eficiente
Comece a usar a máquina de lavar
estas instruções. Recomendamos que tenha
sempre este manual à mão e em boas
futuros proprietários do aparelho.
Por favor verifique se o aparelho é fornecido com
o manual de instruções, contactos do Serviço
energética. Verifique também se as fichas,
curvas de tubos de descarga, bandejas e
gavetas de detergentes estão incluídos e se não
falta nenhum desses componentes, pois é
importante que os tenha consigo.
Cada produto está identificado com um código
único de 16 dígitos, também intitulado de
número de série, impresso no autocolante do
produto, em local visível, ou nos documentos
que acompanham o electrodoméstico. Este
número de código é uma espécie de bilhete de
identidade do produto que vai ser necessário
para registar o seu produto e sempre que
necessite da assistência técnica da Candy.
Este aparelho está classificado de
acordo com a Directiva Europeia
2012/19/UE relativa aos Resíduos
REEE contém substâncias poluentes (que
podem trazer consequências negativas para o
meio ambiente) e componentes básicos (que
podem ser reutilizados). É importante ter os
REEE submetidos a tratamentos específicos, a
fim de remover e eliminar adequadamente todos
os componentes poluentes e recuperar e reciclar
todos os materiais. Os consumidores podem
desempenhar um papel importante no sentido
de garantir que os REEE não se tornem num
problema ambiental. Para isso é essencial seguir
algumas regras básicas:
REEE não devem ser tratadas como lixo
doméstico.
REEE devem ser entregues nos pontos de
coleta próprios geridos pelo município ou por
empresas especializadas para o efeito. Em
alguns países a recolha de REEE de grandes
dimensões podem ser alvo de recolha ao
domicílio.
Em muitos países, quando se adquire um novo
aparelho, o antigo pode ser devolvido na loja ou
recolhido pelo retalhista sem custos para o
consumidor, desde que o equipamento seja de
um género semelhante.
1. REGRAS DE SEGURANÇA GERAIS
2. INSTALAÇÃO
3. DICAS PRÁTICAS
4. MANUTENÇÃO E LIMPEZA
5. GUIA RÁPIDO DE UTILIZAÇÃO
6. CONTROLOS E PROGRAMAS
7. CICLO DE SECAGEM
8. CICLO AUTOMÁTICO
LAVAGEM/SECAGEM
9. AVARIAS E GARANTIA
Questões ambientais
Indice
Μέσω της ψηφιακής οθόνης είστε αδιάκοπα
ενήµερος για την κατάσταση στην οποία
βρίσκεται
2
13 14
5
7 7 7
8 9 411
3
1) ΛΥΧΝΙΑ ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑΤΟΣ
Η λυχνία ανάβει όταν η
κλείσει καλά.
Όταν πιέσετε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ εάν η πόρτα είναι
κλειστή η ενδεικτική λυχνία θα αρχίσει να
αναβοσβήνει µείνει
αναµµένη.
Περιµένετε η λυχνία ΑΣΦΑΛΙΣΗΣ
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ να σβήσει προτού ανοίξετε τη
πόρτα.
2) ΤΑΧΥΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΥΨΙΜΑΤΟΣ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την ταχύτητα
στυψίµατος στο πρόγραµµα που επιλέξατε
η οποία µπορεί να τροποποιηθεί ή να
ακυρωθεί µετην βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου
3) ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την
θερµοκρασία του νερού στο πρόγραµµα
που επιλέξατε η οποία µπορεί να
τροποποιηθεί (‘οπου προβλέπεται)
κάνοντας χρήση του αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου.
κρύα πλύση.
4) ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Όταν επιλέγετε πρόγραµµα στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται αυτόµατα η διάρκεια του
προγράµµατος, οποία µπορεί να διαφέρει
ανάλογα µε τις επιλογές που έχετε κάνει.
Καθόλη την διάρκεια του κύκλου στην
εµ χρόνος µένει για
την ολοκλήρωση του προγράµµατος.
Ο υπολογισµός της διάρκειας γίνεται µε
αναφορά σε ένα σταθερό φορτίο,κατά την
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρµόζει
τον χρόνο ανάλογα µε το µέγεθος και τη
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµα η
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον εργοστασιακό
προγραµµατισµόβαθµού βρωµιάς που
πρόγραµµα,
θα ανάψει αυτόµατα.
Εάν επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό βαθµό
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα ανάψει
αυτόµατα.
6) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ ΞΕΒΓΑΛΜΑΤΑ
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει τις
πρόσθετες φάσεις ξεβγάλµατος που µπορεί
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την βοήθεια του
αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου.
7) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
Ψηφιακή Οθόνη
Κλείστε την ΠΡΙΝ το
πλήκτρο / .
Εάν η πόρτα δεν έχει κλείσει καλά ή
λυχνία θα αναβοσβήνει για
δευτερόλεπτα και µετά θα ακυρωθεί
η έναρξη λειτουργίας. Σε αυτή την
περίπτωση κλείστε καλά την πόρτα
και πιέστε εκ νέου το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √
- - - -
√ √ √ √ √ √
√ √ √ √ √ √
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √ √ √ √
-
√ √
- - - -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √
- - √
√
√
√
- - -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √ √
- - -
100
Antialergia
O acessório de sapatos fornecido com o secador, permite secar
até 4 ténis. Deve remover o filtro da porta, substituindo-o pelo suporte.
Antes de inserir os sapatos, remova palmilhas ou outros acessórios e
coloque-os no secador. O acessório de sapatos fornecido com o
secador, permite secar até 4 ténis.
Os ganchos centrais são adequados para os sapatos masculinos,
enquanto os ganchos laterais são mais adequados para sapatos
femininos (EU 39- UK 5.5). É aconselhável girar o tambor para verificar
se não há interferências. Em alternativa pode colocar os dois ténis lado
a lado com as solas para cima.
SUPORTE PARA TÉNIS
101
PT
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
ambient temperature.
ONE FI EXTRA
Este aparelho está equipado com a
tecnologia que lhe permite
controlá-lo remotamente pela App, graças à
função Wi-Fi.
REGISTO DA MÁQUINA (NA APLICAÇÃO)
ONE Fi EXTRA
●Hoover Wizard
seu dispositivo móvel.
Descarregue a aplicação no
A o u s a r u m sm ar t p h o n e An d r o i d
equipado com tecnologia NFC (Near
Field Communication), o processo de
;
nesse caso, siga as instruções que
aparecem no monitor do telemóvel,
COLOQUE-O E MANTENHA-O PERTO
DO símbolo ONE Fi EXTRA no painel
da máquina sempre que isso seja
solicitado pela App.
registo é simplificado (Registo Fácil)
NOTAS:
Se não sabe a posição da sua antena
N FC , m o va l ig ei r a m en te o
smartphone num movimento
circular sobre o logotipo ONE Fi
EXTRA até que a App confirme a
ligação. Para que a transferência de
dados seja bem sucedida, é
essencial manter o smartphone
perto do painel DURANTE TODOS
OS SEGUNDOS do procedimento;
uma mensagem no dispositivo irá
informar sobre o resultado correto
da operação e referir quando já for
possível tirar o smartphone de perto
da máquina.
Capas grossas ou adesivos metálicos
no smartphone podem afectar ou
impedir a transmissão de dados entre
a má quina e o te lefone. Se
necessário, deve removê-los.
A substituição de alguns componentes do
telemóvel, como capas, baterias, etc, que
não sejam originais da marca, pode
resultar em danos na antenna NFC e o
sistema pode deixar de funcionar devido a
isso.
ATIVAR O CONTROLO REMOTO (VIA
APP)
máquina, adicionar o detergente, fechar a
porta e selecionar a posição
na máquina. A partir desse
momento, pode gerir o aparelho através
dos comandos da App no aplicativo móvel.
Após o registo da máquina, cada vez que
pretender geri-la remotamente através da
App, primeiro terá que carregar a roupa na
ONE Fi
EXTRA
A App App está disponível
para smartphones com sistema Android e
iOS, em tablets e smartphones.
Hoover Wizard
Obtenha todos os detalhes das funções
ONE Fi EXTRA correndo a App no modo
DEMO.
●
registe a máquina em questão seguindo
as instruções que vão aparecendo no
monitor do dispositivo ou siga o
disponibilizado com a máquina.
Abra a App, crie um perfil de utilizador e
"Guia
Rápido"
PARÂMETROS WIRELESS
Standard Wireless (ligação internet sem fios comum)
802.11 b/g/n
Alcance de frequência
Potência máxima de transmissão
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parâmetros
Especificações
Sensibilidade mínima
de recepção
802.11b (11 Mbps) +18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Nota: Em caso de abertura da porta com o
controlo remoto ativado, para restaurar a
ligação com a aplicação, feche a porta da
porta e pressione o botão Iniciar/Start. O ciclo
irá ser retomado onde parou.
Coloque o smartphone de forma a que
a a n t en a N F C n a pa rt e tr as e ir a
corresponda à posição do logotipo
O N E F i E X T R A n o a p a r e l h o .
102
9.
RESOLUÇÃO DE PROBLEMAS
Qual Poderá Ser A Causa De...
Anomalias que você mesmo pode remediar
Antes de contactar a Assistência para aconselhamento
técnico, passe rapidamente pela seguinte lista de
verificação. Se chamar um técnico e este verificar que
a máquina está a funcionar normalmente, foi mal
instalada ou usada incorrectamente, ser-lhe-á cobrada
uma quantia consoante o caso. Se o problema persistir
após ter completado as verificações recomendadas,
ligue para a Assistência, eles poderão eventualmente
resolver o problema pelo telefone.
O tempo remanescente indicado no visor poderá
ser alterado durante o ciclo de secagem. O tempo
remanescente é continuamente verificado durante
o ciclo de secagem e, o tempo é ajustado para
fornecer a estimativa mais correcta. O tempo
remanescente pode ser aumentado ou diminuído
durante o ciclo de secagem e isso é normal.
O tempo de secagem é demasiado longo/as
roupas não estão suficientemente secas…
Seleccionou o tempo/programa de secagem
correctos?
A roupa estava demasiado ensopada? As roupas
foram bem torcidas ou
entrifugadas?
O filtro necessita de limpeza?
O condensador necessita de limpeza?
A máquina está com excesso de roupa?
As entradas, saídas e a base da máquina estão
desobstruídas?
Existe energia eléctrica para alimentar a máquina?
Verifique utilizando outro aparelho eléctrico, por
exemplo, um candeeiro.
A ficha está correctamente ligada à corrente
eléctrica?
Houve algum corte de corrente?
O fusível fundiu-se?
A porta está bem fechada?
●
●
c
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
A máquina de secar faz muito ruído…
Desligue a máquina de secar e contacte a
Assistência GIAS para obter ajuda.
O indicador está aceso…
O filtro necessita de limpeza?
O condensador necessita de limpeza?
O indicador está aceso…
O recipiente da água necessita de ser
esvaziado?
●
●
●
●
SERVIÇO DE CLIENTES
Se ap ó s t o d a s as ve r i f ic a çõ e s
recomendadas, ainda subsistir qualquer
problema com a máquina, ligue por favor
para o Serviço de Assistência GIAS para
aconselhamento. Podem conseguir ajudá-
lo pelo telefone ou combinar consigo a
intervenção adequada de um técnico, nos
termos da garantia. No entanto, pode ser
debitado nas seguintes situações:
A máquina está em bom estado de
funcionamento.
Não foi instalada de acordo com as
instruções de instalação.
Foi utilizada incorrectamente.
●
●
●
Peças sobressalentes
Assistência Técnica Autorizada
Use sempre peças sobressalentes originais,
que obteve directamente da Assistência
Técnica Autorizada.
Para serviço e reparações, entre em contacto
com um técnico local devidamente credenciado
pela Assistência Técnica Autorizada.
O fabricante declina toda e qualquer
responsabilidade por eventuais erros de
impressão ou de tradução ocorridos
neste manual. Além disso, o fabricante
reserva-se o direito de introduzir
modificações apropriadas nos seus
produtos, sem que estas alterem as suas
características essenciais.
PT
●
da tecla ‘ON’, quer através do cabo de
alimentação?
● O tempo de secagem ou o programa foram
seleccionados?
● A máquina foi ligada de novo após ter aberto a
porta?
● A máquina deixou de funcionar devido ao
tabuleiro da água estar cheio e precisar de ser
esvaziado?
A máquina está ligada à corrente, quer através
PARÂMETROS WIRELESS
Wireless comum
(rede sem fios)
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A e NFC Forum Type 4
Banda de frequência
Limite do campo magnético
13,553-13,567 MHz (frequência media 13,560 MHz)
< 42dB (a 10 metros)μA/m
Parâmeteros
Especificações
Desta forma a Candy Hoover Group Srl,
declara que este eletrodoméstico está em
conformidade com os requisitos essenciais da
Directiva 2014/53/EU.
Se desejar uma cópia da declaração de
conformidade, por favor o fabricante através do
seguinte email: www.candy-group.com
103
Índice
Por favor lea cuidadosamente estas
instrucciones y utilice la máquina según las
indicaciones. Este folleto presenta directrices
importantes para el seguro, la instalación y el
mantenimiento seguros y algunos consejos
útiles para obtener los mejores resultados con
susecadora.
Conserve toda la documentación en un lugar
seguro para referencia futura o para los
Por favor verifique que los siguientes artículos
h a y a n s i d o e n t r e g a d o s c o n e l
electrodoméstico:
Manual de instrucciones
Tarjeta de garant
futuros dueños.
●
● ía
● Etiqueta energética
Al mostrar el logo marcado en este
producto, declaramos, bajo nuestra propia
responsabilidad, el cumplimiento de todos
los requisitos europeos en t rminos de
seguridad,salud y medio ambiente,
establecidos en la legislaci n de este
producto.
é
ó
Verifique que no se hayan producido
daños al electrodoméstico durante el
transporte. De haberlos, llame al Servicio
técnico de GIAS. El incumplimiento de lo
anterior puede perjudicar a la seguridad del
electrodoméstico. Es posible que se le cobre
una llamada al servicio técnico si el problema
con el electrodoméstico es el resultado de un
uso incorrecto.
1. ADVERTENCIAS SOBRE SEGURIDAD
D E S A G Ü E : I N S T R U C C I O N E S
DE INSTALACIÓN
3.
4
5.
6. PUERTA Y FILTRO
7 . CO NT R O L ES E I ND I C A DO RE S
8.SELECCIÓN DEL PROGRAMA
9.RESOLUCIÓN DE P R O B L E M A S
2 .
P R E P A R A C I Ó N D E L
MATERIAL PARA SECAR
. R U T I N A D E L I M P I E Z A Y
MANTENIMIENTO
DEPÓSITO DE AGUA Y DEPÓSITO
Y
AJUSTES DE FUNCIÓN
SERVICIO DE ATENCIÓN AL CLIENTE
104
1.
ADVERTENCIAS SOBRE
SEGURIDAD
Este electrodoméstico puede
ser utilizado por niños mayores
de 8 años y por personas con
c a p a c i d a d e s f í s i c a s ,
sen sori ales o mentales
limitadas o que carezcan de la
experiencia y el conocimiento
necesarios, siempre y cuando
estén supervisadas por una
persona encargada de velar
por su seguridad o hayan sido
instruidas en su utilización de
manera segura.
Los niños no deben jugar con el
electrodoméstico. Los niños no
d e b e n o c u p a r s e d e l
mantenimiento ni de la limpieza
del electrodoméstico, salvo
que estén supervisados una
persona encargada de velar
por su seguridad.
E l u s o
incorrecto de una secadora
puede provocar riesgo de
incendio
E s t e p r o d u c t o e s
exclusivamente para uso
doméstico o similar:
-zona de cocina para el
personal de tiendas, oficinas y
otros entornos laborales;
-granjas;
-pasajeros de hoteles, moteles
u otros entornos residenciales;
-hostales (B&B).
No se recomienda el uso de
este producto con fines
A D V E R T E N C I A
.
diferentes del doméstico o
similar, por ejemplo, con
f i n e s c o m e r c i a l e s o
profesionales.
El empleo de la lavadora con
fines no recomendados
puede reducir la vida útil del
artefacto e invalidar la
garantía. Todos los daños,
a v e r í a s o p é r d i d a s
ocasionados por un uso
diferente del doméstico o
similar (aunque ese uso se
realice en un entorno
d o m é s t i c o ) n o s e r á n
reconocidos por el fabricante
en la medida en que lo
permita la ley.
se describe en
este manual. Asegúrese de
que entiende todas las
instrucciones de instalación
a n t e s d e u t i l i z a r e l
e l e c t r o d o m é s t i c o .
N o t o q u e e l
electrodoméstico cuando
tenga las manos o los pies
m o j a d o s o h ú m e d o s
No se apoye en la puerta al
cargar la secadora ni utilice
la puerta para levantar o
mover la
No permita a los niños jugar
con la máquina ni los
mandos
Esta máquina debe usarse
solamente para el propósito
para el cual fue diseñada,
tal y como
.
máquina.
.
●
●
●
●
ES
●
●
●
105
ADVERTENCIA
, ya que la pelusa
podría arder.
ADVERTENCIA En el lugar
donde aparezca el símbolo de
superficie caliente ,el
.
máquina antes de limpiarla.
.
.
.
,
deje que ésta termine
de enfriarse.
ATENCIÓN:
No use el
producto si el filtro de pelusa no
está en su lugar o si está
dañado
incremento de temperatura
durante la operación de la
secadora puede exceder los 60
grados centígrados.
Desconecte el enchufe de la
red del suministro eléctrico
Siempre debe desenchufar la
No siga usando esta máquina
si pareciera tener algún
desperfecto
No hay que dejar que se
acumulen lanilla y pelusas en el
suelo alrededor de la máquina
El tambor interior puede
calentarse mucho Antes de
retirar la ropa de la máquina
siempre
La última parte del ciclo de
secado se realiza sin calor
(ciclo frío) para lograr una
temperatura final que no dañe
los tejidos.
La secadora no debe ser usada
si se han empleado agentes
químicos en el lavado.
Nunca detenga la
secadora antes del fin de ciclo
sin que los tejidos hayan sido
removidos velozmente y
Instalación
No u t ilice a d aptadores,
conectores múltiples y/o
alargaderas.
Nunca instale la secadora junto
a cortinas, y procure que no
caigan objetos ni se acumule
nada detrás de la secadora.
El electrodoméstico no debe
instalarse detrás de una puerta
con cierre, de una puerta
corredera ni de puertas cuyas
bisagras se encuentren en el
lado opuesto del lugar donde se
encuentra la secadora.
106
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
separados de manera que el
calor se disperse.
Máxima capacidad de secado:
Ver etiqueta energética.
●
Important: Importante; Durante
el transporte asegúrese que la
secadora este en posición
vertical, si es necesario puede
girarla por el lado que se
muestra;
Atención : Si el producto está
en lado diferente, espere por lo
menos 4 horas antes de
encenderlo para que el aceite
pueda fluir de nuevo enel
compresor. De no hacerlo,
podría dañarse el compresor.
107
No utilice la secadora con
prendas que no haya lavado
No debe
combustión
espontánea si se calientan. Los
artículos como gomaespuma
(espuma de látex), los gorros
d e d u c h a , l o s t e j i d o s
impermeables a base de goma,
así como las almohadas o las
NO DEBEN secarse en la
secadora.
Consulte siempre las
etiquetas sobre lavado de las
prendas para conocer si se
pueden secar
Antes de introducir ropa en la
s e c a d o r a
centrifugarse o escurrirse
bien Las
NO
Deben sacarse de los bolsillos
encendedores y cerillas y no
se deben NUNCA usar
l quidos
á
producirse irritación de
la piel si otras prendas se
.
ADVERTENCIA No debe
usarse para secar tejidos
tratados con líquidos para
limpieza en seco.
ADVERTENCIA Los
materiales de gomaespuma,
en algunas circunstancias,
pueden arder por
en secadora.
, e s t a d e b e
. prendas que
escurren agua deben
introducirse en la secadora.
í inflamables cerca de la
máquina.
No se deben introducir
NUNCA cortinas de fibra de
vidrio en esta m quina.
Puede
La oladaC
contaminan con fibras de
vidrio.
gasolina,
queroseno, limpiamanchas,
t r e m e n t i n a , c e r a s y
limpiadores de ceras deben
lavarse en agua caliente con
una cantidad extra de
d e t e r g e n t e a n t e s d e
introducirse en la secadora.
Los suavizantes de tejidos
y los productos similares
pueden utilizarse siguiendo
la s
Las prendas que se hayan
ensuciado con sustancias
como aceite de cocina,
acetona, alcohol,
i nstr u c c i o nes del
suavizante.
Ventilación
Debe a s e g u r a r s e u n a
ventilación adecuada en la
sala donde esté ubicada la
secadora para evitar que los
gases de aparatos que
quemen otros combustibles,
incluyendo llamas abiertas)
entren en la sala cuando se
está usando la secadora.
í
conducto que sea utilizado
para expulsar humos de
aparatos que quemen gas u
otros combustibles.
ó
é el paso
de la corriente de aire a través
de la secadora.
é á
(
El aire extra do no debe
descargarse dentro de un
Compruebe peri dicamente
que no est obstruido
Despu s de usar la m quina,
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ES
revise el filtro de
Procure que no caigan objetos
ni se acumulen
.
pelusas y
límpielo si es necesario.
Instalar la parte trasera del
aparato cerca de un muro o
pared vertical.
Tiene que dejarse al menos un
espacio de 12 mm entre la
s e c a d o r a y c u a l q u i e r
obstrucción. Las válvulas de
entrada y de salida tienen que
estar lejos de obstáculos. Para
asegurarse de una adecuada
ventilación el espacio entre la
parte inferior de la máquina y el
suelo n o debe ser obstruido.
detrás de la
máquina, ya que éstos pueden
obstruir la entrada y salida de
aire.
Controlar frecuentemente el fitro
despues del uso y limpiarlo, si
fuera necesario.
NUNCA instale la secadora
junto a cortinas
En el caso de que la secadora
se instale encima de una
lavadora, se debe instalar el kit
a c c e s o r i o c o l u m n a
correspondiente de acuerdo
con la siguiente configuración.
-Kit Mod 35100019: para una
lavadora de profundidad de al
menos 49 cm.
-Kit Mod 35100120: para una
lavadora de profundidad de al
menos 51 cm.
El kit debe ser uno de los
indicados arriba, disponibles en
los centros se asistencia
●
●
108
técnica. Las instrucciones de
montaje en la secadora y de todos
los accesorios están en el
propio kit.
●
●
●
●
Air Outlets in the Base
No nstalar el producto en una
habtacón expuesta a bajas
temperaturas o en la que exsta
resgo de formacón de helo. A la
temperatura de congelacón del
agua, el producto podría no
funconar correctamente. S el agua
del crcuto hela, se pueden
producr daños en los componentes
tales como: válvulas, bombas,
tubos... Para garantzar las
prestacones del producto, la
temperatura de la habtacón debe
estar comprendda entre +5ºC y
+35ºC. Por favor, tenga en cuenta
que el funconamento del aparato
e n c o n d c o n e s d e b a j a s
temperaturas ( entre +2ºC y + 5ºC)
podría mplcar condensacón de
agua y la presenca de gotas de
agua en el suelo.
ATENCIÓN: el dispositivo
no debe ser alimentado por un
dispositivo de conmutación
externo, como un
temporizador, o conectado a
un circuito que se enciende y
apaga regularmente.
Cuestiones Medioambientales
Todos los materiales de embalaje utilizados
son ecológicos y reciclables. Por favor
deshágase de los materiales de embalaje
por medios ecológicos. Su ayuntamiento
podrá informarle de los medios actuales de
desecho.
Por razones de seguridad cuando se
deseche una secadora, desenchufe el cable
eléctrico de la toma general, corte el cable y
destrúyalo junto con el enchufe. Para evitar
que los niños se queden encerrados en la
máquina, rompa las bisagras o la cerradura
de la puerta.
Directiva Europea 2012/19/EU
Este dispositivo tiene el distintivo de
la directiva europea 2012/19/EU sobre
Residuos de Aparatos Eléctricos y
Electrónicos (RAEE
Los RAEE contienen tanto sustancias
contaminantes (que pueden repercutir
negativamente en el medio ambiente) como
co mpo n ent es b ásic os (qu e pued en
reutilizarse). Es importante que los RAEE se
sometan a tratamientos específicos con el
objeto de extraer y eliminar, de forma
adecuada, todos los agentes contaminantes.
Igual de importante es recuperar y reciclar todo
el material posible.
La gente puede desempeñar una función
importante a la hora de asegurarse de que los
RAEE no se convierten en un problema
medioambiental; es crucial seguir algunas
normas básicas:
Los RAEE no han de tratarse como residuos
domésticos.
Los RAEE han de depositarse en los puntos
de recogida habilitados y gestionados por el
ayuntamiento o empresas contratadas para
ello. En muchos países se ofrece la posibilidad
de recogida a domicilio de los RAEE de mayor
volumen.
En muchos países, cuando la gente compra un
nuevo dispositivo, el antiguo se puede entregar
al vendedor, quien lo recoge de forma gratuita
(un dispositivo antiguo por cada dispositivo
adquirido) siempre que el equipo entregado
sea similar y disponga de las mismas funciones
que el adquirido.
).
-
-
Requisitos léctricosE
Las secadoras están preparadas para funcionar
con un voltaje monofásico de 220-240 V, a 50 Hz.
Verifique que el circuito de suministro tenga una
corriente nominal de al menos 10 A.
ste electrodoméstico debe conectarse a tierra.
La toma de corriente y el enchufe del
electrodoméstico deben ser del mismo tipo.
No utilice adaptadores múltiples y/o
alargaderas.
Después de instalar la máquina, el enchufe
debe quedar en una posición accesible para su
desconexión.
●La electricidad puede ser muy peligrosa.
E
●
●
●
Es posible que se carge un pago
por el servicio prestado si el problema
con tu aparato es debido a una
instalación incorrecta.
Si el cable principal del aparato
está dañado, debe ser reemplazado
por un cable especial que SOLO se
puede obtener a través del servicio
técnico. La instalación debe llevarse a
cabo por un profesional.
No enchufe, ni enciendas el aparato
hasta que la instalación no haya sido
completada. Para su seguridad, esta
secadora debe ser correctamente
instalada. Si tiene alguna duda sobra la
instalación, llame al Servicio GIAS,
quienes le proporcionarán ayuda.
Servicio écnico de GIAST
Para que esta máquina siga funcionando de
modo seguro y eficiente, recomendamos que
todo mantenimiento o reparación sea efectuado
únicamente por un ingeniero de mantenimiento
autorizado de GIAS.
Ajuste de las atasP
Una vez que la
máquina esté en su
sitio, las patas deben
a j u s t a r s e p a r a
asegurarse de que
estén niveladas.
109
●
●
ES
GWP1430
110
1
2
3
4
5
Precaución: Si el producto ha estado
inclinado o en posición diferente a la
normal, espere por lo menos 4 horas antes
de su conexión de manera que le
lubricante pueda fluir de nuevo en el
compresor. De no hacerlo, podría resultar
dañado el Compresor.
2.
1.
2 . E l t u v o d e
e v a c u a c i ó n e s t á
s i t u a d o a m a n o
derecha (consulte
laimagenn).Unamang
uera gris conecta al
puente en el lado
i z q u i e r d a d e l a
m á q u i n a . U s a n d o
alicates, retirar el clip
de ret en ci ón d el
Puente del tubo.
3.
Incline la secadora
lentamente hacia el
lado derecho.
Tire de la manguera
de laconexión de
puente.
4.
Una vez que la
máquina está
5. Conecte el nuevo
tubo al desagüe.
Una vez que la
máquina está
Conecte la manera
negra del kit,(Usando
e l c o n e c t o r y
a b r a z a d e r a s
suministradas),a la
manguera retirado de
la conexión de puente.
en su lugar, comprobar
en la parte inferior que
El nuevo tubo instalado
no queda doblado ni
obstruido.
Conéctese a la red
eléctrica.
5.
6.
en su lugar, comprobar
en la parte inferior que
El nuevo tubo instalado
no queda doblado ni
obstruido
2.
DESAGÜE: INSTRUCCIONES
DE INSTALACIÓN
Atención! Desconecte y desenchufe la
secadora antes de proceder.
Ajuste la manguera como se indica:
6
3.
PREPARACIÓN DE L E
CARGA
Antes de usar por primera vez la secadora:
Por favor lea con atención las instrucciones de
este manual.
Retire todos los artículos que haya guardado en el
interior del tambor.
Con un trapo húmedo, limpie el interior del tambor
y de la puerta para quitar el polvo que pueda
haberse depositado durante el traslado.
● ,
●
●
Compruebe que los artículos que propone secar
sean apropiados para secadora, de acuerdo a los
símbolos sobre cuidado que lleve cada artículo.
Compruebe que todos los cierres estén cerrados, y
que no quede nada en los bolsillos. Ponga los
artículos del revés. Coloque la ropa en el tambor,
sin presionarla, para asegurar que no se enrede.
Preparación de la Ropa
No Secar En Secadora
Seda, medias de nailon, bordados delicados,
tejidos con decoraciones metálicas, prendas con
PVC o adornos de piel.
IMPORTANTE: No secar prendas que han
sido tratadas con un producto de limpieza en seco
o prendas de goma (peligro de fuego o explosión).
Durante los últimos 15 minutos la carga se seca
siempre con aire frío.
Se deben poner en la secadora solamente artículos
que se hayan escurrido bien o que se hayan
centrifugado. A menos humedad que tengan las
prendas que se han de secar, más corto será el
tiempo de secado, lo cual ahorrará energía
eléctrica.
SIEMPRE
Procure secar el máximo peso permitido de
prendas, para economizar tiempo y energía.
Compruebe que el filtro esté limpio antes de
iniciar el ciclo de secado.
NUNCA
Debe excederse del peso máximo, porque de
hacerlo malgastaría tiempo y energía eléctrica.
Introduzca en la secadora artículos que chorreen
agua, porque se puede dañar el aparato.
●
●
●
●
Ahorro De Energía
No usar la secadora para artículos que
se hayan tratado con líquidos para
limpieza en seco ni para prendas de goma
(peligro de incendio o de explosión).
4.
LIMPIEZA Y MANTENIMIENTO
DE RUTINA
AVISO!
El tambor, la puerta y las
piezas que se han secado pueden estar
muy calientes.
I M P O R TA N T E : A p a g u e y
desenchufa de la red eléctrica este
aparato simpre antes de limpiarlo.
Para los datos eléctricos, consulte la
etiqueta en el frontal de la secadora (con
la escotilla abierta).
Limpieza De La Secadora
● Limpie el filtro despu s de cada ciclo de
secado.
● é ,
interior del tambor y deje la puerta
abierta durante un rato para permitir que
circule el aire para secarla.
● Con un trapo suave, limpie la parte exterior
de la
● NO use almohadillas abrasivas ni productos
de
● Para evitar que la puerta se atasque o que se
acumule pelusa, limpie la parte interna de la
puerta y la junta con un paño húmedo después
de cada ciclo de secado.
é
Despu s de usar la secadora pase un trapo
por el
máquina y la puerta.
limpieza.
111
. .
.
●
Según los símbolos de cuidado
Se encuentran en el cuello o en la costura interior:
Apropiado para secadora.
Usar secadora a alta temperatura.
Clasifique la arga de la iguiente anera:C S M
S
●
●
Algodón/hilo:
Fibras sintéticas:
Usar secadora solamente a baja temperatura.
No secar en secadora.
i el artículo no tiene etiqueta de cuidado, se
debe presuponer que no es apropiado para
secadora.
Según la cantidad y el grosor
Cuando la cantidad del material para secar sea
mayor que la capacidad de la secadora, separe
la ropa de acuerdo a su espesor (por ej. separe
las toallas de la ropa interior fina).
Según el tipo de tejido
Toallas, jerseys de algodón,
ropa de cama y mantelería.
Blusas, camisas, monos,
etc. hechos de poliéster o poliamida y también
para mezclas de algodón/fibras sintéticas.
ES
5.
DEPÓSITO DE AGUA
El agua que se elimina de la colada
durante el ciclo de secado se recoge en
un contenedor que hay dentro de la
puerta de la secadora. Cuando el
contenedor est
que indica que debe
NOTA:
á lleno se ilumina el
indicador del panel de
control, vaciarse
dicho contenedor. Sin embargo,
recomendamos vaciarlo después de cada
ciclo de secado.
Durante los primeros ciclos, se
recoge muy poca agua, ya que primero se
llena la reserva interna de la máquina.
Para extraer el depósito
del cajón de la puerta
1.R e t i r e
cuidadosamente el
de p ó si to de a gu a
agarrando del tirador.
(A) Cuando está lleno
de agua, el depósito
puede pesar sobre 8 kg.
2. Incline el depósito de
agua para vaciarlo a
través de la boquilla. (B)
Cuando esté vacío,
coloque el depósito de
agua como se indica;
(C) primero inserte la
base del depósito en la
posición indicada (1)
después empuje la
parte superior hacia la
posición adecuada (2).
3. Pulse Botón para
reiniciar el ciclo
No abra la puerta
durante los programas
automáticos, para
conse guir así un
secado apropiado.
A
B
1C
112
FUNCIONAMIENTO
1.Colada. Asegúrese de que no
estorbe el cierre de la puerta.
2.Cierre suavemente la puerta
empujándola lentamente hasta que
escuche la puerta hacer'clic'.
3. Gire el selector programador para
seleccionar el programa de secado
requerido (véase Guía del Programa).
4. Pulse el botón. La secadora se
accionará automáticamente y el
indicador por encima del botón se ilumina
de forma continua
5.Si se abre la puerta durante el
programa para comprobar la ropa, es
n e ce sa r io r ei n ic i ar e l se c ad o
después cerrar la puerta.
6.Cuando el ciclo está a punto de
completarse, la máquina entrará en la
fase de enfriamiento, la ropa será rociada
con aire fresco. Permita que la carga se
enfríe.
7.Tras la finalización del ciclo, el tambor
gira intermitentemente para reducir al
mínimo las arrugas. Esto continua hasta
que la máquina se desconecta o se abre
la puerta.
No abra la puerta durante el programa
automático con el fin de preservar el
correcto secado seleccionado.
6.
PUERTA Y FILTRO
Tire de la palanca para abrir la puerta.
secadora en marcha
nuevamente, cierre la puerta y presione
Para poner la
.
¡ATENCIÓN! Cuando la secadora está
funcionando el tambor y la escotilla pueden
estar a muy alta temperatura.
Filtro
IMPORTANTE: Compruebe que el filtro de la
secadora esté limpio de pelusa antes de cada
ciclo de secado.No haga funcionar la secadora sin
el filtro.Los filtros tapados u obstruidos pueden
aumentar el tiempo de secado y causar daños
que pueden dar lugar a altos costos de reparación.
Para mantener la eficiencia de la secadora verifica
que el filtro de pelusa está limpio antes de cada
ciclo de secado.
1.
.
4.
Extraiga el filtro hacia
arriba
2. Abra filtrado como se
muestra
3.Delicadamente quitar
la pelusa utilizando un
cepillo suave o con los
dedos
Ci err e el f ilt ro y
colóquelo en su lugar.
1
2
Indicador Cuidado del Filtro
Se enciende cuando el filtro necesita
limpieza.
Revise y limpie el filtro principal en la puerte
y el condensador situado en laparte inferior
de la secadora.
Si la ropa no está seca controle que el filtro
no esté obstruido.
SI LIMPIAS EL FILTRO CON AGUA,
RECUERDA QUE DEBES SECARLO.
Si abres la escotilla a mitad
de ciclo, antes de que se haya completado el
ciclo de enfriamiento, el tirador puede estar
caliente. Por favor, extrema precaución al
vaciar el depósito durante el ciclo.
¡ATENCIÓN!
113
ES
Para limpiar el filtro del condensador
1
2
3
4
5
1.Extraiga el zócalo.
2. Gire el bloqueo de
d o s p a l a n c a s e n
sentido anti-horarioy
t i r e d e l a p a r t e
delantera
3. Retire suavemente el
marco del filtro y limpie
el polvo y la pelusa con
un paño suave. No
utilice agua para limpiar
el filtro.
4. Retire la esponja
con suavidad y lávela
sosteniéndola bajo el
grifo para eliminar
el polvo y la pelusa.
5. Vuelva a colocar la
c u b i e r t a f r o n t a l
asegurándose que se
e n c u e n t r a e n
laposición correcta (la
indicada por la flecha)
y empuje firmemente
en su lugar. Bloquee las
d os p a l a nc a s e n
sentido horario.
6. Vuelva a colocar el
zócalo.
Limpie los filtros antes de cada ciclo.
ES
7. CONTROLES E INDICADORES
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BD
E
F
A
C
A - Selector de programa - Es posible selec-
cionar el programa de secado deseado girando
el selector en ambas direcciones. Para cancelar
las selecciones o apagar la secadora, gire el
selector a la posición OFF.
B - Dígito en pantalla - La pantalla muestra el
tiempo restante para completar el secado, el
tiempo pospuesto en caso de selección de inicio
diferido y otras configuraciones de notificaciones.
C - Botones -
1. Botón Inicio/Pausa
Para iniciar el programa seleccionado y/o
suspenderlo.
2. Botón de inicio diferido
Permite retrasar el inicio del programa de 1 a
24 horas en intervalos de 1 hora. El retraso
seleccionado se muestra en la pantalla.
Después de presionar el botón INICIO, la hora
mostrada disminuye una hora tras otra.
Si se abre la puerta con el inicio diferido confi-
gurado, después de volver a cerrar la puerta,
vuelva a pulsar el botón de inicio para reanudar
el conteo.
3. Botón de selección de secado
Permite establecer la opción editable de nivel de
secado deseado hasta 5 minutos después del
inicio del ciclo:
Lista para plancha: deja las prendas ligera-
mente húmedas para facilitar el planchado.
Secado tendal: para que las prendas estén
listas para tenderlas.
Secado guardar: para ropa que se puede
guardar directamente.
Extra seco: para obtener prendas comple-
tamente secas, ideal para carga completa.
Este electrodoméstico está equipado con la
función Gestor de secado. En ciclos automáticos,
cada nivel de secado intermedio antes de llegar
al seleccionado se indica mediante el parpadeo
del indicador luminoso correspondiente al grado
de secado alcanzado. En caso de incompati-
bilidad, todos los LED parpadean rápidamente
3 veces.
4. Botón Rápido/Selección del ciclo de tiempo
Es posible cambiar algún programa automático
al programa RÁPIDO hasta 3 minutos después
del inicio del ciclo. La presión progresiva aumenta
el tiempo (30-45-59 minutos).
Después de esta selección, para restablecer el
funcionamiento de secado automático es nece-
sario apagar la secadora. En caso de incompati-
bilidad, todos los LED parpadean rápidamente
3 veces.
Es posible transformar un ciclo de automático a
programado hasta 3 minutos después del inicio
del ciclo.
La presión progresiva aumenta el tiempo en
intervalos de 10 minutos. Después de esta selec-
ción, para restablecer el funcionamiento de secado
automático es necesario apagar la secadora.
En caso de incompatibilidad, todos los LED
parpadean rápidamente 3 veces.
5. Antiarrugas
Esta opción permite activar un movimiento
antiarrugas del preciclo del tambor en caso de
activación del retraso y al final del ciclo de se-
cado. Se activa cada 10 minutos, hasta 6 horas
después del final del ciclo de secado. Para
detener los movimientos, ajuste el selector a la
posición OFF. Resulta útil cuando no es posible
sacar inmediatamente la ropa del electrodo-
méstico.
6. Memoria
Esta opción permite guardar las opciones confi-
guradas en un ciclo.
MEMORIZACIÓN: cuando se esté ejecutando
el ciclo, pulse el botón "memoria" durante tres
segundos. La luz de control de la opción
"memoria" parpadea tres veces y guarda las
opciones de configuración vinculadas al ciclo
seleccionado.
RECUPERACIÓN: después de seleccionar el
ciclo, pulse el botón "memoria" para recuperar
las opciones guardadas (no el ciclo).
7. Bloqueo de teclas
Esta función permite bloquear cambios no de-
seados de las opciones establecidas durante la
fase de secado.
Activación/desactivación: presione los botones
3 y 4 simultáneamente durante dos segundos.
El signo "LOC" aparecerá en pantalla. Al desblo-
quear la opción, en la pantalla aparece el signo
"Unl", solo una vez.
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
12
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
7. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
7
6 5 4 3 2 1
A - Programme Selector - Rotating the knob in
both directions it's possible to select the desired
drying program. To cancel the selections or
switch off the dryer rotate the knob on OFF.
B - Display Digit - The display shows the
remaining time for drying, the postponed time in
case of delayed start selection and other
notifications setting.
C - Buttons -
1.Start/Pause Button
To start the selected program and/or suspend it.
This appliances is equipped with Drying Manager
Function. On automatic cycles, each level of
intermediate drying, prior to the reaching the
selected one, is indicated by flashing the light
indicator corresponding to the degree of drying
reached. In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash
quickly for 3 times.
4.Rapids Button / Time Cycle selection
It's possible switch some automatic programs to
RAPID programs, up to 3 minutes after t
he start of
the cycle. The progressive pressure increases
the time (30-45-59 minutes).
After this selection to reset the automatic drying
functioning is necessary to switch off the dryer.
In case of incompatibility, all LEDs flash quickly
for 3 times.
It's possible transform a cycle from automatic to
programmed, up to 3 minutes after the start of
the cycle.
The progressive pressure increases the time in
10-minute intervals. After this selection to reset
the automatic dying functioning is necessary to
switch off the dryer. In case of incompatibility, all
LEDs flash quickly for 3 times.
5.Anti Crease
This option allows to activate an anti-creases
movement of the drum pre cycle in case of
activation of the delay and at the end of drying
cycle. It is activated every 10 minutes, up to 6
hours after the end of the drying cycle. To stop
the movements set the knob to OFF. Useful
when it's not possible to remove immediately the
laundry.
6.Memory
This option allows you to store the options set on
a cycle.
MEMORY: when the cycle is running push the
button "memory" for three seconds. The control
light "memory" flashes for three times and stores
the set options connected to the cycle selected in
the flange.
RECALL: after the selection of the cycle push
the button "memory" for recall the stored options
(not the cycle).
7. Keylock
This function allows to block unwanted changes
of the set options on the bezel, during drying
phase.
Activation/Inactivation: push 3 and 4 buttons
simultaneously for two seconds. The sign "LOC"
appears on the display. Unlocking the option, on
the display appears the sign "Unl", only once.
B
C
D
E
F
2.Delay Start Button
It allows to delay the start of the program from 1
to 24 hours in 1-hour intervals. The delay
selected is shown on the display.
After pressing the START button the time
showed decrease hour after hour.
Opening of the porthole with delayed start set,
after re-
to resume the counting.
3.Drying Selection Button
It allows to set the desired dryness level editable
option up to 5 minutes after the starting of the cycle:
Ready to Iron: It leaves the garments slightly wet
to facilitate ironing.
Dry Hanger: To get garment ready to be hang.
Dry wardrobe: For laundry that can be directly
stored.
Extra-dry: To get completely dry garments,
ideal for full load.
A
closing the porthole, press START again
Si pulsas esta tecla, es posible reducir la
velocidad máxima, y si lo deseas, puedes
cancelar el ciclo de centrifugado.
velocidad de giro cancelada.
Si la etiqueta no proporciona información
específica, significa que se puede usar el
centrifugado máximo previsto por el
programa.
Para reactivar el ciclo de centrifugado,
pulsa la tecla hasta alcanzar la velocidad
de centrifugado deseada.
Es posible modificar la velocidad de
centrifugado sin detener la lavadora.
Esta opción le permite cambiar la
temperatura de los ciclos de lavado.
lavado en frío.
No es posible elevar la temperatura por
encima del máximo permitido para cada
programa, con el fin de proteger los
tejidos.
Esta opción le permite pre-programar el
ciclo de lavado para iniciarlo con una
posterioridad de hasta 24 horas.
Para diferir el inicio del ciclo:
- Introduzca el programa deseado.
- Pulse el botón una vez para activarlo
(h00 aparece en la pantalla) y luego
pulse de nuevo para fijar un intervalo de
1 hora (h01 aparece en la pantalla). El
retardo preestablecido aumenta en 1
hora cada vez que se pulsa el botón,
hasta que aparezca h24 en la pantalla,
y en ese momento, al pulsar el botón de
nuevo, se restablecerá el inicio diferido
a cero
-
Confirme pulsando la tecla INICIO/PAUSA
(
la luz en la pantalla comienza a
parpadear). La cuenta atrás comienza y
cuando termina el programa se iniciará
automáticamente.
Es posible cancelar el inicio diferido
girando el selector de programas a la
posición APAGADO.
Si hay alguna interrupción en el
suministro de energía mientras la
lavadora está en funcionamiento, una
memoria especial almacena el programa
seleccionado y, cuando se restablezca la
energía, continúa donde lo dejó.
Las opciones y funciones se debe
seleccionar antes de pulsar la tecla
INICIO/PAUSA.
Si se selecciona una opción que no es
compatible con el programa elegido
entonces el indicador opción parpadea
primero y luego se apaga.
Tecla SELECCIÓN CENTRIFUGADO
Para evitar dañar los tejidos, no es
posible aumentar la velocidad por
encima del máximo permitido para
cada programa.
Una cantidad excesiva de detergente
puede provocar un exceso de
espuma. Si el electrodoméstico
detecta la presencia de una cantidad
excesiva de espuma, puede descartar
la fase de centrifugado, o extender la
duración del programa y aumentar el
consumo de agua.
La lavadora está equipada con un
dispositivo electrónico que descarta el
ciclo de centrifugado si la carga está
desequilibrada. Esto reduce el ruido y
la vibración en la lavadora, y prolonga
la vida de la lavadora.
Tecla SELECCIÓN TEMPERATURA
Tecla INICIO DIFERIDO
114
En caso de apertura de la puerta con el bloqueo
de teclas activado, el ciclo se detiene pero se
mantiene el bloqueo: para reiniciar el ciclo, debe
desactivar el bloqueo y restablecer el inicio.
Cuando la secadora está apagada, la opción se
desactiva automáticamente.
El bloqueo de teclas se puede modificar en cual-
quier momento del ciclo.
D- Led
Depósito de agua - Se ilumina cuando es
necesario vaciar el depósito de agua de
condensación.
Limpieza del filtro - Se ilumina cuando se
requiere la limpieza de los filtros (el filtro inferior
y de la puerta).
E- Wi-Fi (solo algunos modelos)
En los modelos con la opción Wi-Fi, el icono indica
que el sistema Wi-Fi está funcionando.
F- Área ONE Fi EXTRA - Espacio en el que poner
el smartphone durante el registro del electro-
doméstico a la app. Siga las indicaciones que
aparecerán en la pantalla del teléfono (solo para
teléfonos Android equipados con tecnología NFC).
Peso máximo de secado
Algodón Capacidad máx.
declarada
Sintéticos o
Delicados Máx. 4 kg
El ciclo estándar SECADO DE ALGODÓN ( )
es el más eficiente en cuanto a energía y el más
adecuado para secar la ropa húmeda de algodón
normal.
La tabla de la última página muestra el tiempo
y el consumo de energía aproximados de los
principales programas de secado.
Consumo de energía en modo
apagado 0,40 W
Consumo de energía en modo
encendido 0,75 W
Capacidad del tambor 125
Carga máxima Ver etiqueta de
datos energéticos
Altura 85 cm
Ancho 60 cm
Fondo 60 cm
Clase energética Ver etiqueta de
datos energéticos
Programa EN 61121 para usar
El ciclo de secado para prendas de lana de
esta secadora ha sido aprobado por The
Woolmark Company para el secado de pro-
ductos de lana lavables a máquina, siempre
que los productos sean lavados y secados de
acuerdo con las instrucciones presentes en la
etiqueta de la prenda y por el fabricante de
esta máquina .
En el Reino Unido, Irlanda, Hong Kong y la
India, la marca Woolmark es una marca de
certificación.
Guía de secado
Especificaciones técnicas
Información para los laboratorios de pruebas
SOLO PARA SECADORA DE 10 KG DE
CAPACIDAD: CONECTE LA MANGUERA DE
DESAGÜE PARA RECUPERAR EL AGUA DEL
CONDENSADOR SEGÚN LAS INSTRUC-
CIONES DEL CAPÍTULO 2.
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank
- It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
EASY CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETIC
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi
(some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Clean the filters before every cycle
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
2
En caso de apertura de la puerta con el bloqueo
de teclas activado, el ciclo se detiene pero se
mantiene el bloqueo: para reiniciar el ciclo, debe
desactivar el bloqueo y restablecer el inicio.
Cuando la secadora está apagada, la opción se
desactiva automáticamente.
El bloqueo de teclas se puede modificar en cual-
quier momento del ciclo.
D- Led
Depósito de agua - Se ilumina cuando es
necesario vaciar el depósito de agua de
condensación.
Limpieza del filtro - Se ilumina cuando se
requiere la limpieza de los filtros (el filtro inferior
y de la puerta).
E- Wi-Fi (solo algunos modelos)
En los modelos con la opción Wi-Fi, el icono indica
que el sistema Wi-Fi está funcionando.
F- Área ONE Fi EXTRA - Espacio en el que poner
el smartphone durante el registro del electro-
aparecerán en la pantalla del teléfono (solo para
teléfonos Android equipados con tecnología NFC).
Peso máximo de secado
Algodón
Capacidad máx.
declarada
Sintéticos o
Delicados
Máx. 4 kg
El ciclo estándar SECADO DE ALGODÓN ( )
es el más eficiente en cuanto a energía y el más
adecuado para secar la ropa húmeda de algodón
normal.
La tabla de la última página muestra el tiempo
y el consumo de energía aproximados de los
principales programas de secado.
Consumo de energía en modo
apagado
0,40 W
Consumo de energía en modo
encendido
0,75 W
Capacidad del tambor
125
Carga máxima
Ver etiqueta de
datos energéticos
Altura
85 cm
Ancho
60 cm
Fondo
60 cm
Clase energética
Ver etiqueta de
datos energéticos
Programa EN 61121 para usar
- SECADO DE ALGODÓN ESTÁ
- SECADO ALGODÓN
BLANCOS
-
TEXTIL CUIDADO FÁCIL
El ciclo de secado para prendas de lana de
esta secadora ha sido aprobado por The
Woolmark Company para el secado de pro-
ductos de lana lavables a máquina, siempre
acuerdo con las instrucciones presentes en la
etiqueta de la prenda y por el fabricante de
M1524.
En el Reino Unido, Irlanda, Hong Kong y la
certificación.
Guía de secado
Especificaciones técnicas
Información para los laboratorios de pruebas
La duración real del ciclo de secado
depende del nivel de humedad inicial de la
ropa debido a la velocidad de centrifugado,
el tipo y la cantida
d de carga, la limpieza de
los filtros y la temperatura ambiente.
SOLO PARA SECADORA DE 10 KG DE
CAPACIDAD: CONECTE LA MANGUERA DE
DESAGÜE PARA RECUPERAR EL AGUA DEL
CIONES DEL CAPÍTULO 2.
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restart the cycle, you must remove the lock and
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
to empty the condensate water tank.
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( )is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
In case of opening of 'porthole' with activated key
lock, the cycle stops but the lock is kept: to
restore Start. When the dryer is off, the option is
automatically inactivated.
Key lock can be modified at any time of the
cycle.
D- Led
Water tank - It lights up when it’s necessary
Filter cleaning - It lights up when the cleaning
of the filters is requested (the door and the lower
filter).
E- Wi-Fi (some models only)
In the models with the Wi-Fi option, the icon
indicates that the Wi-Fi system is working.
F- ONE Fi EXTRA area - There is an apposite
place in the bezel on which lay the smartphone
during the enrollment of the machine to the APP.
Follow the indications on the phone display (only
for Android smartphone equipped with NFC
technology).
Maximum Drying Weight
Cottons
Max. capacity declared
Synthetics or
Delicates
Max. 4 kg
The standard cycle COTTON DRY ( ) is the
most energy efficient and best suited for drying
normal wet cotton laundry.
The table in last page shows the approximate
time and energy consumption of the main drying
programmes.
Power consumption of off-mode
0,40 W
Power consumption of on-mode
0,75 W
Drum capacity
125
Maximum load
See energy label
Height
85 cm
Width
60 cm
Depth
60 cm
Energy class
See energy label
EN 61121 Programme To Use
- STANDARD DRY COTTON
- IRON DRY COTTON WHITES
- EASY-CARE TEXTILE SYNTHETICS
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
CHAPTER 2
The real duration of drying cycle
depends by the starting humidity level of
the laundry due to spin speed, type and
amount of load, cleanliness of filters and
ambient temperature.
The wool drying cycle of this machine has
been approved by the Woolmark Company
for the drying of machine washable wool
products provided that the products are
washed and dried according to the
instructions on the garment label and those
issues by the manufacturer of this machine
M1524.
In UK, Eire, Hong Kong and India the
Woolmark trade mark is a Certification trade
mark.
Information for Test Laboratory
Technical Specifications
Drying Guide
13
EN
1. NORMAS DE
SEGURIDAD
Este producto es exclusivamente
para uso doméstico o similar:
− zona de cocina para el
personal de tiendas, oficinas y
otros entornos laborales;
− granjas;
− pasajeros de hoteles, moteles
u otros entornos residenciales;
− hostales (B&B).
No se recomienda el uso de este
producto con fines diferentes del
doméstico o similar, por ejemplo,
con fines comerciales o
profesionales. El empleo de
la lavadora con fines no
recomendados puede reducir la
vida útil del artefacto e invalidar
la garantía. Todos los daños,
averías o pérdidas ocasionados
por un uso diferente del
doméstico o similar (aunque ese
uso se realice en un entorno
doméstico) no serán reconocidos
por el fab
que lo permita la ley.
Este electrodoméstico puede ser
utilizado por niños mayores de 8
años y por personas con
capacidades físicas, sensoriales
o mentales limitadas o que
carezcan de la experiencia
y el conocimiento necesarios,
siempre y cuando estén
supervisadas por una persona
encargada de velar por su
seguridad o hayan sido
instruidas en su utilización de
manera segura.
Los niños no deben jugar con el
electrodoméstico. Los niños no
deben ocuparse del mantenimiento
ni de la limpieza del electrodoméstico,
salvo que estén supervisados una
persona encargada de velar por su
seguridad.
Vigile a los niños de manera
que se asegure que no juegan
con el aparato.
Los niños menores de 3 años se
deben mantener lejos a menos que
estén supervisados de forma continua.
Si el cable de alimentación está
al Cliente o una persona
Sólo deben emplearse las
mangueras de suministro de
electrodoméstico. No reutilizar
mangueras de lavadoras antiguas
.
La presión de agua debe estar
entre 0,05 MPa y 0,8 MPa.
Ninguna alfombrilla debe obstruir
Esta tecla permite escoger entre dos
opciones diferentes, dependiendo del
programa seleccionado.
- RÁPIDOS
Esta tecla se activa cuando seleccionas el
programa RÁPIDOS (14/30/44 Min.) en el
mando y te permite seleccionar uno de los
tres ciclos indicados.
- NIVEL DE SUCIEDAD
Una vez se ha seleccionado el programa,
el tiempo de lavado establecido para ese
programa se mostrará automáticamente.
Esta opción te permite escoger entre 3
niveles de intensidad de lavado,
modificando la duración del programa, y
dependiendo de la suciedad de las
prendas (solo pueden usarse en algunos
programas tal y como se muestra en la
tabla de programas).
Esta opción le permite realizar un
prelavado y es particularmente útil para
cargas muy sucias (se puede utilizar sólo
en algunos programas, como se muestra
en la tabla de programas).
de las cantidades recomendadas en el
envase del detergente.
Con esta opción es posible higienizar la
ropa, el programa de lavado alcanza una
temperatura de 60°C.
Esta opción permite agregar los aclarados
al final del ciclo de lavado. El número
máximo de aclarados adicionales está
relacionado con el programa seleccionado.
Esta función se ha estudiado para las
personas con piel delicada y sensible, para los
que incluso un residuo mínimo de detergente
puede causar irritaciones o alergias.
Se aconseja también utilizar esta función
para las prendas de los niños y en caso
de lavado de prendas muy sucias, en las
que se ha usado una gran cantidad de
detergente, o en el lavado de artículos de
rizo cuyas fibras en su mayoría tienen la
tendencia a retener la detergente.
Este botón permite un tratamiento
específico para ciertos ciclos de lavado
(consulte la tabla de programas). La función
de vapor actúa disminuyendo las arrugas
en la ropa mojada y, como resultado, ayuda
a reducir el tiempo necesario para planchar
estas prendas. Las fibras se regeneran y
refrescan mediante la eliminación de malos
olores. Cada programa proporciona un
de suciedad de forma que podrá
recuperarlos con rapidez.
Cómo memorizar un programa por
primera vez:
1)
Seleccione el programa y las
Tecla RÁPIDOS / NIVEL DE
SUCIEDAD
Tecla PRELAVADO
Tecla HIGIENIZANTE PLUS
Tecla SUPER ACLARADO
Tecla FUNCIÓN VAPOR
ES
M1530
115
Limpie los filtros antes de cada ciclo.
La duración real del ciclo de secado
depende del nivel de humedad inicial de la
ropa debido a la velocidad de centrifugado,
el tipo y la cantidad de carga, la limpieza de
los filtros y la temperatura ambiente.
- SECADO DE ALGODÓN ESTÁNDAR
- SECADO ALGODÓN
PARA PLANCHA BLANCOS
- TEXTIL CUIDADO FÁCIL SINTÉTICOS
ES
8. SELECCIONAR EL PROGRAMA Y FIJAR LA FUNCIÓN
PROGRAMA DESCRIPCIÓN DEL PROGRAMA
CAPACIDAD
(kg)
TIEMPO DE
SECADO
(min)
Cuidado total
Cuidado Total es un ciclo exclusivo para secar una
carga de ropa con diferentes tipos de tela juntas.
Cuando las telas más ligeras alcanzan un secado
óptimo y están listas para ser retiradas, el texto "TC"
parpadea durante 3 minutos y suena una señal
acústica. Después de retirar las prendas ya secas, el
ciclo continuará para la ropa más resistente
.
3
*
Oscuras y de
color
Un ciclo delicado y específico para secar prendas
oscuras o de color, de algodón o sintéticas. 4 *
Blancos El ciclo correcto para secar ropa de algodón, esponjas
y toallas. Lleno *
Vaqueros Dedicado para secar de manera uniforme las telas
vaqueras o denim. Se recomienda dar la vuelta a las
prendas antes de secarlas.
4
*
Deportivas Este tipo de ciclo, gracias a la cesta especial, permite
secar 2 pares de zapatillas de lona. Se recomienda
quitar los cordones de los zapatos antes de secarlos. * Máx. 120’
Hipoalergénico
Un ciclo especial que seca y, al mismo tiempo, ayuda
a reducir los alérgenos principales, como ácaros, pelo
de mascota, polen y restos de detergente en polvo. 4 Máx. 220’
Lana
Prendas de lana: el programa se puede utilizar para
secar hasta 1 kg de ropa (en torno a 3 jerséis). Antes
de secar, se recomienda dar la vuelta a las prendas.
La duración puede variar en función de las
dimensiones y el espesor de la carga y las
revoluciones seleccionadas durante el lavado. Al
finalizar el ciclo la ropa ya está lista para usarse, pero
si las prendas son más pesadas, los bordes todavía
pueden estar un poco húmedos: se aconseja dejarlos
secar de forma natural. Se recomienda esperar al final
del ciclo antes de retirar la ropa. Atención: el proceso
de afieltrado de la lana es irreversible; seque única
y exclusivamente prendas con el símbolo (símbolo "ok
tumble"); este programa no es apto para prendas
acrílicas.
1
70’
Antiolores El ciclo perfecto para eliminar los olores de las
prendas, al tiempo que se reducen las arrugas. 2,5 *
Rápido 30-45-59
Los ciclos rápidos le permiten tener los artículos listos
en poco tiempo, puede elegir secarlos en 30, 45 o 59
minutos.
2,5
*
Velocidad
híbrida
Algodón
Este ciclo especial le permite reducir en gran medida el
tiempo de secado para las telas de algodón, con un
bajo consumo de energía. Es posible secar a plena
carga.
Lleno *
Velocidad
híbrida Mixtos
Este ciclo especial le permite reducir en gran medida el
tiempo de secado para tejidos mixtos, con un bajo
consumo
de energía
.
4 *
Sintéticos Para secar tejidos delicados y sintéticos que necesitan
un tratamiento específico y adaptado. 4 *
Algodón El programa de algodón (para tendal) es el programa
más eficiente en consumo de energía. Adecuado para
algodones y linos. Lleno *
Camisas
Este ciclo específico ha sido concebido para secar
camisas minimizando enredos y pliegues gracias a
movimientos específicos del tambor. Se recomienda
sacar la ropa inmediatamente después del ciclo de
secado.
2,5
*
Posición que hay que seleccionar cuando se desee activar/desactivar el control
remoto a través de la aplicación (por Wi-Fi). Para obtener más detalles, consulte el
párrafo One Fi Extra.
* La duración real del ciclo de secado depende del nivel de humedad inicial de la ropa debido a la velocidad de
centrifugado, el tipo y la cantidad de carga, la limpieza de los filtros y la temperatura ambiente.
Αυτή η λειτουργία επιτρέπει να αποθηκεύσετε τις
ρυθµίσεις των 2 πιο επιθυµητών προγραµµάτων
(συµπεριλαµβανοµένων των ρυθµίσεων της
θερµοκρασίας,της ταχύτητας στυψίµατος & του
επιπέδου έντασης πλύσης), ούτως ώστε να τα
ανακαλείτε γρήγορα.
Αποθήκευση προγράµµατος κατά την
πρώτη χρήση:
1)
Επιλέξτε το πρόγραµµα µε τις
ρυθµίσεις που θέλετε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ,
επιλέγοντας M1 ή M2. Επιλέξτε M1 αν
είναι το πρώτο πρόγραµµα που
αποθηκεύετε.
3)
Κρατήστε πατηµένο το πλήκτρο
της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα για να αποθηκεύσετε
το πρόγραµµα στην επιλεγµένη θέση.
Αλλαγή αποθηκευµένων προγραµµάτων:
1)
Ρυθµίστε το πρόγραµµα και τις
επιλογές που επιθυµείτε.
2)
Πιέστε το πλήκτρο της ΜΝΗΜΗΣ για
περίπου 3 δευτερόλεπτα για να
αποθηκεύσετε το πρόγραµµα στη
θέση Μ1.Το προυπάρχον πρόγραµµα
θα µεταφερθεί στη θέση Μ2.
Έναρξη αποθηκευµένου Προγράµµατος
Πιέστε σύντοµα το πλήκτρο της
ΜΝΗΜΗΣ (1 φορά για το Μ1,δύο φορές
για το Μ2) κι έπειτα πιέστε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Όταν ανακαλέσετε ένα αποθηκευµένο
πρόγραµµα, µπορείτε ακόµα να αλλάξετε
τις ρυθµίσεις του,πατώντας τα ανάλογα
πλήκτρα. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση οι
επιπρόσθετες λειτουργίες δεν θα
αποθηκευθούν.
Με αυτή την επιλογή µπορείτε να
µειώσετε τις στροφές του κύκλου
στυψίµατος έως τις 400 σ.α.λ, να
αυξήσετε την ποσότητα του νερού στην
τελευταία φάση ξεβγάλµατος ώστε το
νερό να διεισδύσει οµοιόµορφα στις ίνες.
Όταν η συσκευή πρόκειται να διοχετεύσει
το νερό στο δίκτυο αποχέτευσης µια
λυχνία θα αρχίσει να αναβοσβήνει σε
ένδειξη ότι η λειτουργία της συσκευής
διακόπτεται προσωρινά.
Απενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή
προκειµένου να ολοκληρώσετε τον κύκλο
µε ένα στύψιµο (την φάση αυτή µπορείτε
να ακυρώσετε ή να µειώσετε την διάρκεια
της µε την βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου ) και άδειασµα του νερού.
Με την βοήθεια του ηλεκτρονικού
προγραµµατισµού, η αποχέτευση του
νερού στις ενδιάµεσες φάσεις γίνεται
αθόρυβα,ώστε η επιλογή του
συγκεκριµµένου τρόπου λειτουργίας να
είναι χρήσιµη για πλύσιµο την νύκτα
(ώρες κοινής ησυχίας).
Πιέστε ταυτόχρονα τα πλήκτρα NIGHT &
DAY και ΜΕΤΑΘΕΣΗΣ ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ
ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ για περίπου 3
δευτερόλεπτα και η συσκευή θα
κλειδώσει. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο
αποφεύγετε ανεπιθύµητες αλλαγές στον
κύκλο πλύσης σε περίπτωση που κάποιο
πλήκτρο πατηθεί κατά λάθος.
Το κλείδωµα ασφαλείας µπορεί εύκολα
να ακυρωθεί πιέζοντας ταυτόχρονα τα
δύο παραπάνω πλήκτρα ή γυρνώντας
τον επιλογέα προγραµµάτων στη θέση
OFF.
Πλήκτρο ΜΝΗΜΗΣ
Αν επιλέξετε από λάθος ένα
αποθηκευµένο πρόγραµµα,απλώς
γυρίστε τον επιλογέα για να επιλέξετε
το πρόγραµµα που επιθυµείτε.
Πλήκτρο NIGHT & DAY
ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
116
COMPATIBILIDAD DE PROGRAMAS Y OPCIONES
PROGRAMAS
OPCIONES SELECCIONABLES
Inicio diferido
Opción de
secado
Ciclo rápido
Selección de
tiempo
Antiarrugas
Memoria (Memo)
Cuidado total
Oscuras y de color
Blancos
Vaqueros
Deportivas
Hipoalergénico
Lana
Antiolores
Rápido 30-45-59
Velocidad híbrida Algodón
Algodón
Camisas
Μέσω της ψηφιακής οθόνης είστε αδιάκοπα
ενήµερος για την κατάσταση στην οποία
βρίσκεται η συσκευή.
2
13 14
1 615 10 12 5
7 7 7 7 7
8 9 411
3
1) ΛΥΧΝΙΑ ΚΛΕΙΔΩΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΟΡΤΑΣ
Η ενδεικτική λυχνία ανάβει όταν η πόρτα
κλείσει καλά.
Όταν πιέσετε το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ εάν η πόρτα είναι
κλειστή η ενδεικτική λυχνία θα αρχίσει να
αναβοσβήνει και µετά θα παραµείνει
αναµµένη.
Περιµένετε
η
ΠΟΡΤΑΣ να σβήσει τη
πόρτα.
2) ΤΑΧΥΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΥΨΙΜΑΤΟΣ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την ταχύτητα
στυψίµατος στο πρόγραµµα που επιλέξατε
η οποία µπορεί να τροποποιηθεί ή να
ακυρωθεί µετην βοήθεια του αντίστοιχου
πλήκτρου
3) ΘΕΡΜΟΚΡΑΣΙΑ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Το εικονίδιο αυτό εµφανίζει την
θερµοκρασία του νερού στο πρόγραµµ
που επιλέξατε η οποία µπορεί να
τροποποιηθεί (‘οπου προβλέπεται
κάνοντας χρήση του αντίστοιχου πλήκτρου
κρύα πλύση.
4) ΔΙΑΡΚΕΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΚΥΚΛΟΥ
Όταν επιλέγετε πρόγραµµα στην οθόνη
εµφανίζεται αυτόµατα η διάρκεια του
προγράµµατος, οποία µπορεί να διαφέρει
ανάλογα µε τις επιλογές που έχετε κάνει.
Καθόλη την διάρκεια του κύκλου στην
οθόνη εµφανίζεται ο χρόνος που αποµένει για
την ολοκλήρωση του προγράµµατος.
Ο υπολογισµός της διάρκειας γίνεται µε
αναφορά σε ένα σταθερό φορτίο,κατά την
διάρκεια του κύκλου η συσκευή προσαρµόζει
τον χρόνο ανάλογα µε το µέγεθος και τη
σύνθεση του φορτίου που πλένεται.
5) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΒΑΘΜΟΣ ΒΡΩΜΙΑΣ
Όταν επιλέξετε ένα πρόγραµµα η
φωτεινή ένδειξη µε τον εργοστασιακό
προγραµµατισµό
βαθµού
βρωµιάς
που
αντιστοιχεί στο συγκεκριµένο
πρόγραµµα,
θα ανάψει αυτόµατα.
Εάν επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό βαθµό
βρωµιάς η αντίστοιχη ένδειξη θα ανάψει
αυτόµατα.
6) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΑ ΞΕΒΓΑΛΜΑΤΑ
Η φωτεινή ένδειξη καταγράφει τις
πρόσθετες φάσεις ξεβγάλµατος που µπορεί
να έχετε επιλέξει µε την του
.
7) ΛΥΧΝΙΕΣ ΠΡΟ
Ψηφιακή Οθόνη
Κλείστε την πόρτα ΠΡΙΝ πιέσετε το
πλήκτρο ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
Εάν η πόρτα δεν έχει κλείσει καλά ή
λυχνία θα αναβοσβήνει για 7
δευτερόλεπτα και µετά θα ακυρωθεί
η έναρξη λειτουργίας. Σε αυτή την
περίπτωση κλείστε καλά την πόρτα
και πιέστε εκ νέου το πλήκτρο
ΕΝΑΡΞΗΣ/ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗΣ.
1. NORMAS DE
SEGURIDAD
Este producto es exclusivamente
para uso doméstico o similar:
− zona de cocina para el
personal de tiendas, oficinas y
otros entornos laborales;
− granjas;
− pasajeros de hoteles, moteles
u otros entornos residenciales;
− hostales (B&B).
No se recomienda el uso de este
producto con fines diferentes del
doméstico o similar, por ejemplo,
con fines comerciales o
profesionales. El empleo de
la lavadora con fines no
recomendados puede reducir la
vida útil del artefacto e invalidar
la garantía. Todos los daños,
averías o pérdidas ocasionados
por un uso diferente del
doméstico o similar (aunque ese
uso se realice en un entorno
doméstico) no serán reconocidos
por el fabricante en la medida en
años y por personas con
capacidades físicas, sensoriales
o mentales limitadas o que
carezcan de la experiencia
y el conocimiento necesarios,
siempre y cuando estén
encargada de velar por su
seguridad o hayan sido
instruidas en su utilización de
manera segura.
Los niños no deben jugar con el
electrodoméstico. Los niños no
deben ocuparse del mantenimiento
ni de la limpieza del electrodoméstico,
salvo que estén supervisados una
persona encargada de velar por su
seguridad.
Vigile a los niños de manera
que se asegure que no juegan
con el aparato.
Los niños menores de 3 años se
deben mantener lejos a menos que
estén supervisados de forma continua.
Si el cable de alimentación está
dañado, por seguridad debe
reemplazarlo el fabricante, un
técnico del Servicio de Atención
al Cliente o una persona
debidamente cualificada.
Sólo deben emplearse las
mangueras de suministro de
electrodoméstico. No reutilizar
mangueras de lavadoras antiguas
.
La presión de agua debe estar
entre 0,05 MPa y 0,8 MPa.
Ninguna alfombrilla debe obstruir
las rejillas de ventilación situadas
Para ap
programas a la posición vertical.
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √
- -
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
Sintéticos
Velocidad
híbrida Mistos
√ √ √
- - -
√
√
√
- - -
√ √ √
- - √
√
- - - -√
√ √ √
- - -
√ √ √ √ √
-
√ √ √ √
- -
√ √ √
- - -
√ √
- - - -
√ √ √ √
- -
ES
117
El accesorio para calzado que incluye la secadora permite secar dos
pares de zapatos de tela. Es necesario extraer el filtro superior y
colocar en su lugar la rejilla. Antes de introducir el calzado en la
secadora, se deben extraer las plantillas del calzado e introducirlas en
la secadora.
La zona central está diseñada para los zapatos más grandes, mientras
que los laterales están indicados para calzado de menor tamaño (EU
39- UK 5,5). Se aconseja girar el tambor manualmente para
asegurarse de que podrá girar correctamente durante el ciclo con el
calzado dentro. También es posible introducir el calzado con las
plantillas sobre el mismo, en lugar de introducirlas directamente en el
tambor.
REJILLA PARA CALZADO
118
ONLY FOR 10 KG CAPACITY TUMBLE
DRYER: CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE FOR
RECOVERING CONDENSER WATER
ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTION AT
119
ONE FI EXTRA
Este electrodoméstico está equipado con la
tecnología la cual permite
controlarlo remotamente a través de una App,
gracias a su función Wi-Fi.
ASOCIACIÓN DEL ELECTRODOMÉSTICO
ONE Fi EXTRA,
(EN LA APP)
●Hoover Wizard
dispositivo.
Descarga la APP en tu
Empleando un dispositivo Android
equipado con tecnología NFC (Near
Field Communication) el proceso de
asociación es simplificado (Easy
Enrollment) en ese caso, se deben
seguir las instrucciones del dispositivo
Y UBÍCARLO CERCA DEL LOGO ONE Fi
EXTRA del panel de mandos de tu
electrodoméstico, cuando la App lo
requiera.
;
NOTAS:
Si se desconoce la posición de la
antena NFC, se debe mover
ligeramente el teléfono en forma
circular sobre el logotipo de ONE Fi
EXTRA hasta que la App confirme la
conexión. Para que la transferencia
de datos sea exitosa, es esencial
MANTENER EL SMARTPHONE EN
EL PANEL DE MANDOS DURANTE
LOS SEGUNDOS QUE REQUIERE
EL PROCEDIMIENTO. Un mensaje
en el dispositivo informará del éxito
de la operación e indica el momento
en el que se puede alejar el
Smartphone.
Funda s gruesas o pegatinas
metálicas en tu smartphone pueden
afectar o impedir la transmisión de
datos entre la lavadora y el teléfono.
Si fuera necesario, quítalas.
El recambio de algunos componentes
del smartphone (ej. Tapa trasera,
batería,etc…) que no sean los
originales, pueden desplazar, alterar
o eliminar la antena NFC.
ACTIVACIÓN DEL CONTROL REMOTO (A
TRAVÉS DE LA APP)
Des p u é s de l a a soc i a c i ó n de t u
electrodoméstico, cada vez que se desee
utilizarlo de forma remota a través de la App,
primero se debe introducir la colada, el
detergente, cerrar la puerta y seleccionar la
posición en el panel de
mandos de tu electrodoméstico. A partir de
este momento, ya se pueden emplear los
comandos de la App.
ONE FI EXTRA
La App de
Hoover Wizard está disponible
en dispositivos con sistema Android & iOS,
tanto para tablets como smartphones.
Consigue todos los detalles de las
funciones ONE Fi EXTRA navegando en la
App en modo DEMO.
●Abre la App, crea un perfil de usuario y
asocia el electrodoméstico siguiendo las
instrucciones del dispositivo o de la "Guía
Rápida", adjunta con tu electrodoméstico.
Coloca tu smartphone de forma que la
antena posterior del NFC coincida con
la posición del logo ONE Fi EXTRA en el
electrodoméstico (ver foto más abajo).
PARÁMETROS INALÁMBRICOS
Señal Inalámbrica Estándar
802.11 b/g/n
Rango de Frecuencia
Potencia Máxima de Transmisión
2,412 GHz. - 2,484 GHz
Parámetro
Especificaciones
Sensibilidad Mínima
de Recepción
802.11b (11 Mbps) +18,5 ± 2 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
+16 ± 2 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
+14 ± 2 dBm
802.11b (11 Mbps)
-93 dBm
802.11 g (54Mbps)
-85 dBm
802.11 n (HT20, MCS7)
-82 dBm
Atención:
interrupción.
En caso de apertura de puerta con
el control remoto activo, se debe cerrar la
puerta y pulsar start para reestablecer la
conexión con la App. El ciclo se reanudará
desde el punto de
,
ES
120
9.
RESOLUCIÓN DE PROBLEMAS
What Might be the Cause of...
Defectos que puede solucionar usted mismo
Antes de llamar al Servicio técnico de GIAS para
obtener asesoramiento técnico, lea detenidamente
la siguiente lista de comprobación. Se cobrará el
servicio técnico si resulta que la máquina funciona
correctamente, o si ha sido instalada o utilizada
incorrectamente. Si el problema continúa después
de completar la verificación recomendada, por favor
llame al Servicio técnico de GIAS para recibir
asistencia telefónica.
El tiempo restante fin ciclo puede cambiar durante el
ciclo. El tiempo fin está continuamente controlado
durante el ciclo y el tiempo se adapta para ofrecer la
información mas actualizada posible. El tiempo
puede incrementarse o disminuir durante el ciclo, lo
cual es perfectamente normal.
El tiempo de secado es excesivamente largo/la
ropa no se seca suficientemente…
Ha seleccionado el tiempo de secado/programa
correcto?
Estaba la ropa demasiado mojada?
La ropa fue bien estrujada o centrifugada?
● Hace falta limpiar el filtro?
Se ha sobrecargado la secadora?
Está enroscada o tapada la manguera de
ventilación?
La secadora no funciona…
Está funcionando el suministro de electricidad
hacia la secadora?
ompruébelo Con otro aparato como una lámpara
de mesa.
El enchufe está correctamente conectado al
suministro de la red?
Se ha cortado la electricidad?
Se ha quemado el fusible?
La puerta está completamente cerrada?
●
●
●
●
●
●
C
●
●
●
●
SERVICIO DE ATENCIÓN AL CLIENTE
Si d espué s de rea li zar todas las
comprobaciones recomendadas persistiera
algún problema con la secadora, llame al
Servicio GIAS de Atención al Cliente para
obtener asesoramiento. Es posible que le
puedan asesorar por teléfono o bien convenir
una hora apropiada para que le visite un
bajo los términos de la garantía. Sin
embargo, es posible que se le cobre si alguna
de las situaciones siguientes es aplicable a su
máquina:
Si se halla en buen estado de
funcionamiento.
Si no se ha realizado la instalación de
acuerdo a las instrucciones.
Si se ha usado incorrectamente.
técnico
●
●
●
Servicio De Recambios
Servicio Técnico De Gias
Utilice siempre recambios originales, que se
pueden conseguir a través del Servicio
técnico de GIAS.
Para mantenimiento y reparaciones, llame al
ingeniero del Servicio técnico de GIAS local.
El fabricante no se hace responsable
de los errores de imprenta que pueda
contener este folleto. El fabricante
también se reserva el derecho de
efectuar modificaciones a sus
p r o d u c t o s s i n c a m b i a r l a s
características esenciales.
La secadora hace mucho ruido…
Apague la secadora y póngase en contacto
con el Servicio técnico de GIAS para obtener
asesoría.
El indicador está encendido…
Hace falta limpiar el filtro?
ventilación?
El indicador está encendido…
Hace falta sacar el agua del recipiente?
●
Está enroscada o tapada la manguera de
●
●
suministro de electricidad como en la máquina?
● Se ha seleccionado el programa o el tiempo de
secado?
● Se ha encendido la máquina después de abrir
la puerta?
● La secadora ha dejado de funcionar porque el
depósito del agua está lleno y hay
Que vaciarlo?
La secadora está encendida, tanto en el
PARÁMETROS INALÁMBRICOS
Mediante el presente Candy Hoover Group
Srl declara que este electrodoméstico con
el distintivo cumple los requisitos
esenciales de la Directiva 2014/53/EU.
Si quiere recibir una copia de la declaración
de conformidad, contacte por favor con el
fabricante en: www.candy-group.com.
Estándar
Inalámbrico
ISO/IEC 14443 Type A y NFC Forum Type 4
Banda de frecuencia
Límite campo
magnético
13,553-13,567 MHz (frecuencia central 13,560 MHz)
< 42dBμA/m (a 10 metros)
Parámetro
Especificaciones
40012940
Energy Capacity Time
Whites
Whites
Cotton
Cotton ½
Whites
8 9
A++ A++
Energy kWh 2,50 2,75
Tme Mn. 280 330
Energy kWh 2,20 2,40
Tme Mn. 250 300
Energy kWh 1,94 2,18
Tme Mn. 225 260
Energy kWh 1,08 1,15
Tme Mn. 133 149
Energy kWh 1,55 1,74
Tme Mn. 180 210
Capacty (kg)
Class
10
3,10
379
2,73
2,48
305
1,18
152
1,98
244
A++
336